Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549




FORM 20-F

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended: 30 June 2013

Commission file number 1-10691

DIAGEO plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation)

Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Address of principal executive offices)

Paul Tunnacliffe, Company secretary
Tel: +44 20 8978 6000
E-mail: the.cosec@diageo.com
Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ, England

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class    Name of each exchange on which registered 
American Depositary Shares
Ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each
  New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange*

         Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

         Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

         Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the Annual Report: 2,754,166,581 ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each.

         Indicate by check mark if each registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes ý    No o

         If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if each registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes ý    No o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes o    No o

         Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer ý    Accelerated Filer o    Non-Accelerated Filer o

         Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

U.S. GAAP o   International Financial Reporting Standards
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ý
  Other o

         If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17 o    Item 18 o

         If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes o    No ý

         This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F and the annual report to shareholders for the year ended 30 June 2013 of Diageo plc (the 2013 Form 20-F).

   


Table of Contents


Contents

1   Historical information

5

 

Business description
5   Strategy
7   Business overview
24   Risk factors
32   Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

34

 

Business review
34   Introduction
34   Trend information
35   Operating results 2013 compared with 2012
57   Operating results 2012 compared with 2011
75   Liquidity and capital resources
79   Capital commitments
79   Other contractual obligations
80   Post balance sheet events
81   Off-balance sheet arrangements
81   Risk management
82   Critical accounting policies
83   New accounting standards
83   Definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures

96

 

Board of directors and company secretary
99   Executive committee
101   Directors' remuneration report
137   Corporate governance report
154   Directors' report

157

 

Financial statements
158   Report of independent registered public accounting firm
159   Consolidated income statement
160   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
161   Consolidated balance sheet
162   Consolidated statement of changes in equity
163   Consolidated statement of cash flows
164   Accounting policies of the group
171   Notes to the consolidated financial statements

246

 

Principal group companies
247   Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls
249   Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

250

 

Additional information for shareholders
250   Legal proceedings
250   Related party transactions
250   Share capital
252   American depositary shares
252   Articles of association
258   Exchange controls
258   Documents on display
258   Taxation
262   Warning to shareholders – share of fraud
263   Signature
264   Exhibits
267   Cross reference to Form 20-F

270

 

Glossary of terms and US equivalents

Table of Contents


Contents (continued)

This is the Annual Report on Form 20-F of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2013. The information set out in this Form 20-F does not constitute Diageo plc's statutory accounts under the UK Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2013, 2012 or 2011. KPMG Audit Plc has reported on those accounts; their audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498 (2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the years ended 30 June 2013, 2012 or 2011. The accounts for 2012 and 2011 have been delivered to the registrar of companies and those for 2013 will be delivered in due course.

        This document contains forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors beyond Diageo's control. For more details, please refer to the cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements on pages 32 to 33.

        The content of the company's website (www.diageo.com and www.diageoreports.com) should not be considered to form a part of or be incorporated into this report. This report includes names of Diageo's products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns or which others own and license to Diageo for use. In this report, the term 'company' refers to Diageo plc and terms 'group' and 'Diageo' refer to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries, except as the context otherwise requires. A glossary of terms used in this report is included at the end of the report.

        Diageo's consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed and adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information contained in this document has been prepared in accordance with IFRS. The brand ranking information presented in this report, when comparing volume information with competitors, has been sourced from data published by Impact Databank, IWSR, IRI, Beverage Information Group or Plato Logic. Market data information and competitive set classifications are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

Information presented    Unless otherwise stated in this document, percentage movements are organic movements. These movements and operating margins are before exceptional items. Commentary, unless otherwise stated, refers to organic movements. Share, unless otherwise stated, refers to value share. See the 'Business review' for an explanation of organic movement calculations. The market data and competitive set classifications contained in this document are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.


Table of Contents


Historical information

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data for Diageo prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) for the five years ended 30 June 2013 and as at the respective year ends. References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB, unless otherwise indicated. The data presented below has been derived from Diageo's audited consolidated financial statements.

 
   
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  Notes   2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Income statement data

                                     

Sales

          15,487     14,594     13,232     12,958     12,283  

Operating profit

    1,2     3,431     3,158     2,595     2,574     2,418  

Profit for the year

                                     

Continuing operations

    1,2     2,594     2,083     2,017     1,762     1,704  

Discontinued operations

    3         (11 )       (19 )   2  
                             

Total profit for the year

    1,2     2,594     2,072     2,017     1,743     1,706  
                             

 

 

 


 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

pence

 

Per share data

                                     

Dividend per share

    4     47.40     43.50     40.40     38.10     36.10  

Earnings per share

                                     

Basic

                                     

Continuing operations

    1     99.3     78.2     76.2     66.3     64.5  

Discontinued operations

              (0.4 )       (0.8 )   0.1  
                             

Basic earnings per share

    1     99.3     77.8     76.2     65.5     64.6  
                             

Diluted

                                     

Continuing operations

    1     98.7     77.8     76.0     66.2     64.3  

Discontinued operations

              (0.4 )       (0.8 )   0.1  
                             

Diluted earnings per share

    1     98.7     77.4     76.0     65.4     64.4  
                             

 

 

 


 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

million

 

Average shares

          2,502     2,495     2,493     2,486     2,485  

                                     
 
   
  As at 30 June  
 
   
  Notes   2013   2012   2011   2010 2009  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance sheet data

                                     

Total assets

    1     25,077     22,350     19,777     19,454     18,018  

Net assets

          8,107     6,811     5,985     4,786     3,874  

Net borrowings

    5     8,403     7,570     6,450     6,954     7,419  

Equity attributable to the parent company's equity shareholders

          7,036     5,588     5,245     4,007     3,169  

Share capital

    6     797     797     797     797     797  

1


Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)


Notes to the historical information

1.      Accounting policies    The consolidated financial statements for the five years ended 30 June 2013 were prepared in accordance with IFRS. The IFRS accounting policies applied by the group to the financial information in this document are presented in 'Accounting policies of the group' in the consolidated financial statements.

2.      Exceptional items    Exceptional items are charges or credits which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate. An analysis of exceptional items is as follows:

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Items included in operating profit

                               

Restructuring programmes

    (69 )   (96 )   (111 )   (142 )   (170 )

Pension changes – past service credits

    20     115              

Brand impairment

    (50 )   (59 )   (39 )   (35 )    

Duty settlements

            (127 )        

SEC settlement

            (12 )        
                       

    (99 )   (40 )   (289 )   (177 )   (170 )
                       

Sale of businesses

    (83 )   147     (14 )   (15 )    
                       

Items included in taxation

                               

Tax on exceptional operating items

    27     19     51     39     37  

Tax on sale of businesses

    28         3     10      

Loss of future tax amortisation

        (524 )            

Settlements with tax authorities

            66         155  
                       

    55     (505 )   120     49     192  
                       

Exceptional items in continuing operations

    (127 )   (398 )   (183 )   (143 )   22  

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 3)

        (11 )       (19 )   2  
                       

Exceptional items

    (127 )   (409 )   (183 )   (162 )   24  
                       

3.      Discontinued operations    In the year ended 30 June 2012 discontinued operations represented a charge after taxation of £11 million (2011 – £nil; 2010 – £19 million) in respect of the discounted value of anticipated future payments to additional thalidomide claimants. In the year ended 30 June 2009 discontinued operations are in respect of the packaged food business (Pillsbury sold 31 October 2001).

4.      Dividends    The board expects that Diageo will pay an interim dividend in April and a final dividend in October of each year. Approximately 40% of the total dividend in respect of any financial year is expected to be paid as an interim dividend and approximately 60% as a final dividend. The payment of any future dividends, subject to shareholder approval, will depend upon Diageo's earnings, financial condition and such other factors as the board deems relevant. Proposed dividends are not considered to be a liability until they are approved by the board for the interim dividend and by the shareholders at the annual general meeting for the final dividend.

2


Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)

        The table below sets out the amounts of interim, final and total cash dividends paid by the company on each ordinary share. The dividends are translated into US dollars per ADS (each ADS representing four ordinary shares) at the noon buying rate on each of the respective dividend payment dates.

 
   
  Year ended 30 June  
 
   
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
   
  pence
  pence
  pence
  pence
  pence
 

Per ordinary share

  Interim   18.10   16.60   15.50   14.60   13.90  

      Final   29.30   26.90   24.90   23.50   22.20  
                           

      Total   47.40   43.50   40.40   38.10   36.10  
                           

      $   $   $   $   $  

Per ADS

  Interim   1.10   1.05   1.02   0.90   0.82  

      Final   1.79   1.72   1.59   1.48   1.46  
                           

      Total   2.89   2.77   2.61   2.38   2.28  
                           

Note: Subject to shareholders' approval the final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2013 will be paid on 3 October 2013, and payment to US ADR holders will be made on 8 October 2013. In the table above, an exchange rate of £1 = $1.53 has been assumed for this dividend, but the exact amount of the payment to US ADR holders will be determined by the rate of exchange on 3 October 2013.

5.      Net borrowings definition    Net borrowings are defined as gross borrowings (short term borrowings and long term borrowings plus finance lease liabilities plus interest rate hedging instruments, cross currency interest rate swaps and funding foreign currency forwards and swaps used to manage borrowings) less cash and cash equivalents.

6.      Share capital    During the year ended 30 June 2009 the company purchased 38 million ordinary shares for cancellation or to be held as treasury shares at a cost of £354 million as part of a share buyback programme.

7.      Exchange rates    A substantial portion of the group's assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses are denominated in currencies other than pounds sterling. For a discussion of the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the group's financial position and results of operations, see note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.

        The following table shows period end and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates, for the periods indicated, expressed in US dollars per £1.

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
 

Year end

    1.52     1.57     1.61     1.50     1.65  

Average rate*

    1.57     1.59     1.59     1.57     1.60  

*
The average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month during the year ended 30 June.

3


Table of Contents


Historical information (continued)

The following table shows period end, high, low and average US dollar/pound sterling noon buying exchange rates by month, for the six month period to 31 July 2013, expressed in US dollars per £1. The information in respect of the month of July is for the period up to and including 31 July 2013.

 
  2013  
 
  July   June   May   April   March   February  
 
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
  $
 

Month end

    1.52     1.52     1.52     1.55     1.52     1.52  

Month high

    1.54     1.57     1.56     1.55     1.52     1.58  

Month low

    1.48     1.52     1.50     1.51     1.49     1.51  

Average rate**

    1.52     1.55     1.53     1.53     1.51     1.55  

**
The average of the noon buying rates on each business day of the month.

The average exchange rate for period 1 to 2 August 2013 was £1 = $1.52 and the noon buying exchange rate on 2 August 2013 was £1 = $1.53.

These rates have been provided for information only. They are not necessarily the rates that have been used in this document for currency translations or in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See note 2(e) to the consolidated financial statements for the actual rates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

4


Table of Contents


Business description

Diageo is the world's leading premium drinks business. Its geographic breadth and range of industry leading brands across categories and price points is unparalleled.

        The business is balanced having a strong presence in the world's largest and most profitable beverage alcohol market, the United States, an integrated Western European business and a large and increasing presence in the new high growth markets of Africa, Latin America, Asia Pacific, Central and Eastern Europe, Russia and Turkey. Diageo's strong financial position has been built through investing in the growth of its brands, through continuing to improve its routes to market and through expanding its presence in the new high growth markets both organically and through selective acquisitions. Diageo maintains the strength of its brands and enhances its position through world class marketing and industry leading innovation. Diageo has scale but acts with agility to deliver top line growth, margin improvement and improved shareholder return. Diageo is proud of the role its brands play in the social life and celebrations of consumers around the globe.

        Diageo plc is incorporated as a public limited company in England and Wales. Diageo was incorporated as Arthur Guinness Son and Company Limited on 21 October 1886. The group was formed by the merger of Grand Metropolitan Public Limited Company (GrandMet) and Guinness PLC (the Guinness Group) in December 1997. Diageo plc's principal executive office is located at Lakeside Drive, Park Royal, London NW10 7HQ and its telephone number is +44 (0) 20 8978 6000.


Strategy

Diageo's strategy is to drive top line growth and margin expansion in a sustainable and responsible way and to deliver consistent value creation for its shareholders over the long term. To do this Diageo will use its broad brand range, category depth and geographic reach to deliver on consumer needs. Key to achieving its strategy is the expertise of its people who share the same values.

        Diageo has a broad range of leading brands across categories and price points. It owns six of the world's top 20 spirit brands by retail sales, including Johnnie Walker, the number one spirit brand by value and Smirnoff, the number one premium spirit brand by volume, making Diageo the leading premium spirits business in the world by volume, net sales and operating profit. In beer, Diageo owns one of the truly global beer brands, Guinness, the number one stout in the world. Diageo's wine brands are sold predominantly in North America and Great Britain where they offer a route to market benefit. Diageo's global brands are complemented by strong local brands to broaden the category range and to create category depth providing access at affordable price points to the increasing number of middle class consumers aspiring to trade up in their drink of choice. Diageo's brands cover a range of price points, from Diageo's reserve brands, including Johnnie Walker Blue Label, Cîroc and Ketel One vodka to more affordable brands, such as VAT69 in India, White Horse in Russia and 20cl bottles of Johnnie Walker Red Label and local beers across Africa.

        Diageo is a global company with products sold in more than 180 countries around the world. In the developed markets, primarily in North America and Western Europe, Diageo has built scale and strong routes to market. In the new high growth markets, Diageo is the number one international spirits company in Asia Pacific and Latin America and the leading beer and spirits company in Africa. These rapidly growing markets now contribute more than 40% of Diageo's net sales, up from a fifth in 2005. These markets are expected to contribute 50% of Diageo's net sales by the end of 2015 through double digit organic growth as international spirits penetration expands and with selective acquisitions.

        In the new high growth markets Diageo expects to make acquisitions of companies with both strong local routes to market and with brands that can be premiumised and appeal to the growing

5


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

number of middle class consumers. The acquisitions of Mey Içki in Turkey, Ypióca in Brazil, the Serengeti and Meta breweries in Africa, its major shareholding in Shuijingfang in China, its investment in Halico in Vietnam, and from July 2013 its major shareholding in United Spirits Limited (USL) in India, each demonstrate this strategy in action.

        Diageo explores the potential to make acquisitions on an ongoing basis and is currently evaluating a number of such opportunities of which some could be significant although no agreements or commitments for any significant acquisitions currently exist. Funds for any such acquisitions would be drawn from internally generated cash, bank borrowings or the issuance of equity or debt securities (in an amount that cannot now be determined) and the proceeds of any disposals. Other than as described herein, no material disposals are currently contemplated.

        Diageo believes it leads the industry in marketing, combining expertise and creative alliances to engage consumers through traditional and digital media channels. This expertise and collaboration, combined with the benefits of global scale and consumer insights, delivers world class marketing campaigns focusing on the range of price points from luxury to more affordable brands; on new consumer groups, such as the emerging middle class, multicultural and female consumers; and on marketing innovation. Marketing spend is focused on the strategic brands and the new high growth markets. Global campaigns are made locally relevant with the use of local agencies. For example, the global Johnnie Walker 'Keep Walking' campaign has been in place for over 10 years and while the campaign is based on the universal appeal of personal progress, each market has local creative executions which reflect local insights.

        Diageo's industry leading innovation programme is making a significant contribution to Diageo's net sales and operating profit growth by focusing not only on building a pipeline for the future, but also on sustaining past launches to drive long term value across the brand portfolio. Recent launches have focused on the consumers' desire for luxury, the tastes and increasing affluence of the emerging middle class consumer and increasing the accessibility of spirits through flavour extensions and new packaging and drink formats.

        Diageo has strong routes to market which leverage local expertise. In the United States, Diageo is required by law to operate through a three-tier distribution system which separates suppliers, distributors and retailers. Diageo works with distributors who provide a substantial dedicated sales team of nearly 3,000 people. Outside of the United States, Diageo owns and controls the route to market in many countries, and in others the route to market is through joint ventures, associates and third party distributors. The recent acquisitions in the new high growth markets have helped to enhance Diageo's routes to market with the addition of the leading spirits company in Turkey, Mey Içki; the second largest brewery in Ethiopia, Meta Abo; the leader in the premium cachaça segment in Brazil, Ypióca; and with investments in a premium local spirit company in China, Shuijingfang, the leading branded spirit company in Vietnam, Halico and the leading beverage alcohol producer in India, USL.

        Diageo works in collaboration with its customers to drive profitable category growth, by building partnerships with retailers and on trade customers. The 'Diageo Way of Selling' or the 'Platform for Growth' programmes equip both Diageo and its customers with the tools to be the best sales force in the industry, provide education to its partners and create commercial and strategic value for all parties. The European Customer Collaboration Centre provides a state of the art facility to bring consumer, shopper, retailer and distributor insights together to facilitate integrated planning with customers. These tools enable Diageo to realise its ambition to become an indispensable business partner to its customers.

6


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        Diageo has a history of being a sustainable and responsible company dating from Arthur Guinness who undertook philanthropic community programmes and through the 1930s when its predecessor companies marketed their brands in a responsible manner. Diageo understands the social, environmental and economic impact of its activities and has adopted a structured approach to manage these impacts, to build engagement across stakeholders, to create value, especially in the new high growth markets, and to protect Diageo's licence to operate.

        Diageo and its employees are proud of the responsible manner in which its brands are marketed and the role that moderate consumption of its brands can play as part of a balanced lifestyle for millions of people. Diageo seeks to be at the forefront of industry efforts to promote responsible drinking and works with key stakeholders to address alcohol misuse.

        Diageo's supply organisation is responsible for producing, distilling, brewing, bottling, packaging and distributing its brands. It is committed to efficient, sustainable production. Investment in production facilities is focused on building capacity for the production of spirits and beer, with both high speed and high volume, cost efficient production lines and with flexible production facilities to create an industry leading supply chain for innovation, especially in luxury products. Diageo deploys groundbreaking new technology in its production sites in an effort to deliver cost savings, security of supply and reduction of waste. Diageo is constantly looking at ways to improve water efficiency, reduce water wastage, increase the use of sustainable packaging and reduce pollution, carbon emissions and waste to landfill.

        Diageo is committed to generating broad-based prosperity through the value chain and through direct investment in the communities in which it operates, especially in the new high growth markets, by integrating its supply chain into the local community and through direct initiatives such as the 'Learning for Life' and 'Water of Life' programmes in Latin America and Caribbean and Africa.

        Diageo believes that industry leading performance will be delivered through a talented and diverse workforce and great leadership. The company has active programmes that ensure the development of its management and leaders. Great leadership combined with a culture of good governance and ethics protect Diageo's reputation and support the sustainable efficient growth of the business.


Business overview

Market participation    In the year ended 30 June 2013, Diageo managed its business through five regions: North America; Western Europe; Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey; Latin America and Caribbean and Asia Pacific. North America is the biggest region by net sales and operating profit and Diageo is the number one spirits company in the region. The main focus of the business in North America is to drive continued top line growth in the on trade, to deliver industry leading innovation and to broaden its reach to the multicultural consumer and to improve its operating margin through pricing, premiumisation and by using its scale to drive cost advantage. Diageo is the largest premium drinks company in Western Europe. Western Europe is managed as a single market with the country teams focusing on sales execution, while marketing and back office functions are integrated at a Western Europe level to drive flexibility and efficiency. In the new high growth markets Diageo's strategy is based on the increased spend by both affluent and middle class consumers on premium beverage alcohol. In Africa the strategy is to grow Diageo's leadership across beverage alcohol through focusing on the emerging middle class consumer and providing a brand choice for every motivation, occasion and stage of consumer evolution. Diageo is focused on increasing its presence in spirits through continued investments behind its brands and infrastructure, through access pricing of the premium international brands and through building on its existing beer route to market. Diageo is

7


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

increasing its presence in beer in Africa through investments in capacity expansion and targeted acquisitions. In Eastern Europe Diageo is focused on the emerging middle class consumers and in Turkey the focus is on growing local spirits and international spirits. In Latin America and Caribbean the strategic priority is continued leadership in scotch, while broadening the category range to include vodka, rum, liqueurs and local spirits. Diageo continues to invest behind routes to market, the range and depth of its portfolio of leading brands and is enhancing its supply footprint to enable the business to provide the emerging middle class and an increasing number of wealthy consumers with the premium brands they aspire to. The strategy in Asia Pacific which encompasses both developed and new high growth markets is to operate across categories with participation in local spirits, international spirits and beer, focusing on the highest growth categories and consumer opportunities, driving continued development of super and ultra premium scotch and leveraging the emerging middle class consumer opportunity in the new high growth markets through a combination of organic growth and selective acquisitions.

Market leading brands    In calendar year 2012, the Diageo brand range included six of the top 20 spirits brands worldwide by value as estimated by Impact Databank. Diageo classifies its brands as spirits, beer, wine and ready to drink. An analysis of the group's volume is as follows:

 
  2013
Volume
  2012
Volume
  2011
Volume
 
 
  units million
  units million
  units million
 

Spirits

    130     121     113  

Beer

    27     27     26  

Wine

    3     3     3  

Ready to drink

    5     6     6  
               

Total

    165     157     148  
               

Strategic brands    In the year ended 30 June 2013, Diageo classified a group of brands as strategic brands worldwide. Diageo considers that these brands have the greatest current and future earnings potential. Figures for strategic brands exclude related ready to drink products. Strategic brands accounted for 57% of volume and net sales. 71% of the group's marketing spend supported these brands.

8


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Brand#
  2013
Volume
   
 
  units million
   

Johnnie Walker Scotch whisky

    20   The number one Scotch whisky in the world*

Crown Royal Canadian whisky

    6   The number one Canadian whisky in the world**

JeB Scotch whisky

    4   The number five Scotch whisky in the world*

Buchanan's Scotch whisky

    2   The number two premium Scotch whisky in Latin America and Caribbean*

Windsor Premier Scotch whisky

    1   The number one super premium Scotch whisky in Asia Pacific*

Bushmills Irish whiskey

    1   Distilled at Ireland's oldest working distillery

Smirnoff vodka

    26   The number one premium vodka in the world**

Ketel One vodka (exclusive worldwide distribution rights)

    2   The number two super premium vodka in the United States

Cîroc vodka

    2   The number two ultra premium vodka in the United States

Captain Morgan rum and rum based products

    10   The number two brand in the rum category in the world**

Baileys Irish Cream liqueur

    7   The number one liqueur in the world**

Tanqueray gin

    2   The number one imported gin in the United States†[nc_cad,217]

Guinness stout

    11   The number one stout in the world

*
Source: IWSR 2012;

**
Source: Impact Databank 2012;

Source: IRI;

†[nc_cad,217]
Source: Beverage Information Group;

Source: Plato Logic;

#
Portfolio of premium drinks comprises brands owned by the company as a principal and some brands held by the company under agency or distribution agreements.

The distribution agreements entered into among Diageo and certain affiliates of Casa Cuervo SA de C.V (collectively Cuervo) for the distribution of Cuervo products in the United States and other territories around the world, expired on 30 June 2013. Except in those territories, such as the United States, where Cuervo opted to buy the inventory held by Diageo at the time of the expiration of the corresponding distribution agreements, Diageo is able to continue selling such inventory until early November 2013. The distribution of Cuervo products contributed net sales of £308 million and operating profit of £76 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 (2012 – £304 million and £67 million, respectively).

9


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Other brands

Other spirits
brands include
  Other beer brands include*   Wine brands include   Ready to drink brands include  

Gordon's gin and Gordon's vodka

  Malta Guinness non-alcoholic malt     Blossom Hill     Smirnoff Ice  

Old Parr Scotch whisky

 

Harp lager

   

Sterling Vineyards

   

Smirnoff cocktails

 

Bundaberg rum

 

Tusker lager

   

Beaulieu Vineyard

   

Bundaberg ready to drink

 

Seagram's 7 Crown whiskey

 

Senator lager

             

Bell's Scotch whisky

 

Red Stripe lager

             

The Classic Malts Scotch whiskies

                 

Yenì Raki

                 

*
Diageo also brews and sells other companies' beer brands under licence, including Budweiser and Carlsberg lagers in Ireland, Heineken lager in Jamaica and Tiger beer in Malaysia. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to prevent termination of distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements or to renegotiate distribution, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms when they expire.

Production    Diageo owns manufacturing production facilities across the globe, including maltings, distilleries, breweries, packaging plants, maturation warehouses, cooperages, vineyards, wineries and distribution warehouses. Diageo's brands are also produced at plants owned and operated by third parties and joint ventures at a number of locations internationally.

        During the year ended 30 June 2013, approximately 77% of total manufacturing was undertaken by Global Supply organised into four production centres: Europe Supply, Americas Supply, Global Beer Supply and Asia Pacific Supply. The remaining production activities of the group are integrated into the distribution organisation of the group, principally in Africa. As of 1 July 2013, supply operations have been fully integrated into demand markets while the supply operations in the United Kingdom, Ireland and Italy, which supply multiple international markets, are operated as the International Supply Centre. The locations, principal activities, products, packaging production capacity and packaging production volume of Diageo's principal production centres in the year ended 30 June 2013 are set out in the table below.

10


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Production centre   Location   Principal products   Production
capacity in
millions of
equivalent
units*
  Production
volume in
2013 in
millions of
equivalent
units
 

Europe Supply

  United Kingdom   Scotch whisky, Irish whiskey, gin, vodka, rum, ready to drink     80     54  

  Ireland (Baileys)   Irish cream liqueur     12     7  

  Italy (Santa Vittoria)   Vodka, wine, rum, ready to drink     10     6  

  Turkey   Raki, vodka, gin, liqueur, wine     8     6  

Americas Supply

 

United States, Canada, US Virgin Islands

 

Vodka, gin, tequila, rum, wine, Canadian whisky, American whiskey, progressive adult beverages, ready to drink

   
44
   
38
 

  United States   Wine     2     1  

  Brazil   Cachaça     7     5  

Global Beer Supply

 

Ireland (Guinness)

 

Beer

   
9
   
8
 

  Jamaica   Beer     1     1  

Asia Pacific Supply

 

Australia

 

Rum, vodka, ready to drink

   
4
   
3
 

  Singapore   Finishing centre     4     3  

Africa Supply

 

Nigeria

 

Beer

   
6
   
5
 

  South Africa   Beer and spirits     3     3  

  East Africa (Uganda, Kenya, Tanzania)   Beer and spirits     10     9  

  Africa Regional Markets (Ethiopia, Cameroon, Ghana, Seychelles)   Beer     3     3  

*
Capacity represents ongoing production capacity at any production centre. The production capacities quoted in the table are based on actual production levels for the year ended 30 June 2013 adjusted for the elimination of unplanned losses and inefficiencies, and taking into account planned manning levels for the coming year.

Spirits    Spirits are produced in distilleries located worldwide. The group owns 29 Scotch whisky distilleries in Scotland, an Irish whiskey distillery in Northern Ireland, two whisky distilleries in Canada and a whiskey distillery in the United States. Diageo produces Smirnoff internationally. Ketel One vodka is purchased as finished product from The Nolet Group. Gin distilleries are located in both the United Kingdom and the United States. Baileys is produced in the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. Rum is blended and bottled in the United States, Canada, Italy and the United Kingdom, and

11


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

is distilled, blended and bottled in the US Virgin Islands, Australia, Venezuela and Guatemala. Raki is produced in Turkey, while Chinese white spirits are produced in Chengdu, in the Sichuan province of China. In August 2012, Diageo acquired 100% of Ypióca Bebidas S.A. which owns a farm and a distillery in Ceará State in Brazil and produces cachaça. The company also owns a packaging plant in Fortaleza in northern Brazil and a warehouse in São Paulo. Diageo's maturing Scotch whisky is located in warehouses in Scotland (primarily at Blackgrange), its maturing Canadian whisky in La Salle and Gimli in Canada and its maturing American whiskey in Kentucky and Tennessee in the United States.

        In April 2013, it was announced that Teaninich in Scotland would be the location for a new malt whisky distillery and a new bioenergy plant that will power the distillery and the capacity of the existing Teaninich distillery will be increased. The construction of the new distillery is expected to commence in July 2014 and production is expected to start in January 2016. Diageo also announced a major expansion of its Scotch whisky production in the Speyside area, including a project to substantially increase the capacity of the Mortlach distillery at Dufftown and construction of a new plant at Glendullan to produce biogas which will be used to power the distillery. Elsewhere in Scotland, the company is progressing plans for a major expansion of the Glen Ord Distillery, near Muir of Ord and is progressing with construction of new warehousing at Cluny near Kirkcaldy. These activities are part of a five-year investment plan launched in June 2012 where the group plans to lay down maturing scotch inventory over five years at a cost of over £500 million in order to be able to meet future demand.

        In May 2011, Diageo announced the closure of the Menlo Park bottling plant in California and the specialty product building at the Relay plant in Maryland, in the United States. New investment has been made in the North American spirits supply chain principally in the packaging plants at Plainfield in Illinois and Relay in Maryland. This investment has delivered cost savings, modernised the US bottling manufacturing footprint and created a platform for higher quality, more flexible, more productive and sustainable operations in both Plainfield and Relay.

        A distillery was opened in November 2010 in St. Croix as a result of a public/private initiative formed by Diageo and the government of the US Virgin Islands. This new facility has the capacity to distil up to 13 million equivalent units annually and supplies all rum used to produce Captain Morgan and other branded products for the United States.

        A restructuring of the group's supply operations in Scotland was announced in July 2009. This resulted in the consolidation of production activities into fewer sites. The Kilmarnock packaging plant ceased operations in March 2012 after production was moved to the newly expanded packaging facility at Leven in Fife.

Beer    Diageo's principal brewing facilities are at the St James's Gate brewery in Dublin, Ireland and in Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Tanzania, Uganda, Seychelles, Malaysia and Jamaica. In addition, Diageo also owns a 25% equity interest in Sedibeng brewery in South Africa. Additionally, Guinness is brewed by more than 35 third parties around the world under licence arrangements. Guinness flavour extract is shipped from Ireland to all overseas Guinness brewing operations.

        All Guinness Draught production in the Republic of Ireland is at the St James's Gate brewery in Dublin. Guinness Draught in cans and bottles is packaged at Runcorn and Belfast in the United Kingdom. The Runcorn facility performs the kegging of Guinness Draught, transported to Great Britain in bulk.

        In January 2012, Diageo announced that its Irish breweries will be centralised in Dublin's St James's Gate site as part of an investment project at a cost of €153 million (£123 million). The

12


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

brewing activities at Dundalk, Kilkenny and Waterford are expected to cease by the end of calendar year 2013.

Wine    Diageo's principal wineries are in the United States, Argentina and Turkey. For European markets, wines are mainly bottled in Diageo's facilities in Italy. Wines are sold both in their local markets and overseas.

Ready to drink    Diageo produces a range of ready to drink products mainly in the United Kingdom, Italy, South Africa, Australia, the United States and Canada.

Property, plant and equipment    Diageo owns approximately 91% of the manufacturing, distilling, brewing, bottling and administration facilities it uses across the group's worldwide operations. It holds approximately 4% of properties on leases in excess of 50 years. The principal production facilities are described above. As at 30 June 2013, Diageo's land and buildings are included in the group's consolidated balance sheet at a net book value of £945 million. Diageo's two largest individual facilities, in terms of book value, are the Leven bottling and blending facility in Scotland and St James's Gate brewery in Dublin. Of the book value of Diageo's lands and buildings approximately 37% are properties located in Great Britain, 17% in Ireland and 14% in the United States.

        During the years ended 30 June 2011 and 30 June 2010 a number of vineyards and facilities located in Napa Valley, California were sold and leased back to Diageo under a 20-year lease, with Diageo holding options to extend the lease at fair value for up to 80 years in total. Diageo remains the operator of the properties under the lease agreement and retains ownership of the brands, vines and grapes, which remain a strategic part of Diageo's wine business.

Raw materials and supply agreements    The group has a number of long term contracts in place for the purchase of significant raw materials including glass, other packaging, spirit, cream, rum and grapes. Forward contracts are in place for the purchase of raw materials including cereals to minimise the effects of short term price fluctuations.

        Cream is the principal raw material used in the production of Irish cream liqueur and is sourced from Ireland. Grapes are used in the production of wine and raki and are sourced from suppliers in the United States, Argentina and Turkey. Other raw materials purchased in significant quantities for the production of spirits and beer are molasses, cereals, sugar and a number of flavours (such as juniper berries, agave, aniseed, chocolate and herbs). These are sourced from suppliers around the world.

        The majority of products are supplied to customers in glass bottles. Glass is purchased from suppliers located around the world, the principal supplier being the Owens Illinois group.

Marketing and innovation    Diageo is committed to investing in its brands to drive growth and make its brands even stronger. In the year ended 30 June 2013, £1,787 million was spent globally on marketing with a focus on its strategic brands that accounted for 71% of total marketing spend.

        Diageo's marketing strategy is to anticipate and respond to the rapidly changing dynamics across all the markets in which it operates, with particular focus on four key areas: price points, consumer groups, cutting edge marketing and geography (both developed and new high growth markets).

        Diageo builds its brands through a combination of marketing programs and strategic innovation and views this as a continued source of competitive advantage.

13


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        Diageo makes extensive use of a diverse range of new and traditional media – from print, digital, mobile, point of sale and outdoor advertising, and uses radio, cinema, television advertising and other engagement platforms, where appropriate and permitted by law, to engage with consumers and customers. Sponsorship also plays an important role in Diageo's brand marketing and commercial profile.

Business analysis    In the year ended 30 June 2013, North America; Western Europe; Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey; Latin America and Caribbean and Asia Pacific contributed 40%, 18%, 18%, 13% and 11%, respectively, of the group's operating profit before exceptional items and corporate costs.

        An analysis of net sales and operating profit by operating segment for the year ended 30 June 2013 is set out in the table below.

 
  2013   2012
(restated)*
 
 
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
before
exceptional
items
  Operating
profit/(loss)
  Net sales   Operating
profit/(loss)
before
exceptional
items
  Operating
profit/(loss)
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

North America

    3,733     1,484     1,484     3,556     1,360     1,349  

Western Europe

    2,220     656     625     2,345     717     760  

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    2,280     654     649     2,051     575     568  

Latin America and Caribbean

    1,457     471     471     1,239     369     367  

Asia Pacific

    1,667     414     413     1,501     342     332  

Global Supply

            (62 )           (40 )

Corporate

    76     (149 )   (149 )   70     (165 )   (178 )
                           

Total

    11,433     3,530     3,431     10,762     3,198     3,158  
                           

*
Restated for changes in reporting segments and allocation of specific Corporate and Global Supply items, see page 34.

North America    North America is the largest market for Diageo in terms of net sales and operating profit and the largest market for premium drinks in the world. Diageo sells and markets its products through five operating units: US Spirits and Wine, Diageo Guinness USA, Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines, Diageo Canada and the North American operations of Global Travel.

        The US Spirits and Wine business, while managed as a single business unit, executes sales and marketing activities through seven divisions. Within the United States, there are generally two types of regulatory environments for spirits and wine: open states and control states. In open states, companies are permitted to sell spirits directly to independent distributors. In these open states, Diageo generally trades through a three-tier distribution system, where the product is initially sold to distributors, who then sell it to on and off trade retailers. In most control states, Diageo sells its spirits products to state liquor control boards through the bailment warehousing system, and from there to state or agency liquor stores. There are variations – for example, certain states control distribution but not retail sales. Generally, wines are treated in the same way as spirits, although most states that are control states for spirits are open states for wines. Five of the US Spirits and Wine divisions conduct activities in open states and two conduct activities in control states.

14


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        National brand strategy and strategic accounts marketing are managed at the North America level. The US Spirits and Wine divisions market Diageo's collection of spirits and wine brands across the United States.

        Diageo Guinness USA markets Diageo's US beer brands nationally as well as the group's progressive adult beverages. Beer distribution generally follows the three-tier open state regulations across the United States.

        Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines owns, leases and operates wineries in California. In the United States, the majority of the wine is sold through the US Spirits and Wine divisions with the remainder sold through the winery visitors centres and club sales.

        The Canada business unit distributes the group's collection of spirits, beer and wine brands across all Canadian territories. In Canada, spirits and beer distribution laws are generally consistent and similar to those of control states in the United States. Diageo, however, has some licences to deliver keg beer directly to licensed accounts, which account for approximately 21% of Diageo's beer business in Canada.

        Across the United States, Diageo's distributors and brokers have nearly 3,000 dedicated sales people focused on selling its spirits and wine brands. Diageo has pursued a distribution strategy centred on consolidating the distribution of its spirits and wine brands into a single distributor or broker in each state where possible. The strategy is designed to provide a consolidated distribution network, which will limit the duplication of activities between Diageo and the distributor, improve selling capabilities and enable a number of alternative approaches to optimise product distribution. To date, Diageo has consolidated its business in 41 markets (40 states plus Washington DC), representing over 80% of Diageo's US spirits and wine volume. The remaining markets will be consolidated as opportunities arise. Diageo continues to focus on building the capabilities and selling tools of the distributors' dedicated sales forces and creating a more efficient and effective value chain.

Western Europe    Western Europe comprises Great Britain, Ireland, Iberia, France, Germany, Benelux, Italy, Nordics, Greece, Switzerland, Austria, the Western European reserve brands, Diageo Guinness Continental Europe, European wines and the Western European operations of Global Travel.

        In Great Britain, Diageo sells and markets its products via three business units: Diageo GB (spirits, beer and ready to drink), Percy Fox & Co (wines) and Justerini & Brooks Retail (private client wines). Products are distributed both through independent wholesalers and directly to the major grocers, convenience and specialist stores. In the on trade (for example, licensed bars and restaurants), products are sold through the major brewers, multiple retail groups and smaller regional independent brewers and wholesalers.

        Ireland comprises the Republic of Ireland and Northern Ireland. In both territories, Diageo sells and distributes directly to both the on trade and the off trade (for example, retail shops and wholesalers) through a telesales operation, extensive sales calls to outlets and third party logistics providers.

        Across the remainder of Western Europe, Diageo distributes its spirits brands primarily through its own distribution companies, except for France where products are sold through a joint arrangement with Moët Hennessy. In the Nordic countries Diageo has sales offices in Sweden, Norway and Denmark. In these countries, except for Denmark, off trade sales are controlled by state monopolies, with alcohol tax rates among the highest in the world and border trade and duty free being important sources of sales. Smirnoff Ice is sold in Nordic countries through Carlsberg.

15


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        A specialist unit, Diageo Guinness Continental Europe, has been established for the distribution of Diageo's beer brands in mainland Europe in order to achieve synergies in the marketing and distribution of the Guinness and Kilkenny brands. The distribution of these brands is managed by this specialist unit with particular focus on Germany, Russia and France, which are the largest mainland European beer markets by size for Diageo.

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey    Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey comprises Nigeria, East Africa (Kenya, Tanzania, Uganda, Burundi, Rwanda and South Sudan), Africa Regional Markets (including Ghana, Cameroon, Ethiopia, Angola, Mozambique and Democratic Republic of Congo), South Africa, Russia, Central and Eastern Europe, Turkey and the African and Eastern European operations of Global Travel.

        Diageo has 14 breweries in Africa including Sedibeng in South Africa which is 25% owned by Diageo. In addition, Diageo's beer and spirits brands are produced by third parties in 20 other African countries. Diageo also owns six other manufacturing facilities including glass manufacturing, blending, malting and cider plants.

        In Nigeria, Guinness, Harp and Malta are the principal brands that are brewed and distributed by Guinness Nigeria plc. Diageo owns 54.3% of the company, which has been brewing Guinness locally since 1962. Diageo's spirits brands are distributed by a wholly owned subsidiary.

        East African Breweries Limited (EABL) is the leading premium drinks business in East Africa and produces and distributes beer and spirits brands to a range of consumers. Diageo owns 50.03% of EABL which in turn owns 100% of Kenya Breweries Limited, 98% of Uganda Breweries Limited and 51% of Serengeti Breweries Limited in Tanzania. South Sudan, Rwanda and Burundi are serviced through third party arrangements. EABL also owns a glass manufacturer and a malting business.

        Within Africa Regional Markets, Diageo has wholly owned subsidiaries in Cameroon, Ethiopia and Reunion and majority owned subsidiaries in Ghana and the Seychelles. Angola and Mozambique are currently supplied by third party arrangements. Diageo also owns 100% of the equity of Meta Abo Brewery in Ethiopia, of which Meta beer is the principal brand.

        In South Africa, Diageo's business consists of its spirits business through its wholly owned subsidiary Diageo South Africa Limited (DSA); a 42.25% share in DHN Drinks (Pty) Ltd (DHN), a joint venture with Heineken International (Heineken) and Namibia Breweries Ltd (NBL) in respect of beer, cider and ready to drink brands; and a 25% interest in Sedibeng Brewery (Pty) Ltd, the remainder being owned by Heineken. The route to market for DSA and DHN's brands in South Africa is managed by brandhouse Beverages (Pty) Ltd (brandhouse). Brandhouse is a cost sharing joint venture owned equally between DSA and DHN. Diageo also owns 15.01% of NBL. NBL is the producer of Windhoek lager which is sold mainly in Namibia and through DHN in South Africa.

        In June 2013, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 50% equity interest in United National Breweries (UNB), a traditional sorghum beer business in South Africa. The other 50% equity interest is owned by the UB Group and Diageo accounts for its equity holding in UNB as an associate.

        Diageo has brewing arrangements with the Castel Group to license brew and distribute Guinness in the Democratic Republic of Congo, Gambia, Gabon, Ivory Coast, Togo, Benin, Burkina Faso, Chad, Mali and Guinea. Diageo sells spirits through distributors in most other sub-Saharan countries.

        Russia and Eastern Europe comprises Russia, Poland and 32 distributor serviced countries in Central and Eastern Europe. In Russia and Poland Diageo operates through wholly owned subsidiaries.

16


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Throughout the whole of the former Soviet Union and Eastern Block (excluding Russia and Poland) plus Iceland, Finland, Malta, Cyprus and Israel, Diageo sells and markets its brands via local distributors. In Hungary, Diageo sells its brands through its associate company, Zwack.

        In Turkey, Diageo sells its products via the distribution network of its wholly owned subsidiary, Mey Içki. Mey Içki distributes both local brands (raki, other spirits and wine) which are produced in its distilleries and wineries and Diageo's global spirits brands. Sales to traditional on and off trade outlets are made through Mey Içki's exclusive distributors and sales to some large store chains are made directly by Mey Içki.

Latin America and Caribbean    Latin America and Caribbean (LAC) comprises PUB (Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil), Andean (Venezuela and Colombia), WestLAC (Central America and Caribbean, Argentina, Chile, Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia), Mexico and the operations of Global Travel in Latin America and Caribbean.

        In Latin America and Caribbean, distribution is achieved through a mixture of Diageo companies and third party distributors. In addition, Diageo owns a controlling interest in Desnoes & Geddes Limited, the Jamaican brewer of Red Stripe lager.

        In PUB, sales are made directly to international retailers and through distributors and wholesalers for the remainder of the business in Brazil. In addition to Diageo Brazil, the group also owns 100% of Ypióca, a leading cachaça producer and distributor. In Paraguay, the majority of customers are served by Diageo with a portion of sales completed through wholesalers. In Uruguay, Diageo's distribution company manages approximately half of the sales in the market with the other half managed through wholesalers.

        In Andean, all products in Venezuela are sold through dedicated third party distributors. In Colombia, Diageo sells directly to major grocers, serving all other accounts and channels through distributors.

        In Mexico, distribution of Smirnoff is managed by Casa Cuervo SA. All other brands are sold directly by Diageo, either through direct sales to international accounts or through wholesalers and distributors.

        In selected markets in WestLAC such as the Free Trade Zone, Bolivia and Ecuador, sales are managed directly by Diageo. In key markets such as Costa Rica and the Dominican Republic sales are made via exclusive distributors, while in Puerto Rico, Trinidad, Guatemala and Panama, third party distributors purchase directly from Diageo and sell on to the local trade. In Chile, Diageo sells directly to international retailers, partnering with an exclusive distributor for other channels. In Argentina, Diageo's business is managed through a combination of wholesalers and distributors outside of major grocers, to whom Diageo sells directly. Diageo Argentina also owns and operates the Navarro Correas winery in Mendoza, Argentina. The winery sells directly to consumers. Jamaica sells to wholesalers and directly to retail trade accounts on the island.

Asia Pacific    Asia Pacific comprises South East Asia (Vietnam, Thailand, Philippines, Indonesia, Malaysia and Singapore), Greater China (China, Taiwan, Hong Kong and Macau), India, Australia, North Asia (Korea and Japan) and Global Travel Asia and Middle East. Diageo operates through a combination of Diageo companies, joint ventures and third party distributors in the region.

        In South East Asia, Diageo distributes its spirits brands through joint venture arrangements with Moët Hennessy in Thailand, Malaysia and Singapore and through its own company in the Philippines and Vietnam. In Indonesia, Guinness is brewed by PT Multi Bintang Indonesia, and is distributed

17


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

through a distribution agreement with PT Dima Indonesia while spirits brands are distributed by government licensed distributors. In Malaysia, Diageo's own and third party beers are brewed and distributed by a listed business (Guinness Anchor Berhad) in which Diageo and its partner, Asia Pacific Breweries, have a majority share through a jointly controlled entity. In Singapore, Diageo's beer brands are brewed and distributed by Asia Pacific Breweries. In Vietnam, Diageo also has a 45.5% equity stake in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company.

        In Greater China, a significant part of Diageo's spirits business is conducted through a joint venture arrangement with Moët Hennessy in China, Hong Kong and Macau. Diageo's wholly owned subsidiary in China distributes brands not included in the joint venture such as Smirnoff, Windsor and Baileys. Diageo's beer brands are sold through a distribution agreement with Carlsberg in China and Hong Kong. Through Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd. (SJF Holdco) (formerly Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd.), Diageo has a controlling equity interest in Sichuan Shuijingfang Co., Ltd. (Shuijingfang), a super premium Chinese white spirits company. Diageo is the sole distributor of Shuijingfang's Chinese white spirits outside of China. On 7 June 2013, Diageo acquired an additional 40% equity stake in SJF Holdco which brought its equity shareholding to 93% and increased its effective interest in Shuijingfang to 37%. In Taiwan, Diageo has its own distribution company for spirits.

        In India, Diageo has its own spirits distribution company. In May and July 2013, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 25.02% equity interest in United Spirits Limited (USL), the leading spirits company in India. USL has a strong distribution network and point of sale coverage in India, with sales offices in key Indian state capitals and established manufacturing and bottling plants in all major Indian states.

        In Australia, Diageo has its own production and distribution company and in New Zealand operates through third party distributors. A licensed brewing arrangement is in place in both countries with Lion Nathan.

        In North Asia, Diageo has its own distribution company in Korea. In Japan, the joint venture with Moët Hennessy distributes the majority of super premium brands, while the joint venture with Kirin distributes Diageo's other super premium and premium spirits such as Johnnie Walker Platinum, Gold Reserve and Black Label as well as Smirnoff, Smirnoff Ice and Guinness. Other spirits brands, which are not distributed by either Moët Hennessy or the Kirin joint venture, are distributed by third parties.

        Airport shops and airline customers in Asia Pacific are serviced through a dedicated Diageo sales and marketing organisation. In the Middle East, distribution is achieved through third party distributors. Lebanon is an exception, where a Diageo subsidiary distributes the majority of the Diageo brands sold there.

Global Supply    Global Supply was responsible for the production of approximately 73% of Diageo's products sold globally, for sourcing materials and services through global procurement and for providing logistics, customer service and other technical support through the global technical function.

        Global procurement has responsibility for sourcing goods and services on behalf of the Diageo group. A global network of suppliers provides for a wide range of raw materials and packaging items that are necessary to ensure consistency of quality to support the brands. For commodities, for example cereals, hops and sugar, forward-buying takes place to minimise value at risk. In marketing, global procurement supports the business in sourcing creative media solutions, sponsorship and point of sale activities. Global procurement also supports business services, facilities and computer services.

18


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        In March 2013, Diageo announced that its Global Supply and procurement operation will be refocused to enhance alignment between supply operations and Diageo's markets. From 1 July 2013, responsibility for a number of local operations was transferred to the markets and regional structures are being reduced. The Global Supply function will remain responsible for ensuring excellence across all supply operations.

Corporate    Corporate costs which cannot be directly allocated to the business areas are reported separately within Corporate in the analysis of business performance. Also included in Corporate are the income and costs related to rents receivable in respect of properties not used by Diageo in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drink products and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.

Seasonal impacts    Approximately 40% of annual net sales occur in the last four months of each calendar year.

Employees    Diageo's people are at the heart of its global strategy, and its leaders know that its people, culture and the company's values are what give Diageo its competitive edge. Helping people reach their potential strengthens the company's ability to achieve its own ambitions. Development – whether part of a graduate or apprenticeship scheme, management training, a functional skills programme or Diageo's senior leadership intervention – is an important factor in Diageo's success. A broad range of programmes are available to support people at all levels and in all functions and locations, and are delivered in person or through Diageo's online training tool, the Diageo Academy. The Diageo Sales University, for example, is now available to commercial teams across the globe in nine languages.

        Diageo is proud of its broad range of initiatives designed to create a working environment that is welcoming but also challenging, stimulating and inspiring. It is pleased to have been recognised in the Great Place to Work Institute's prestigious '25 Best Multinational Workplaces' achieving 9th place, reinforcing its position as a leading global employer. Diageo has also been recognised as a great employer in Argentina, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Kenya, Mexico, Iberia and Canada. These are achievements which have only been possible through the commitment of thousands of talented and inspirational employees who together make Diageo a great place to work.

        During the year Diageo announced changes to the structure of its Global Supply operation. As with any change programme, this has represented a period of uncertainty for those in supply and procurement. Diageo is always committed to providing its employees with regular updates and appropriate support during any transition period.

        Diversity is an important area of focus for Diageo and the year ending 30 June 2013 has been particularly significant. In March 2013, Diageo became the first beverage alcohol company to sign up to the Women's Empowerment Principles. The principles, a joint initiative between the UN Women and the UN Global Compact, set a blueprint for the business in advancing the equality of men and women in business generally, the market place and communities. This is aligned with Diageo's target to have 30% of its senior leadership roles filled by women by the end of the year ending 30 June 2014, and the coming year will see further initiatives aimed at encouraging more women to develop their careers with Diageo.

        Diageo aims to support and provide opportunities for a wide range of people including those with disabilities and caring responsibilities and is taking action to make working for the business compatible with a variety of lifestyles. Where possible, the company encourages a flexible approach to working, consistent with its inclusion and diversity ambitions. Diageo emphasises the importance of treating individuals justly and in a non-discriminatory manner throughout the employment relationship,

19


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

including recruitment, compensation, training, promotion and transfers. Factors that are not relevant to any role, such as race, religion, or marital status will not be taken into consideration, ensuring that no one is disadvantaged.

        Diageo believes strongly in the value of its employees sharing in the company's success and actively encourages employees to become shareholders. The group seeks out opportunities to extend employee share ownership around the world and both in 2012 and 2013, 34 of its local markets operated an employee share plan. This, combined with existing employee share plans, will further extend the opportunity to the majority of employees across a significant number of Diageo's markets to share in the company's growth and success. As at 30 June 2013, 16,788 past and present employees held 1.27% (2012 – 1.27%) of Diageo's ordinary issued share capital (excluding treasury shares).

Average number of employees
  2013   2012
(restated)*
  2011
(restated)*
 

North America

    1,157     1,105     1,229  

Western Europe

    2,323     2,280     2,397  

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    7,240     6,638     4,769  

Latin America and Caribbean

    2,556     1,631     1,413  

Asia Pacific

    4,269     2,902     2,639  

Global Supply

    7,853     8,120     8,202  

Corporate and other

    3,012     3,022     3,137  
               

    28,410     25,698     23,786  
               

*
Restated for changes in reporting segments, see page 34.

        The average number of employees in the year ended 30 June 2013, for developed markets has decreased by 285 from 15,591 to 15,306 and has increased, for new high growth markets, by 2,997 from 10,107 to 13,104.

Competition    Diageo's brands compete on the basis of consumer loyalty, quality and price.

        In spirits, Diageo's major global competitors are Pernod Ricard, Beam, Bacardi and Brown Forman, each of which has several brands that compete directly with Diageo's brands. In addition, Diageo faces competition from local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates.

        In beer, Diageo competes globally as well as on a regional and local basis (with the profile varying between regions) with several competitors, including AB InBev, Heineken, SABMiller, Molson Coors and Carlsberg.

        In wine, the market is fragmented with many producers and distributors.

Research and development    Innovation forms an important part of Diageo's growth strategy, playing a key role in positioning its brands for continued growth in both the developed and new high growth markets. The strength and depth of Diageo's brand range provides a solid platform from which to drive innovation. Diageo continuously invests to deepen its understanding of shopper trends and changing consumer habits to inform product and packaging development. Supporting this, the group has ongoing programmes to develop new products across beverage alcohol categories which are managed internally by the innovation and research and development function, which also takes advantage of a substantial open innovation network.

20


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        In the year ended 30 June 2013, the group's research and development expenditure amounted to £21 million (2012 – £18 million; 2011 – £17 million), representing principally the cost of developing new products, from idea generation through to full product development. Research and development expenditure is generally written off in the year in which it is incurred.

Trademarks    Diageo produces, sells and distributes branded goods and is therefore substantially dependent on the maintenance and protection of its trademarks. All brand names mentioned in this document are trademarks. The group also holds numerous licences and trade secrets, as well as having substantial trade knowledge related to its products. The group believes that its significant trademarks are registered and/or otherwise protected (insofar as legal protection is available) in all material respects in its most important markets. Diageo also owns valuable patents and trade secrets for technology and takes all reasonable steps to protect these rights.

Regulations and taxes    Diageo's worldwide operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements regarding production, product liability, distribution, importation, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, advertising, labour, pensions, compliance and control systems and environmental issues. In the United States, the beverage alcohol industry is subject to strict federal and state government regulations covering virtually every aspect of its operations, including production, distribution, marketing, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging and advertising.

        Spirits, beer and wine are subject to national import and excise duties in many markets around the world. Most countries impose excise duties on beverage alcohol products, although the form of such taxation varies significantly from a simple application to units of alcohol by volume, to advanced systems based on imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories (such as Scotch whisky or bourbon) in the rate of such tariffs. Within the European Union, such products are subject to different rates of excise duty in each country, but within an overall European Union framework, there are minimum rates of excise duties that can be applied.

        Import and excise duties can have a significant impact on the final pricing of Diageo's products to consumers. These duties have an impact on the competitive position as compared to other brands. The group devotes resources to encouraging the equitable taxation treatment of all beverage alcohol categories and to reducing government-imposed barriers to fair trading.

        Advertising, marketing and sales of alcohol are subject to various restrictions in markets around the world. These range from a complete prohibition of alcohol in certain countries and cultures, through the prohibition of the import of spirits, wine and beer, to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used. In a number of countries, television is a prohibited medium for spirits brands and in other countries, television advertising, while permitted, is carefully regulated. Many countries also regulate the use of internet-based advertising and social media in connection with alcohol sales.

        Spirits, beer and wine are also regulated in distribution. In many countries, alcohol may only be sold through licensed outlets, both on and off trade, varying from government or state operated monopoly outlets (for example, Canada, Norway and certain US states) to the common system of licensed on trade outlets (for example, licensed bars and restaurants) which prevails in much of the Western world (for example, most US states and the European Union). In about one-third of the states in the United States, price changes must be filed or published 30 days to three months, depending on the state, before they become effective.

21


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        Labelling of beverage alcohol products is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. As well as producer, importer or bottler identification, specific warning statements related to the risks of drinking beverage alcohol products are required to be included on all beverage alcohol products sold in the United States and in other countries where Diageo operates. Expressions of political concern signify the uncertain future of beverage alcohol products advertising on network television in the United States. Any prohibitions on advertising or marketing could have an adverse impact on sales of the group.

        Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo's costs and liabilities or impact on its business activities.

Business services    Diageo continues to standardise its key business activities with customers, consumers, suppliers and the processes that summarise and report financial performance. In that regard, global processes have been designed, built and implemented across a number of markets and operational entities.

        Diageo uses shared services operations to deliver transaction processing and certain central finance activities, using captive and outsourced centres. Captive business service centres in Budapest, Hungary; Nairobi, Kenya and Bogotá, Colombia perform various process tasks for markets and operational entities. Certain central finance activities, including elements of financial planning and reporting and treasury, are also performed in the business service centre in Budapest. Diageo also uses third party service centres in Manila, Shanghai, Bucharest, Nairobi, Bogotá and Delhi to perform tasks for basic processes. In the year ended 30 June 2013, Diageo announced its plans to expand the current arrangement with its business process outsourcing partner in respect of the business service centre in Manila. This centre will grow to include a number of Diageo employees, giving broader oversight and management of financial transactions for the Asia Pacific region.

Associates    Diageo's principal associate is Moët Hennessy. It also owns shares in a number of other associates. In the year ended 30 June 2013, the share of profits of associates after tax was £199 million (2012 – £213 million; 2011 – £176 million), of which Moët Hennessy accounted for £230 million (2012 – £205 million; 2011 – £179 million).

        Diageo owns 34% of Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wine subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH). LVMH is based in France and is listed on the Paris Stock Exchange. Moët Hennessy is also based in France and is a producer and exporter of a number of brands in its main business areas of champagne and cognac. Its principal champagne brands are Moët & Chandon (including Dom Pérignon), Veuve Clicquot and Mercier, all of which are included in the top 10 champagne brands worldwide by volume. Moët Hennessy also owns Hennessy, which is the top cognac brand worldwide by volume, and Glenmorangie, a malt whisky.

        A number of joint distribution arrangements have been established with LVMH, principally covering distribution of Diageo's premium brands of Scotch whisky and gin and Moët Hennessy's premium champagne and cognac brands in the Asia Pacific region and France. Diageo and LVMH have each undertaken not to engage in any champagne or cognac activities competing with those of Moët Hennessy. The arrangements also contain certain provisions for the protection of Diageo as a minority shareholder in Moët Hennessy. The operations of Moët Hennessy in France are conducted through a partnership in which Diageo has a 34% interest and, as a partner, Diageo pays any tax due on its share of the results of the partnership to the tax authorities.

22


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        In May and July 2013 Diageo completed the acquisition of a 25.02% equity interest in USL, the leading spirits company in India. USL is based in Bangalore, India and listed on the Bangalore Stock Exchange, the Bombay Stock Exchange and the National Stock Exchange of India. USL possesses an unparalleled brand portfolio in India with strong customer recognition and range of brands across categories and price points. It also has a strong distribution network and retail coverage, with sales offices in key Indian state capitals and established manufacturing and bottling plants in all major Indian states. USL's principal brands include the McDowell's No. 1 family, one of the largest spirits brand in the world by volume consisting whisky, brandy and rum products, as well as a selection of other spirits brands such as Bagpiper, Old Tavern, Hayward's and Honey Bee which are also in the top 100 spirits brands in the world by volume. The financial statements of USL, prepared under Indian GAAP, for the year ended 31 March 2013 disclosed net sales of INR 106.0 billion (£1,173 million) and operating profit of INR 10.6 billion (£117 million). Total assets disclosed as at 31 March 2013 were INR 163.8 billion (£1,813 million) and total liabilities were INR 115.9 billion (£1,282 million).

Acquisitions and disposals    Diageo has made a number of acquisitions of brands, distribution rights and equity interests in premium drinks businesses. Since 1 July 2010 the following acquisitions and disposals have been made:

Acquisitions
  Date acquired   Consideration*
£ million
  Location   Principal
brands acquired
  Status

United Spirits Limited

  13 May – 4 July 2013     594   India   McDowell's Nr 1. family and other Indian whisky, brandy and rum products   Acquisition of 25.02% equity interest in United Spirits Limited

United National Breweries

 

27 June 2013

   
23
 

South Africa

 

Chibuku, Leopard Special and Ijuba sorghum beer products

 

Acquisition of 50% equity interest in United National Breweries traditional sorghum beer business

SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang

 

27 January 2007 –
7 June 2013
(control of
Shuijingfang from
29 June 2012)

   
267

**

China

 

Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit

 

Acquisition of 93% equity stake in SJF Holdco which owns a 39.7% controlling equity interest in Shuijingfang

Ypióca

 

9 August 2012

   
284
 

Brazil

 

Ypióca cachaça

 

Acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Ypióca Bebidas S.A.

Meta

 

9 January 2012

   
153
 

Ethiopia

 

Meta beer

 

Acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Meta Abo Brewery Share Company SC

Philippines

 

14 December 2011

   
15
 

Philippines

 

Distribution company

 

Acquisition of 49% of Diageo Philippines Inc not already owned by the group

Kenya Breweries

 

25 November 2011

   
134
 

Kenya

 

Producer of Tusker and other beer products

 

Acquisition of 20% of Kenya Breweries Ltd not already owned by the group

Halico

 

13 May 2011 –
24 June 2012

   
60
 

Vietnam

 

Vodka Hanoi

 

Acquisition of 45.5% of the equity share capital of Hanoi Joint Stock Company (Halico)

Mey Içki

 

23 August 2011

   
1,260
 

Turkey

 

Yenì Raki, Terkirdag Raki and Istanblue vodka

 

Acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Mey Içki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S.

23


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Acquisitions
  Date acquired   Consideration*
£ million
  Location   Principal
brands acquired
  Status

Zacapa

 

5 July 2011

    148  

Guatemala

 

Zacapa rum

 

Acquisition of a 50% controlling equity stake in Rum Creation and Products Inc

Serengeti

 

22 October 2010

   
60
 

Tanzania

 

Serengeti lager

 

Acquisition of a 51% equity stake in Serengeti Breweries Limited via a 50.03% equity owned subsidiary

22 Marquis

 

30 September 2010

   
6
 

United States

 

22 Marquis sparkling liqueur

 

Acquisition of a 20% equity stake in LNJ Group


*
Includes net borrowings acquired but excludes the value of put options and transaction costs

**
Excludes cash acquired in Shuijingfang when first consolidated

Disposals   Date disposed of   Consideration
£ million
  Location   Status
Nuvo and 22 Marquis   5 June 2013      –   United States   Disposal of the group's 71.25% equity stake in the Nuvo brand and 20% equity stake in the 22 Marquis brand

Tanzania Breweries

 

18 January 2012

 

 

47

 

Tanzania

 

Disposal of 20% equity in Tanzania Breweries Ltd

Wine brands

 

Years ended 30 June 2011 and 2012

 

 

25

 

United States and France

 

Disposal of a number of non-strategic wine businesses

Gilbeys distribution

 

31 August 2010

 

 

7

 

Ireland

 

Disposal of Gilbeys wine distribution and wholesale drinks business


Risk factors

Diageo believes the following to be the principal risks and uncertainties facing the group. If any of these risks occur, Diageo's business, financial condition and performance could suffer and the trading price and liquidity of securities could decline.

        In the ongoing uncertain economic environment, certain risks may gain more prominence either individually or when taken together. For example, demand for beverage alcohol products, in particular luxury or super premium products, may decrease with a reduction in consumer spending levels. Costs of operations may increase if inflation were to become prevalent, or upon an increase in the costs of raw materials. These conditions may also lead to intensified competition for market share, with potentially adverse effects on volume and prices. The financial and economic situation may have a negative impact on third parties with whom Diageo does, or may do, business. Any of these factors may affect the group's performance, financial condition and liquidity. Diageo has taken and may take further steps to manage its business through this challenging economic environment and to position its business to benefit from economic recovery as and when that may occur in the markets in which Diageo operates, but there can be no assurance that the steps taken will have the intended results.

        Diageo's ability to fund its long term strategies may be adversely affected if there is an extended period of constraint in the capital markets, particularly the debt markets, at the same time that cash

24


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

flows from Diageo's business are under pressure. Such developments may adversely affect shareholder returns or share price. Additionally, continued volatility in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo's reported results. Changes in the trustees' valuations of the assets and liabilities of Diageo's pension plans may also increase pension funding requirements.

Risks related to the global economy

Diageo's business may be adversely impacted by unfavourable economic conditions or political or other developments and risks in the countries in which it operates    Diageo may be adversely affected by political, economic or social developments in any of the countries where it has distribution networks, production facilities or marketing companies. Diageo's business is dependent on general economic conditions in the United States, countries that form the European Union and other important markets. If the economy in any of these markets does not recover as forecast, or if there is a significant deterioration in the economic conditions in any of Diageo's important markets, including any resulting social unrest, reduction in consumer confidence and spending levels, customer destocking, the failure of customer, supplier or financial counterparties or a reduction in the availability of, or an increase in the cost of financing to, Diageo, it could have a material adverse effect on Diageo's business and performance. In particular, the ongoing sovereign debt crisis in certain countries in Europe has increased concerns that, were one or more countries to leave the euro, Diageo's investment in any of the countries concerned could be impaired and may be subject to redenomination and other risks going forward. This crisis, as well as other economic events, may lead to reduced economic growth and, in turn, reduced demand for Diageo's products, in Europe and other markets in which Diageo operates. This could have a material adverse effect on Diageo's business.

        Diageo's operations are also subject to a variety of other risks and uncertainties related to trading in numerous foreign countries, including political or economic upheaval and the imposition of any import, investment or currency restrictions, including tariffs and import quotas or any restrictions on the repatriation of earnings and capital. Political and/or social unrest, potential health issues, natural disasters and terrorist threats and/or acts may also occur in various places around the world, which will have an impact on trade, tourism and travel. Many of these risks are heightened, or occur more frequently, in new high growth markets. These disruptions can affect Diageo's ability to import or export products and to repatriate funds, as well as affecting the levels of consumer demand (for example, in duty free outlets at airports or in on trade premises in affected regions) and therefore Diageo's levels of sales or profitability. A substantial portion of Diageo's operations, representing more than 40% of Diageo's net sales for the year ended 30 June 2013, are carried out in new high growth markets. New high growth markets are also generally exposed to relatively higher risk of liquidity constraints, inflation, devaluation, price volatility, currency convertibility and sovereign default. Due to Diageo's specific exposures, any or all of the aforementioned factors may affect Diageo disproportionately or in a different manner as compared to its competitors.

        Part of Diageo's growth strategy includes expanding its business in certain countries where consumer spending in general, and spending on Diageo's products in particular, has not historically been as great but where there are strong prospects for growth. There is no guarantee that this strategy will be successful and some of these markets represent a higher risk in terms of their changing regulatory environments and higher degree of uncertainty over levels of consumer spending.

25


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

Risks related to the industry

Demand for Diageo's products may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in consumer preferences and tastes and adverse impacts of a declining economy    Diageo's collection of brands includes some of the world's leading beverage alcohol brands as well as brands of local prominence. Maintaining Diageo's competitive position depends on its continued ability to offer products that have a strong appeal to consumers. Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors including changes in demographic and social trends, public health regulations, changes in travel, vacation or leisure activity patterns, weather effects and a downturn in economic conditions, which may reduce consumers' willingness to purchase premium branded products. Continued economic pressures could also lead to consumers selecting products at lower price points, whether Diageo's or those of its competitors, which may have an adverse effect on Diageo's profitability. The competitive position of Diageo's brands could also be affected adversely by any failure to achieve consistent, reliable quality in the product or in service levels to customers.

        In addition, the social acceptability of Diageo's products may decline due to public concerns about alcohol consumption. These concerns could also result in regulatory action, litigation or customer complaints against companies in the industry and may have an adverse effect on Diageo's profitability.

        Growth in Diageo's business has benefited from both the launch of new products and the creation of brand extensions and product innovation remains a significant element of Diageo's growth plans. The launch and ongoing success of new products is inherently uncertain, especially as to their appeal to consumers. The failure to launch successfully a new product can give rise to inventory write-offs and other costs and can affect consumer perception and growth of an existing brand. There can be no assurance of Diageo's continuing ability to develop and launch successful new products or variants of existing products or of the profitable lifespan of newly or recently developed products.

Diageo is subject to litigation directed at the beverage alcohol industry and other litigation    Companies in the beverage alcohol industry are, from time to time, exposed to class action or other litigation relating to alcohol advertising, product liability, alcohol abuse problems or health consequences from the misuse of alcohol. Diageo may also be subject to litigation arising from legacy and discontinued activities, as well as other litigation in the ordinary course of its operations. Diageo is further subject to the risk of litigation by tax, customs and other regulatory authorities, including with respect to the methodology for assessing importation value, transfer pricing or compliance matters. Changes in the political and economic climate have resulted in an increased focus on tax collection in recent years and tax authorities are showing an increased appetite to challenge the methodology used by multinational enterprises, even where it is compliant with international best practice guidelines. Any such litigation may result in damages, penalties or fines as well as reputational damage to Diageo or its brands, and as a result, Diageo's business could be materially adversely affected. For additional information with respect to legal proceedings, see 'Additional information for shareholders – Legal proceedings' and note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.

Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect Diageo's business or operations, and water scarcity or poor water quality could negatively impact Diageo's production costs and capacity    There is a growing concern that carbon dioxide and other so-called 'greenhouse' gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. In the event that such climate change has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, Diageo may be subject to decreased availability or increased pricing for certain raw materials that are necessary for Diageo's products, such as sugar, cereals, hops, agave and grapes. Water is the main ingredient in substantially

26


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

all of Diageo's products and it is also a limited resource in many parts of the world. As demand for water continues to increase, and as water becomes scarcer and the quality of available water deteriorates, Diageo may be affected by increasing production costs or capacity constraints, which could adversely affect Diageo's operations and profitability.

An increase in the cost of raw materials or energy could affect Diageo's profitability    The components that Diageo uses for the production of its beverage products are largely commodities that are subject to price volatility caused by changes in global supply and demand, weather conditions, agricultural uncertainty and/or governmental controls. Commodity price changes may result in unexpected increases in the cost of raw materials, glass bottles, flavours and other packaging materials and Diageo's beverage products. Diageo may also be adversely affected by shortages of such materials or by increases in energy costs resulting in higher transportation, freight and other operating costs. Diageo may not be able to increase its prices to offset these increased costs without suffering reduced volume, sales and operating profit.

Risks related to regulation

Regulatory decisions and changes in the legal and regulatory environment could increase Diageo's costs and liabilities or limit its business activities    Diageo's operations are subject to extensive regulatory requirements relating to production, distribution, importation, marketing, advertising, promotion, sales, pricing, labelling, packaging, product liability, labour, pensions, antitrust, compliance and control systems, and environmental issues. Changes in laws, regulations or governmental or regulatory policies and/or practices could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities that could adversely affect its business. In particular, governmental bodies in countries where Diageo operates may impose new labelling, product or production requirements, limitations on the marketing, advertising and/or promotion activities used to market beverage alcohol, restrictions on retail outlets, restrictions on importation and distribution or other restrictions on the locations or occasions where beverage alcohol is sold which directly or indirectly limit the sales of Diageo products.

        Regulatory authorities under whose laws Diageo operates may also have enforcement power that can subject the group to actions such as product recall, seizure of products or other sanctions which could have an adverse effect on Diageo sales or damage its reputation. Any changes to the regulatory environment in which Diageo operates could cause Diageo to incur material additional costs or liabilities, which could adversely affect Diageo's performance.

        Beverage alcohol products are also subject to national excise, import duty and other duties in most countries around the world. An increase in any such duties could have a significant adverse effect on Diageo's sales revenue or margin, both through reducing overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

        Diageo's reported after tax income is calculated based on extensive tax and accounting requirements in each of its relevant jurisdictions of operation. Changes in tax law (including tax rates), accounting policies and accounting standards could materially reduce Diageo's reported after tax income.

Diageo is subject to increasing costs of monitoring and maintaining compliance with anti-corruption laws; and a breach of such laws or of Diageo's related internal policies may have a material adverse effect on its business    Certain countries in which Diageo operates are reported to have high levels of corruption. There is increasing scrutiny and enforcement by regulators in many jurisdictions of anti-bribery laws including the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. This

27


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

oversight has been enhanced by applicable regulations in the United States, which offer substantial financial rewards to whistleblowers for reporting information that leads to monetary fines.

        While Diageo has implemented and maintains internal practices, procedures and controls designed to ensure compliance with anti-bribery legislation and routinely conducts investigations, either at its own initiative or in response to requests from regulators in connection with compliance with such internal controls, there is no guarantee that such procedures will be effective in preventing compliance failures at Diageo.

        Any investigations and lawsuits, regardless of the ultimate outcome of the proceeding, are time consuming and expensive and can divert the time and effort of our personnel, including senior management, from our business. Adverse publicity, governmental scrutiny and legal and enforcement proceedings can also have a negative impact on our reputation and on the morale and performance of our employees. To the extent that violations of Diageo's policies and procedures are found, possible regulatory sanctions and fines and other consequences may also be material.

Risks related to Diageo's business

The value of Diageo's brands and its net sales may be negatively affected by its failure to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation    The value of Diageo's brands and its profitability depends heavily on its ability to maintain its brand image and corporate reputation. Adverse publicity, whether or not justified, may tarnish Diageo's reputation and cause consumers to choose products offered by its competitors. Such adverse publicity could arise as a result of a perceived failure by Diageo to make adequate positive social contributions, including in relation to the level of taxes paid by Diageo, or by the failures of internal controls or compliance breaches leading to a breach of Diageo's Code of Business Conduct, its other key policies or of the laws or regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

        Diageo also maintains an online presence as part of its business operations. Diageo's reputation may suffer if it is perceived to fail to appropriately restrict access to its online content or if it breaches any marketing regulation, code or policy. In addition, the proliferation of new methods of mass communication facilitated by the internet makes it easier for false or unfounded allegations to adversely affect Diageo's brand image and reputation, which may in turn affect Diageo's profitability.

Diageo faces competition that may reduce its market share and margins    Diageo faces substantial competition from several international companies as well as local and regional companies in the countries in which it operates and competes with drinks companies across a wide range of consumer drinking occasions. Within a number of categories, industry consolidation or realignment is still possible. Consolidation is also taking place among Diageo's customers in many countries and increased competition by competitors or customers could lead to downward pressure on prices and/or a decline in Diageo's market share in any of these categories, adversely affecting Diageo's results and growth potential.

Diageo may not be able to derive the expected benefits from its strategy to focus on premium drinks or from its acquisitions or cost saving and restructuring programmes designed to enhance earnings    Diageo's strategy is to focus on premium drinks and to grow its business through organic sales, operating profit growth and the acquisition of premium drinks brands that add value for shareholders. There can be no assurance that Diageo's strategic focus on premium drinks will result in opportunities for growth and improved margins.

28


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        It is possible that the pursuit of this strategic focus on premium drinks could give rise to further business combinations, acquisitions, disposals, joint ventures and/or partnerships (including any associated financing or the assumption of actual or potential liabilities, depending on the transaction contemplated). There can be no assurance that any transaction will be completed or that any such transaction would deliver the anticipated benefits, cost savings or synergies. The success of any transaction will depend in part on Diageo's ability to successfully integrate new businesses with Diageo's existing operations and realise the anticipated benefits.

        Similarly, there can be no assurance that the cost-saving or restructuring programmes implemented by Diageo in order to improve efficiencies and deliver cost-savings will deliver the expected benefits. Diageo continues to undertake change programmes designed to improve the effectiveness and efficiency of end-to-end operations, including changes to organisational structures, business processes and business systems. There may also be disruption caused to business processes as a result of such change which could impact Diageo operations and lead to adverse customer or consumer reaction.

Contamination, counterfeiting or other events could harm the integrity of customer support for Diageo's brands and adversely affect the sales of those brands    The success of Diageo's brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of those brands, and contamination, whether arising accidentally, or through deliberate third party action, or other events that harm the integrity of or consumer support for those brands, could adversely affect their sales. Diageo purchases most of the raw materials for the production and packaging of its products from third party producers or on the open market. Diageo may be subject to liability if contaminants in those raw materials or defects in the distillation, fermentation or bottling process lead to low beverage quality or illness among, or injury to, Diageo's consumers. Diageo may recall products in the event of contamination or damage. A significant product liability judgement or a widespread product recall may negatively impact sales and profitability of the affected brand or all Diageo brands for a period of time depending on product availability, competitive reaction and consumer attitudes. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, any resulting negative publicity could adversely affect Diageo's reputation with existing and potential customers and its corporate and brand image.

        Additionally, third parties may sell products which are either counterfeit versions of Diageo brands or inferior brands that look like Diageo brands, and consumers of Diageo brands could confuse Diageo products with them. A bad consumer experience with such a product could cause them to refrain from purchasing Diageo brands in the future and in turn could impair brand equity, adversely affecting Diageo's business.

Diageo's operating results may be adversely affected by increased costs or shortages of talent    Diageo's operating results could be adversely affected by labour or skill shortages or increased labour costs due to increased competition for employees, higher employee turnover or increased employee benefit costs. Diageo's success is dependent on the capability of its employees. There is no guarantee that Diageo will continue to be able to recruit, retain and develop the capabilities that it requires to deliver its strategy, for example in relation to sales, marketing and innovation capability within markets or in its senior management. The loss of senior management or other key personnel or the inability to identify, attract and retain qualified personnel in the future could make it difficult to manage the business and could adversely affect Diageo's operations and financial results.

Diageo's operating results may be adversely affected by disruption to production facilities, business service centres or information systems    Diageo would be affected if there was a catastrophic failure of its major production facilities or business service centres. Diageo operates production facilities around

29


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

the world. If there was a technical failure in Diageo production facilities, or fire or explosion at one of Diageo's production facilities, it could result in damage to the facilities, plant or equipment, their surroundings and/or the local environment. Such an event could lead to a loss in production capacity, or could result in regulatory action, legal liability or damage to Diageo's reputation.

        Diageo has a substantial inventory of aged product categories, principally Scotch whisky and Canadian whisky, which may mature over periods of up to 30 years or more. The maturing inventory is stored primarily in Scotland, and the loss through contamination, fire or other natural disaster of all or a portion of the stock of any one of those aged product categories could result in a significant reduction in supply of those products, and consequently, Diageo would not be able to meet consumer demand for those products as it arises. There can be no assurance that insurance proceeds would cover the replacement value of Diageo's maturing inventory or other assets, were such assets to be lost due to contamination, fire or natural disasters or destruction resulting from negligence or the acts of third parties. In addition, there is an inherent risk of forecasting error in determining the quantity of maturing stock to lay down in a given year for future consumption. A forecasting error could lead to Diageo being unable to meet future demand or lead to a future surplus of inventory and consequent write down in value of maturing stocks.

        Any failure of information systems or Diageo's data infrastructure could adversely impact Diageo's ability to operate. As with all large systems, Diageo's information systems could be penetrated by outside parties' intent on extracting information, corrupting information or disrupting business processes. Such unauthorised access could disrupt Diageo's business and/or lead to loss of assets or to outside parties having access to confidential information, including privileged data or strategic information of Diageo and its employees, customers and consumers, or to making such information public in a manner that harms Diageo's reputation. The concentration of processes in business service centres also means that any sustained disruption to the facility or issue impacting the reliability of the information systems used could impact a large portion of Diageo's business operations and in some circumstances, could result in property damage, breaches of regulations, litigation, legal liabilities and reparation costs.

Diageo's operations and financial results may be adversely affected by movements in the value of its pension funds, fluctuations in exchange rates and fluctuations in interest rates    Diageo has significant pension funds. These funds may be affected by, among other things, the performance of assets owned by these plans, the underlying actuarial assumptions used to calculate the surplus or deficit in the plans, in particular the discount rate and long term inflation rates used to calculate the liabilities of the pension funds, and any changes in applicable laws and regulations. If there are significant declines in financial markets and/or deterioration in the value of fund assets or changes in discount rates or inflation rates, Diageo may need to make significant contributions to the pension funds in the future. Furthermore, if the market values of the assets held by Diageo's pension funds decline, or if the valuations of those assets by the pension trustees decline, pension expenses may increase which, as a result, could materially adversely affect Diageo's financial position. There is no assurance that interest rates or inflation rates will remain constant or that pension fund assets can earn the assumed rate of return annually; Diageo's actual experience may be significantly more negative than the assumptions used.

        Diageo may be adversely affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. In particular, any redenomination of the euro or its constituent parts could materially adversely affect Diageo. The results of operations of Diageo are accounted for in pounds sterling. Approximately 37% of sales in the year ended 30 June 2013 were in US dollars, approximately 12% were in euros and approximately 10% were

30


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

in sterling. Movements in exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies into pounds sterling may have a significant impact on Diageo's reported results of operations from year to year.

        Diageo may also be adversely impacted by fluctuations in interest rates, mainly through an increased interest expense. To partly delay any adverse impact from interest rate movements, the group's policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a certain percentage of forecast net borrowings, and the overall net borrowings portfolio is managed according to a duration measure. See note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.

Diageo's operations may be adversely affected by failure to maintain or renegotiate distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements on favourable terms    Diageo's business has a number of distribution, supply, manufacturing or licence agreements for brands owned by it or by other companies. These agreements vary depending on the particular brand, but tend to be for a fixed number of years. There can be no assurance that Diageo will be able to renegotiate its rights on favourable terms when these agreements expire or that they will not be terminated. Failure to renew these agreements on favourable terms could have an adverse impact on Diageo's sales and operating profit. In addition, Diageo's sales and operating profit may be adversely affected by any disputes with distributors of its products or with suppliers of raw materials.

Diageo may not be able to protect its intellectual property rights    Given the importance of brand recognition to its business, Diageo has invested considerable effort in protecting its intellectual property rights, including trademark registration and domain names. Diageo's patents cover some of its process technology, including some aspects of its bottle marking technology. Diageo also uses security measures and agreements to protect its confidential information and trade secrets. However, Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it has taken will be sufficient or that third parties will not infringe on or misappropriate its intellectual property rights in its brands or products. Moreover, some of the countries in which Diageo operates offer less intellectual property protection than Europe or North America. Given the attractiveness of Diageo's brands to consumers, it is not uncommon for counterfeit products to be manufactured and traded. Diageo cannot be certain that the steps it takes to assist the authorities to prevent, detect and eliminate counterfeit products will be effective in preventing material loss of profits or erosion of brand equity resulting from lower quality or even dangerous counterfeit product reaching the market. If Diageo is unable to protect its intellectual property rights against infringement or misappropriation, this could materially harm its future financial results and ability to develop its business.

Risks related to Diageo's securities

It may be difficult to effect service of US process and enforce US legal process against the directors of Diageo    Diageo is a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of Diageo's directors and officers, and some of the experts named in this document, reside outside of the United States, principally in the United Kingdom. A substantial portion of Diageo's assets, and the assets of such persons, are located outside of the United States. Therefore, it may not be possible to effect service of process within the United States upon Diageo or these persons in order to enforce judgements of US courts against Diageo or these persons based on the civil liability provisions of the US federal securities laws. There is doubt as to the enforceability in England and Wales, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgements of US courts, of civil liabilities solely based on the US federal securities laws.

31


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)


Cautionary statement concerning forward-looking statements

This document contains 'forward-looking' statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. In particular, forward-looking statements include all statements that express forecasts, expectations, plans, outlook and projections with respect to future matters, including trends in results of operations, margins, growth rates, overall market trends, the impact of changes in interest or exchange rates, the availability or cost of financing to Diageo, anticipated cost savings or synergies, expected investments, the completion of Diageo's strategic transactions and restructuring programmes, anticipated tax rates, expected cash payments, outcomes of litigation, anticipated deficit reductions in relation to pension schemes and general economic conditions. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including factors that are outside Diageo's control. These factors include, but are not limited to:

32


Table of Contents


Business description (continued)

        All oral and written forward-looking statements made on or after the date of this document and attributable to Diageo are expressly qualified in their entirety by the above factors and by the 'Risk factors' section above. Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of Diageo speak only as of the date they are made. Diageo does not undertake to update forward-looking statements to reflect any changes in Diageo's expectations with regard thereto or any changes in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based. The reader should, however, consult any additional disclosures that Diageo may make in any documents which it publishes and/or files with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). All readers, wherever located, should take note of these disclosures.

        This document includes names of Diageo's products, which constitute trademarks or trade names which Diageo owns, or which others own and license to Diageo for use. All rights reserved. © Diageo plc 2013.

        The information in this document does not constitute an offer to sell or an invitation to buy shares in Diageo plc or an invitation or inducement to engage in any other investment activities.

        This document includes information about Diageo's target debt rating. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating organisation. Each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating.

        Past performance cannot be relied upon as a guide to future performance.

33


Table of Contents


Business review

Introduction

The following discussion is based on Diageo's results for the year ended 30 June 2013 compared with the year ended 30 June 2012, and the year ended 30 June 2012 compared with the year ended 30 June 2011. In addition to describing the significant factors that have impacted the income statement for the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, in each case as compared to the immediately preceding year, additional information is also presented on the operating performance and cash flows of the group.

        There are several principal financial key performance indicators not specifically used in the consolidated financial statements themselves (non-GAAP measures) that are used by the group's management to assess the performance of the group in addition to income statement performance measures. These are volume, organic movements in volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend, operating profit and operating margin and free cash flow. These key performance indicators are described in 'Definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures' on page 83.

Revised segmental information for prior reporting periods    In the year ended 30 June 2013, Diageo changed its internal reporting structure to reflect changes made to management responsibilities. As a result of this change, Diageo reports the following geographical segments both for management reporting purposes and in the external financial statements: North America; Western Europe; Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey; Latin America and Caribbean; Asia Pacific and Corporate.

        Diageo has also made changes in respect of the allocation of specific corporate items and the allocation of the operating profit before exceptional items of Global Supply to better reflect the geographical segment to which the cost relates. In addition, certain transaction exchange differences, previously included in Corporate, have been allocated to the geographical segments to better reflect which geographical segment the item is in respect of.

        As a consequence of these changes, comparative prior period figures have been restated. Restated segmental information for volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit before exceptional items for prior periods with a reconciliation to previously reported figures are provided in 'Definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures' on page 91.


Trend information

The following comments were made by Ivan Menezes, Chief Executive of Diageo, in Diageo's preliminary announcement on 31 July 2013:

        "These results reflect Diageo's strengths. We have delivered 5% net sales growth reflecting the strength of our US spirits business and continued double digit growth in the emerging markets, slightly below our original expectations for the year as a result of weakness in some markets. Price increases in each region, positive mix in North America and Latin America and the rigour we have in managing our cost of production and controlling our overheads drove significant expansion in operating margin.

        The effectiveness of our marketing campaigns remains a competitive advantage for us and this year we have seen these campaigns extend the leadership of our brands in many markets during the year. This has been a key driver of our performance in scotch, our biggest and most profitable category, especially for Johnnie Walker which is now a 20 million case brand. Innovation is driving growth in every region with our biggest launches in US spirits where we continue to lead the innovation agenda in the industry. Elsewhere, the investments we have made to enhance our routes to market in Africa, Latin America and Eastern Europe have driven strong growth.

        The breadth of our good performance is reflected in the strength of the cash flow, in our double digit eps growth and a recommended 9% increase in the final dividend. This year we have again made a strong business stronger and we remain on track to deliver our medium term guidance."

34


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Operating results 2013 compared with 2012

Financial review

Summary consolidated income statement

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    15,487     14,594  

Excise duties

    (4,054 )   (3,832 )
           

Net sales

    11,433     10,762  

Operating costs before exceptional items

    (7,903 )   (7,564 )
           

Operating profit before exceptional items

    3,530     3,198  

Exceptional operating items

    (99 )   (40 )
           

Operating profit

    3,431     3,158  

Sale of businesses

    (83 )   147  

Net finance charges

    (424 )   (397 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

    199     213  
           

Profit before taxation

    3,123     3,121  

Taxation

    (529 )   (1,038 )
           

Profit from continuing operations

    2,594     2,083  

Discontinued operations

        (11 )
           

Profit for the year

    2,594     2,072  
           

Attributable to:

             

Equity shareholders of the parent company

    2,485     1,942  

Non-controlling interests

    109     130  
           

    2,594     2,072  
           

Sales and net sales    On a reported basis, sales increased by £893 million from £14,594 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to £15,487 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 and net sales increased by £671 million from £10,762 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to £11,433 million in the year ended 30 June 2013. Exchange rate movements decreased reported sales by £81 million and reported net sales by £60 million. Acquisitions increased reported sales by £317 million and reported net sales by £233 million and disposals decreased both reported sales and net sales by £19 million.

Operating costs before exceptional items    On a reported basis, operating costs before exceptional items increased by £339 million from £7,564 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to £7,903 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 due to an increase in cost of sales of £215 million from £4,228 million to £4,443 million, an increase in marketing spend of £96 million from £1,691 million to £1,787 million, and an increase in other operating expenses before exceptional costs of £28 million, from £1,645 million to £1,673 million. Exchange rate movements benefited total operating costs before exceptional items by £56 million.

        Cost of sales excluding exceptional items was £4,443 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 compared with £4,228 million in the year ended 30 June 2012. The 1% volume increase together with some favourable mix impact added £37 million to cost of sales. Acquisitions and disposals added £

35


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

96 million, with Ypióca and Shuijingfang being the main contributors, and positive exchange movements reduced cost of sales by £23 million. As expected cost increases on materials, utilities and logistics amounted to around 4% of cost of sales. This was partially mitigated by cost reductions through packaging sourcing initiatives, asset rationalisation, procurement benefits and operational efficiencies arising from restructuring programmes implemented in recent years.

Exceptional operating items    Net exceptional operating charges of £99 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 comprised:

        In the year ended 30 June 2012 exceptional operating items also included a charge of £69 million for the operating model review announced in 2011.

        In March 2013, Diageo announced that its Global Supply and procurement operation will be refocused to enhance alignment between supply operations and Diageo's markets. From 1 July 2013, responsibility for local operations was transferred to the markets and regional structures are being reduced. The Global Supply function will remain responsible for ensuring excellence across all supply operations. In addition, a number of initiatives have been launched to consolidate and streamline the supply operations to create greater operating efficiencies. Total exceptional operating charges in the three years ending 30 June 2015 in respect of the restructuring are estimated to be £100 million.

        In the year ended 30 June 2013 total restructuring cash expenditure was £61 million (2012 – £158 million). An exceptional charge of approximately £85 million is expected to be incurred in the year ending 30 June 2014 in respect of the Supply excellence review and the restructuring of the group's supply operations in Ireland, and cash expenditure is expected to be approximately £110 million.

Post employment plans    The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation decreased by £533 million from £1,085 million at 30 June 2012 to £552 million at 30 June 2013 primarily as a result of the one off cash contribution of £400 million into the Diageo UK Pension Scheme. In addition, an increase in the market value of plan assets was partially offset by a decrease in the discount rates used to calculate the liabilities of the Irish plans and an increase in the inflation assumptions in the United Kingdom. Cash contributions to the group's UK and Irish post employment plans in the year ended 30 June 2013 were £531 million (2012 – £133 million) and are expected to be approximately £230 million for the year ending 30 June 2014.

Operating profit    Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 increased by £273 million to £3,431 million from £3,158 million in the prior year. Before exceptional operating items, operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 increased by £332 million to £3,530 million from £3,198 million in the prior year. Exchange rate movements decreased both operating profit and operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2013 by £4 million. Acquisitions increased reported operating profit by £98 million and disposals decreased reported operating profit by £3 million.

36


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Exceptional non-operating items    In the year ended 30 June 2013 a loss of £83 million arose in respect of the Nuvo disposal. In the year ended 30 June 2012 the gain on sale of businesses of £147 million included a step up gain of £124 million on the revaluation of the group's equity holdings in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd. (SJF Holdco) (formerly Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd.) and Sichuan Shuijingfang Co., Ltd (Shuijingfang) to fair value as the associates became subsidiaries during the year. In addition, exceptional non-operating items included a gain of £23 million on the sale of the group's investment in Tanzania Breweries.

Net finance charges    Net finance charges amounted £424 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 (2012 – £397 million).

        Net interest charge increased by £17 million from £382 million in the prior year to £399 million in the year ended 30 June 2013. The effective interest rate was 4.9% (2012 – 4.7%) in the year ended 30 June 2013 and average net borrowings decreased by £23 million compared to the prior year. For the calculation of effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but exclude the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

        Net other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2013 were £25 million (2012 – £15 million). There was an increase of £12 million in finance charges in respect of post employment plans from an income of £7 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to a charge of £5 million in the year ended 30 June 2013. Other finance charges also included £16 million (2012 – £17 million) in respect of the unwinding of discounts on liabilities, and a hyperinflation adjustment of £4 million (2012 – £3 million) in respect of the group's Venezuela operations.

Associates    The group's share of associates' profits after interest and tax was £199 million for the year ended 30 June 2013 compared to £213 million in the prior year. Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £230 million (2012 – £205 million) to share of associates' profits after interest and tax. The share of loss after tax of £31 million (2012 – £8 million profit) from other associates contains a deferred tax write off of £23 million (2012 – £nil).

Profit before taxation    Profit before taxation increased by £2 million from £3,121 million in the prior year to £3,123 million in the year ended 30 June 2013.

Taxation    The reported tax rate decreased from 33.3% in the year ended 30 June 2012 to 16.9% in the year ended 30 June 2013. During the year ended 30 June 2012 tax authority negotiations were concluded resulting in a favourable change to the taxation basis of certain overseas profit and intangible assets which reduced the ongoing tax rate but resulted in the loss of future tax amortisation deductions giving rise to an exceptional write off of the related deferred tax assets of £524 million. The tax rate before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2013 remained unchanged at 17.7% compared with the year ended 30 June 2012 and it is expected that it will remain at approximately 18%.

Discontinued operations    Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2012 represented a charge after taxation of £11 million in respect of anticipated future payments to additional thalidomide claimants.

Exchange rate and other movements    Exchange rate movements are calculated by retranslating the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year exchange rates. The difference is

37


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

excluded from organic growth. The estimated effect of exchange rate and other movements on profit before exceptional items and taxation for the year ended 30 June 2013 is set out in the table below.

 
  Gains/(losses)  
 
  £ million
 

Operating profit before exceptional items

       

Translation impact

    (7 )

Transaction impact

    3  
       

Total exchange effect on operating profit before exceptional items

    (4 )

Interest and other finance charges

       

Net finance charges – translation impact

    (3 )

Impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39 on other finance charges

    2  

Associates – translation impact

    (3 )
       

Total effect on profit before exceptional items and taxation

    (8 )
       

 

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2013   2012  

Exchange rates

             

Translation £1 =

  $ 1.57   $ 1.58  

Transaction £1 =

  $ 1.57   $ 1.57  

Translation £1 =

  1.21   1.18  

Transaction £1 =

  1.18   1.19  

        For the year ending 30 June 2014 foreign exchange movements are expected to adversely impact operating profit by £55 million and increase net finance charges by £5 million based on applying current exchange rates (£1 = $1.54 : £1 = €1.16). This guidance excludes the impact of IAS 21 and IAS 39.

Dividend    The directors recommend a final dividend of 29.30 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2012. The full dividend will therefore be 47.40 pence per share, an increase of 9% from the year ended 30 June 2012. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 3 October 2013 to shareholders on the register on 16 August 2013. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 8 October 2013. A dividend reinvestment plan is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 11 September 2013.

38


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Analysis by reporting segments

The organic movements for volume, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit before exceptional items by reporting segment for the year ended 30 June 2013 were as follows:

 
  Volume   Net
sales
  Marketing
spend
  Operating
profit*
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Organic growth by region

                         

North America

    1     5     10     9  

Western Europe

    (3 )   (4 )   (6 )   (7 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    4     10     16     10  

Latin America and Caribbean

    4     15     11     26  

Asia Pacific

    (1 )   3     (1 )   6  

Diageo**

    1     5     5     8  

*
Operating profit excluding exceptional items.

**
Including Corporate.


Corporate revenue and costs

Net sales were £76 million in the year ended 30 June 2013, up £6 million compared to last year. Net operating charges were £149 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 having been £165 million in the year ended 30 June 2012. The reduction comprised a £10 million decrease in corporate costs, primarily due to a reduction in acquisition costs and a £6 million favourable exchange rate movements.


2013

North America

"Diageo's organic performance in North America, with volume up 1% and net sales up 5%, has been driven by our strength in US spirits which continues to benefit from positive demographics and the consumers' wish to premiumise. Great innovation, impactful marketing campaigns, and our superior route to market have resulted in 3% volume growth and 8% net sales growth in US spirits. We have taken price increases across our brands, especially on our premium and super premium brands. The strong performance of Crown Royal, Johnnie Walker, Buchanan's, and Bulleit Bourbon, and double digit growth of our reserve brands, were the key contributors to mix. We have sustained our successful innovation pipeline and again we have 5 of the top 10 new launches in the United States, with Crown Royal Maple the number one US innovation this year. We have increased marketing spend 11% on our US spirits brands and we now have on air campaigns for all our core brands. DGUSA, in contrast, had a difficult year with increased competition from new entrants in flavoured beer. Wine has had a good year, benefiting from innovation and price increases. Canada has delivered good growth through price increases, innovation, and marketing investment in Tanqueray, Crown Royal, and Baileys. Strong price/mix across North America enhanced our gross margin and with our continued focus on overheads we were able to increase marketing investment while still delivering 120bpts of operating margin improvement."

Larry Schwartz
President, Diageo North America

39


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Key highlights


Performance

Key financials
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals*
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

    3,556     22     (24 )   179     3,733     5  

Marketing spend

    547     6     (18 )   50     585     7  

Operating profit before exceptional items

    1,360     14     (3 )   113     1,484     9  

Exceptional items

    (11 )                            
                                   

Operating profit

    1,349                       1,484     10  
                                   

*
Diageo reported net sales of £267 million (2012 – £266 million) from Jose Cuervo in North America. Acquisitions and disposals are in respect of the year on year movement for Jose Cuervo, as a result of the termination of the distribution agreement, and for disposals made in the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012. The variance is primarily driven by the sales decline of Nuvo.

40


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key markets and categories:

                   

North America

    1     5     5  

US Spirits

    3     8     7  

DGUSA

    (7 )   (6 )   (6 )

Diageo Chateau & Estate Wines

    1     3     4  

Canada

        8     7  

Spirits

   
2
   
8
   
8
 

Beer

    (2 )   (1 )   (3 )

Wine

    1     4     4  

Ready to drink

    (10 )   (10 )   (11 )

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    5     12     13  

Crown Royal

    14     17     17  

Buchanan's

    13     19     19  

Smirnoff

    2     5     6  

Ketel One vodka

    5     8     8  

Cîroc

    1     4     5  

Captain Morgan

        4     4  

Baileys

    4     7     8  

Tanqueray

    7     11     12  

Guinness

    (2 )   (1 )    

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Canada (1)%, beer (3)% ready to drink (12)%, and wine 0%, reflecting the disposals in North American wine and other disposals and the termination of the Jose Cuervo distribution agreement.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.


2013

Western Europe

"Western Europe continued to be a challenging trading environment. Our Southern European markets and Ireland faced another very tough year and net sales declined 11%. Trading in Great Britain was resilient as double digit growth in reserve brands coupled with growth from innovation and improved performance from Smirnoff offset a 9% decline in ready to drink and a 3% decline in Guinness. Benelux, and Germany and Austria grew net sales double digit mainly driven by the strong performance of our scotch and rum brands. Marketing investment, while lower overall, was focused on the biggest opportunities, primarily on our strategic brands, Captain Morgan and Tanqueray as well as on Guinness which made share gains in the last quarter in Great Britain and Ireland. We increased marketing investment on Cîroc, Ketel One vodka, Zacapa, and Johnnie Walker and consequently reserve brands continued to be an area of significant growth, up double digits. Overall we are addressing the challenges we see in Southern Europe and Ireland and we are capturing growth in the stronger markets of Western Europe."

John Kennedy
President, Diageo Western Europe

41


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Key highlights


Performance

Key financials
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

  2,345   (36 ) 1   (90 ) 2,220   (5 )

Marketing spend

  355   (8 ) 1   (20 ) 328   (8 )

Operating profit before exceptional items

  717   (12 ) (1 ) (48 ) 656   (9 )

Exceptional items

  43               (31 )    
                           

Operating profit

  760               625   (18 )
                           

42


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key market and categories:

                   

Western Europe

    (3 )   (4 )   (5 )

Spirits

   
(2

)
 
(3

)
 
(4

)

Beer

    (6 )   (5 )   (7 )

Wine

    (13 )   (7 )   (7 )

Ready to drink

    (13 )   (8 )   (9 )

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    (2 )   (1 )   (3 )

JeB

    (18 )   (24 )   (26 )

Smirnoff

    2     (1 )   (2 )

Captain Morgan

    17     15     13  

Baileys

    (4 )   (6 )   (7 )

Guinness

    (5 )   (3 )   (4 )

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for spirits (1)% and ready to drink (14)%.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.


2013

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

"This year we are reporting Africa, Eastern Europe, and Turkey as a newly formed region, which is now Diageo's second largest and is the biggest contributor to net sales growth. Net sales grew 10% from strong performance of spirits and a robust performance of beer in Africa, where we grew net sales despite volume declines. Our important spirits markets grew strongly driven by Johnnie Walker in scotch and Smirnoff in vodka. Growing scotch is our priority in spirits and I am pleased to see our strong share gains across the majority of our markets as we scaled up our marketing campaigns. In Eastern Europe and Turkey our focus is primarily on spirits, and Africa remains the key opportunity for growing our outstanding beer business, and expanding spirits. In Africa, while the economic and political situations vary and have impacted beer volume in certain markets, we are investing in beer capacity and building routes to market to fuel long term growth. We have continued to invest in supply and production capacity in Nigeria, Kenya, Ghana, Cameroon, and the expansion of the Meta Abo Brewery in Ethiopia. We are also committed to our community and environmental responsibilities, driving down energy consumption, using local raw materials for beer production, and utilising returnable packaging. Our marketing investment grew 16% to support growth of well established brands and bring new brands and variants to emerging middle class consumers. We have introduced innovation at scale delivering new packaging and fantastic products such as Ruut Extra in Ghana, which is Diageo's first beer brewed using cassava, Jebel grain spirit in Kenya, and Shark Tooth rum in Russia. I am pleased with the progress we continue to make in building our brands and our organisation, and with these good results."

Nick Blazquez
President, Africa, Turkey, Russia, Central & Eastern Europe, Global Sales

43


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Key highlights

44


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Performance

Key financials
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

  2,051   (28 ) 59   198   2,280   11  

Marketing spend

  232   (6 ) 3   36   265   14  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  575   (12 ) 31   60   654   14  

Exceptional items

  (7 )             (5 )    
                           

Operating profit

  568               649   14  
                           

45


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key markets and categories:

                   

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    4     10     11  

Africa

    3     9     8  

Nigeria

    (1 )   5     6  

East Africa

    3     10     13  

Africa Regional Markets

    (1 )   9     7  

South Africa

    14     17     5  

Russia and Eastern Europe

    14     16     14  

Turkey

    (4 )   8     22  

Spirits

   
8
   
13
   
14
 

Beer

    (1 )   5     6  

Ready to drink

    27     32     28  

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    22     22     19  

JeB

    5     4      

Smirnoff

    8     19     11  

Captain Morgan

    17     19     12  

Baileys

    13     13     11  

Guinness

    (2 )   2     1  

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for: Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey 7%, Africa 5%, Africa Regional Markets 5%, Turkey 9%, spirits 11%, beer 1%, reflecting the acquisitions of Meta Abo and Mey Içki.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.


2013

Latin America and Caribbean

"Our Latin America and Caribbean business has delivered another strong set of results. Net sales grew 15%, driven by volume, price and mix improvement. Strong double digit growth in Venezuela, Mexico, and West LAC offset a slowdown in Brazil, mostly due to destocking in the wholesale channel driven by a stricter enforcement of tax collections. Scotch remains the growth engine of the region contributing 81% of overall net sales growth. We have expanded our reach to emerging middle class consumers by investing strongly in Johnnie Walker Red Label, Black&White and White Horse. As we drive our premiumisation strategy, we have focused our marketing on super and ultra premium brands. Our reserve brands grew net sales double digit, with particularly strong performance of Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Buchanan's Special Reserve, and Cîroc. At the same time we have continued to invest in our route to market, particularly in Brazil and Mexico, and increased our focus on innovation which this year accounted for more than a tenth of the net sales in the region. Strong price/mix enabled us to increase marketing investment and still grow operating profit 26% with 300bpts of margin expansion. Overall, despite some headwinds in Brazil and volatility in Venezuela, these are long term, high-growth markets with favourable population demographics and we are well positioned to capture these opportunities and consolidate our leadership position in the region."

Randy Millian
President, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean

46


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Key highlights

47


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Performance

Key financials
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

  1,239   (26 ) 62   182   1,457   18  

Marketing spend

  208   (5 ) 8   22   233   12  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  369   (4 ) 9   97   471   28  

Exceptional items

  (2 )                  
                           

Operating profit

  367               471   28  
                           

 

 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key markets and categories:

                   

Latin America and Caribbean

    4     15     18  

PUB

    1     1     10  

Andean

    7     39     41  

Mexico

    14     18     21  

WestLAC

    2     12     10  

Spirits

   
4
   
17
   
21
 

Beer

    1     5     2  

Wine

    (5 )   4     (5 )

Ready to drink

    (6 )       (4 )

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    6     11     9  

Buchanan's

    10     26     27  

Smirnoff

    (3 )   3     (6 )

Baileys

    (8 )   (1 )   (1 )

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for: Latin America and Caribbean 35%, PUB 95%, spirits 39% reflecting the acquisition of Ypióca; Andean 9%, beer 4%, and ready to drink 0% reflecting restatements in the year.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

48


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


2013

Asia Pacific

"Asia Pacific grew net sales 3% having faced a difficult trading environment in Korea and the duty free channel. In Korea, the traditional on trade channel has declined. We have delivered a strong performance from Smirnoff and Guinness however these newer categories are not yet large enough to offset a 23% decline in Windsor and therefore net sales in Korea were down 17%. Our travel retail business slowed due to softness in spend by Chinese travellers and destocking which will improve performance in the new fiscal year. In the emerging markets of Asia, which now account for over 60% of net sales in the region, net sales were up 8%. In South East Asia we continued to perform strongly with Johnnie Walker up 17% and double digit growth of Guinness. In China, despite weakness in the beverage alcohol sector in the second half, we delivered 7% net sales growth with a very strong performance from our super and ultra premium scotch brands which grew net sales 59% and gained 5ppts of share. In Taiwan, Japan, Australia and the Middle East we delivered good growth mainly driven by the performance of our scotch brands. Scotch is the biggest category in the region and the performance of our scotch brands across the region accounted for more than 50% of our top line growth. We have invested strongly behind our reserve brands which grew 17% and in December 2012 a new Johnnie Walker house opened in Beijing, which at four times larger than the Shanghai house is the world's largest embassy for luxury scotch. We also expanded our regional footprint in the year with further investment in Indonesia, Sri Lanka and Nepal. The weakness in Korea and Asia duty free did have a negative impact on operating margin, however this was more than offset by the strong improvement in margin we achieved in the emerging markets as we leveraged both marketing and overheads, and in total operating margin for the region improved by 60bpts."

Gilbert Ghostine
President, Diageo Asia Pacific


Key highlights

49


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

50


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Performance

Key financials
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

  1,501   4   116   46   1,667   11  

Marketing spend

  343   5   27   (5 ) 370   8  

Operating profit before exceptional items

  342   11   40   21   414   21  

Exceptional items

  (10 )             (1 )    
                           

Operating profit

  332               413   24  
                           

51


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key markets and categories:

                   

Asia Pacific

    (1 )   3     11  

South East Asia

    5     14     13  

Greater China

    1     8     75  

India

    (5 )   (2 )   (7 )

Global Travel Asia and Middle East

    (1 )   (2 )   (2 )

Australia

    (4 )   3     4  

North Asia

    (9 )   (11 )   (11 )

Spirits

   
(1

)
 
3
   
14
 

Beer

    3     9     7  

Ready to drink

    (4 )   2     2  

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    4     8     8  

Windsor

    (20 )   (21 )   (19 )

Smirnoff

    (8 )   4     3  

Baileys

    3     8     9  

Guinness

    7     10     8  

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for Asia Pacific 2%, Greater China 30% and spirits 1% due to the Shuijingfang acquisition and Australia (3)% due to the termination of the Jose Cuervo distribution agreement.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

52


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Category review

 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Category performance

                   

Spirits**

    2     7     9  

Beer

    (2 )   2     1  

Wine

    (9 )        

Ready to drink

    (3 )       (3 )

Total

    1     5     6  
               

Strategic brand performance**

                   

Whisk(e)y:

    5     10     9  

Johnnie Walker

    7     10     10  

Crown Royal

    14     17     17  

JeB

    (12 )   (15 )   (17 )

Buchanan's

    11     25     26  

Windsor

    (20 )   (21 )   (19 )

Bushmills

    11     12     12  
               

Vodka:

   
   
5
   
5
 

Smirnoff

    1     4     3  

Ketel One vodka

    5     8     8  

Cîroc

    5     8     8  
               

Rum:

   
1
   
5
   
5
 

Captain Morgan

    5     7     7  
               

Liqueurs:

   
(1

)
 
2
   
 

Baileys

        2     1  
               

Tequila:

   
9
   
13
   
7
 
               

Gin:

   
3
   
8
   
7
 

Tanqueray

    8     12     12  
               

Beer:

   
(2

)
 
2
   
1
 

Guinness

    (2 )   1      
               

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for total 5%, spirits 7%, beer (1)%, wine (8)%, ready to drink (4)%, vodka 1%, tequila 6%, reflecting the Mey Içki, Meta Abo, Ypióca and Shuijingfang acquisitions and the termination of the Jose Cuervo distribution agreement and North American wine disposal.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Spirits represent 68% of Diageo's net sales, and generated 97% of the total net sales growth in the year.

53


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Whisk(e)y represents 36% of Diageo's total net sales and was up 10%, contributing 68% of total net sales growth. Emerging markets contributed over half of total whiskey net sales. Scotch led whiskey growth, with net sales up 9% and volume up 4% driven by premium and super premium brands in faster growing markets.

54


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Vodka delivered net sales growth of 5% and constitutes 12% of total Diageo net sales. North America, Diageo's largest vodka market, remained flat by volume with net sales up 5%. Category performance was again driven by super and ultra premium variants, with Cîroc and Ketel One vodka leading the growth.

Rum grew 5%, with strong performances from Captain Morgan and Zacapa, and constitutes 6% of total Diageo net sales.

Liqueurs, which represent 5% of Diageo net sales, grew 2% driven by growth in Baileys.

55


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Tequila, Don Julio, grew net sales 13% and volume 9%. In its primary market, North America, the brand maintained favourable price/mix and grew share. The performance was driven by increased investment in mentorship programmes, experiential sampling in the on trade, public relations, and above the line advertising. Outside North America, Don Julio continued to deliver strong double digit net sales growth, especially in Asia Pacific, and Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey. In these markets, the brand was driven by experiential consumer events. In Canada, Western Europe, and Latin America, the key growth drivers were improved visibility, mentorship and sampling programmes in the on trade, as well as strong execution of Don Julio in Diageo Reserve World Class.

Gin grew net sales 8% and constitutes 3% of Diageo total net sales.

Beer represents 21% of Diageo net sales and delivered 2% net sales growth driven by emerging markets, which grew net sales 6%. Volume declined 2%, principally in Western Europe.

Wine net sales represent 4% of Diageo's net sales and were flat following a decline of 7% of net sales in Western Europe and growth of 4% in North America.

Ready to drink represents 6% of Diageo net sales, and were flat. 10% net sales decline in North America was offset by strong net sales growth in Africa, which was driven by innovations: Smirnoff Black Ice in Cameroon, Smirnoff Double Black & Guarana in South Africa, and Snapp in Kenya and Nigeria.

56


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Operating results 2012 compared with 2011

Financial review

Summary consolidated income statement

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    14,594     13,232  

Excise duties

    (3,832 )   (3,296 )
           

Net sales

    10,762     9,936  

Operating costs before exceptional items

    (7,564 )   (7,052 )
           

Operating profit before exceptional items

    3,198     2,884  

Exceptional operating items

    (40 )   (289 )
           

Operating profit

    3,158     2,595  

Sale of businesses

    147     (14 )

Net finance charges

    (397 )   (397 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

    213     176  
           

Profit before taxation

    3,121     2,360  

Taxation

    (1,038 )   (343 )
           

Profit from continuing operations

    2,083     2,017  

Discontinued operations

    (11 )    
           

Profit for the year

    2,072     2,017  
           

Attributable to:

             

Equity shareholders of the parent company

    1,942     1,900  

Non-controlling interests

    130     117  
           

    2,072     2,017  
           

Sales and net sales    On a reported basis, sales increased by £1,362 million from £13,232 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 to £14,594 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 and net sales increased by £826 million from £9,936 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 to £10,762 million in the year ended 30 June 2012. Exchange rate movements decreased reported sales by £123 million and reported net sales by £90 million. Acquisitions increased reported sales by £741 million and reported net sales by £320 million. Disposals decreased reported sales by £31 million and reported net sales by £29 million.

Operating costs before exceptional items    On a reported basis, operating costs before exceptional items increased by £512 million from £7,052 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 to £7,564 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 due to an increase in cost of sales of £245 million from £3,983 million to £4,228 million, an increase in marketing spend of £153 million from £1,538 million to £1,691 million, and an increase in other operating expenses before exceptional costs of £114 million, from £1,531 million to £1,645 million. Exchange rate movements benefited total operating costs before exceptional items by £80 million.

        Cost of sales excluding exceptional items was £4,228 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 compared with £3,983 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. Acquisitions and disposals added £

57


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

91 million, with Mey Içki being the principal contributor, and favourable exchange movements reduced cost of sales by £38 million. The 2% volume increase together with some mix benefits added £110 million to cost of sales. Cost increases on materials, utilities and logistics amounted to 5% of cost of sales, and half of this increase was offset by cost reductions through asset rationalisation, procurement benefits and operational efficiencies.

Exceptional operating items    Exceptional operating charges of £40 million for the year ended 30 June 2012 comprised:

        In the year ended 30 June 2011 exceptional operating items also included a charge of £139 million in respect of duty settlements with the Turkish and the Thai customs authorities and settlements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in respect of various regulatory and control matters.

        In the year ended 30 June 2012 total restructuring cash expenditure was £158 million (2011 – £118 million). In the year ended 30 June 2011 cash payments of £141 million were also made for the duty and the SEC settlements.

Post employment plans    The deficit in respect of post employment plans before taxation increased by £247 million from £838 million at 30 June 2011 to £1,085 million at 30 June 2012 primarily as a result of a decrease in the discount rate assumptions used to calculate the liabilities of the plans partly offset by a decrease in the inflation assumptions and changes in the calculation of future pension increases. Cash contributions to the group's UK and Irish pension plans in the year ended 30 June 2012 were £133 million (2011 – £151 million).

Operating profit    Reported operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2012 increased by £563 million to £3,158 million from £2,595 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. Before exceptional operating items, operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2012 increased by £314 million to £3,198 million from £2,884 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. Exchange rate movements decreased both operating profit and operating profit before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2012 by £10 million. Acquisitions increased reported operating profit by £79 million and disposals decreased reported operating profit by £3 million.

Exceptional non-operating items    In the year ended 30 June 2012 gain on sale of businesses of £147 million included a step up gain of £124 million on the revaluation of the group's equity holdings in SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang to fair value as the associates became subsidiaries during the year. In addition, exceptional non-operating items included a gain of £23 million on the sale of the group's investment in Tanzania Breweries. In the year ended 30 June 2011 a net loss before taxation of £14 million on sale of businesses arose on the disposal of a number of small wine businesses in Europe and in the United States and on the termination of a joint venture in India.

58


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Net finance charges    Net finance charges amounted to £397 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 (2011 – £397 million).

        Net interest charge increased by £13 million from £369 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 to £382 million in the year ended 30 June 2012. The effective interest rate was 4.7% (2011 – 4.9%) in the year ended 30 June 2012 and average net borrowings increased by £1.1 billion. For the calculation of effective interest rate, the net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but exclude the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

        Net other finance charges for the year ended 30 June 2012 were £15 million (2011 – £28 million). There was a change of £10 million in finance charges in respect of post employment plans from a charge of £3 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 to an income of £7 million in the year ended 30 June 2012. Other finance charges also included £17 million (2011 – £16 million) on unwinding of discounts on liabilities, a hyperinflation adjustment of £3 million (2011 – £9 million) in respect of the group's Venezuela operations and £2 million (2011 – £nil) in respect of net exchange movements on certain financial instruments.

Associates    The group's share of associates' profits after interest and tax was £213 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 (2011 – £176 million). Diageo's 34% equity interest in Moët Hennessy contributed £205 million (2011 – £179 million) to share of associates' profits after interest and tax.

Profit before taxation    Profit before taxation increased by £761 million from £2,360 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 to £3,121 million in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Taxation    The reported tax rate increased from 14.5% in the year ended 30 June 2011 to 33.3% in the year ended 30 June 2012. During the year tax authority negotiations were concluded resulting in a favourable change to the taxation basis of certain overseas profit and intangible assets which has reduced the ongoing tax rate but which resulted in the loss of future tax amortisation deductions giving rise to an exceptional write off of the related deferred tax assets of £524 million. The tax rate before exceptional items for the year ended 30 June 2012 was 17.7% (2011 – 17.4%).

Discontinued operations    Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2012 represented a charge after taxation of £11 million in respect of anticipated future payments to additional thalidomide claimants.

Exchange rate and other movements    Foreign exchange movements in the year ended 30 June 2012 decreased net sales, operating profit before exceptional items and profit from associates by £90 million, £10 million, and £2 million, respectively, and reduced net finance charges by £19 million.


Analysis by reporting segments

The organic growth figures for volume, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit before exceptional items by reporting segment for the year ended 30 June 2012, restated for changes in

59


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

reporting segments and allocation of specific corporate and global supply items (see page 34), are as follows:

 
  Volume   Net
sales
  Marketing
spend
  Operating
profit*
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Organic growth by region

                         

North America

    2     6     7     7  

Western Europe

    (3 )   (3 )   (1 )   (2 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    6     12     15     18  

Latin America and Caribbean

    10     19     18     19  

Asia Pacific

    2     8     11     10  

Diageo**

    2     6     8     9  

*
Operating profit excluding exceptional items.

**
Including Corporate.


Corporate revenue and costs

Net sales were £70 million in the year ended 30 June 2012, flat relative to the year ended 30 June 2011. Net operating charges were £165 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 having been £134 million in the year ended 30 June 2011. The movement was made up of:

60


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


2012

North America

Key highlights

Performance

Key financials
  2011
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

    3,366     18     (26 )   198     3,556     6  

Marketing spend

    508     2     1     36     547     8  

Operating profit before exceptional items

    1,265     11     (3 )   87     1,360     8  

Exceptional items

    (23 )                     (11 )      
                                   

Operating profit

    1,242                       1,349     9  
                                   

61


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key markets and categories:

                   

North America

    2     6     6  

United States

    1     6     6  

Canada

    2     5     5  

Spirits

   
2
   
7
   
7
 

Beer

    1     4     5  

Wine

    (5 )   (7 )   (17 )

Ready to drink

        3     3  

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    9     18     18  

Crown Royal

    (4 )   (3 )   (2 )

Buchanan's

    9     11     11  

Smirnoff

    3     4     5  

Ketel One vodka

    8     8     8  

Cîroc

    58     61     62  

Captain Morgan

    5     7     7  

Baileys

    3     5     5  

Jose Cuervo

    (6 )   (7 )   (7 )

Tanqueray

    (2 )   (1 )   (1 )

Guinness

    9     9     10  

Restated for changes in reporting segments and allocation of specific Corporate and Global Supply items, see page 34.

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for: total North America volume 1% and wine (13)% due to disposals.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.


2012

Western Europe

Key highlights

62


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Performance

Key financials
  2011
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

    2,433     (21 )       (67 )   2,345     (4 )

Marketing spend

    357     (3 )   3     (2 )   355     (1 )

Operating profit before exceptional items

    727     (9 )   11     (12 )   717     (1 )

Exceptional items

    (64 )                     43        
                                   

Operating profit

    663                       760     15  
                                   

 

 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key market and categories:

                   

Western Europe

    (3 )   (3 )   (4 )

Spirits

   
(3

)
 
(2

)
 
(3

)

Beer

    (3 )       (1 )

Wine

    (5 )   (10 )   (11 )

Ready to drink

    (7 )   (7 )   (7 )

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    (1 )   (3 )   (4 )

JeB

    (4 )   (8 )   (10 )

Smirnoff

    1     4     4  

Captain Morgan

    20     15     15  

Baileys

    (10 )   (9 )   (9 )

Guinness

    (4 )   (2 )   (3 )

Restated for changes in reporting segments and allocation of specific Corporate and Global Supply items, see page 34.

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for spirits (2)% reflecting the acquisition of Mey Içki.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

63


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

2012

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

Key highlights

64


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Performance

Key financials
  2011
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

    1,627     (81 )   317     188     2,051     26  

Marketing spend

    184     (9 )   31     26     232     26  

Operating profit before exceptional items

    420     (18 )   100     73     575     37  

Exceptional items

    (100 )                     (7 )      
                                   

Operating profit

    320                       568     78  
                                   

 

 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key markets and categories:

                   

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    6     12     26  

Africa

    5     11     7  

Nigeria

    (1 )   4     1  

East Africa

    8     19     16  

Africa Regional Markets

    7     15     13  

South Africa

    8     7     (3 )

Russia and Eastern Europe

    14     16     13  

Turkey

    7     28     983  

Spirits

   
11
   
20
   
60
 

Beer

    4     9     6  

Ready to drink

    (11 )   (1 )   (6 )

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    24     27     22  

JeB

    7     11     6  

Smirnoff

    18     17     9  

Captain Morgan

    10     14     7  

Baileys

    5     11     8  

Guinness

    3     7     3  

Restated for changes in reporting segments and allocation of specific Corporate and Global Supply items, see page 34.

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume except for: Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey 26%, Africa 8%, East Africa 11%, Africa Regional Markets 14%, Turkey 1,081%, beer 8% and Smirnoff 26% reflecting the acquisition of Serengeti, Meta Abo and Mey Içki.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

65


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


2012

Latin America and Caribbean

Key highlights

Performance

Key financials
  2011
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

    1,063     (22 )       198     1,239     17  

Marketing spend

    181     (6 )   1     32     208     15  

Operating profit before exceptional items

    320     (10 )   (2 )   61     369     15  

Exceptional items

    (6 )                     (2 )      
                                   

Operating profit

    314                       367     17  
                                   

66


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key markets and categories:

                   

Latin America and Caribbean

    10     19     17  

PUB

    11     20     15  

Andean

    18     42     44  

Mexico

    15     16     9  

West LAC

    9     16     16  

Spirits

   
11
   
20
   
18
 

Beer

    (2 )   8     7  

Wine

    15     21     16  

Ready to drink

    2     15     10  

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    5     14     12  

Buchanan's

    13     28     25  

Smirnoff

    18     19     13  

Baileys

    3     9     6  

Restated for changes in reporting segments and allocation of specific Corporate and Global Supply items, see page 34.

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.


2012

Asia Pacific

Key highlights

67


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

68


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Performance

Key financials
  2011
Reported
  Exchange   Acquisitions
and
disposals
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Reported
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

    1,377     17         107     1,501     9  

Marketing spend

    303     6         34     343     13  

Operating profit before exceptional items

    286     34     (11 )   33     342     20  

Exceptional items

    (50 )                     (10 )      
                                   

Operating profit

    236                       332     41  
                                   

 

 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Key markets and categories:

                   

Asia Pacific

    2     8     9  

South East Asia

    3     15     14  

Greater China

    8     13     16  

India

    17     24     13  

Global Travel Asia and Middle East

    (5 )   11     11  

Australia

        (1 )   3  

North Asia

    (1 )   1     3  

Spirits

   
3
   
10
   
12
 

Beer

    1     11     11  

Ready to drink

    (6 )   (6 )   (2 )

The strategic brands:**

                   

Johnnie Walker

    4     17     18  

Windsor

    (4 )   (1 )    

Smirnoff

    1     3     2  

Guinness

    10     12     12  

Restated for changes in reporting segments and allocation of specific Corporate and Global Supply items, see page 34.

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

69


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Category review

 
  Organic
volume
movement*
  Organic
net sales
movement
  Reported
net sales
movement
 
 
  %
  %
  %
 

Category performance

                   

Spirits**

    3     8     12  

Beer

    2     5     4  

Wine

    (3 )   (7 )   (9 )

Ready to drink

    (3 )        

Total

    2     6     8  
               

Strategic brand performance**

                   

Whisk(e)y:

    4     10     9  

Johnnie Walker

    7     15     14  

Crown Royal

    (4 )   (3 )   (3 )

JeB

    (1 )   (3 )   (5 )

Buchanan's

    12     24     23  

Windsor

    (4 )   (1 )    

Bushmills

    18     20     19  
               

Vodka:

    5     13     15  

Smirnoff

    5     6     5  

Ketel One vodka

    9     9     10  

Cîroc

    60     62     63  
               

Rum:

    6     8     8  

Captain Morgan

    9     9     9  
               

Liqueurs:

    (2 )   1      

Baileys

    (4 )   (1 )   (1 )
               

Tequila:

    (2 )        

Jose Cuervo

    (4 )   (5 )   (5 )
               

Gin:

    1     3     3  

Tanqueray

    1     2     2  
               

Beer:

    2     5     4  

Guinness

    1     4     3  
               

*
Organic equals reported movement for volume, except for: total volume 6%, spirits 7%, beer 4%, wine (4)%, vodka 8% reflecting the Mey Içki, Meta Abo and Serengeti Breweries acquisitions and disposals.

**
Spirits brands excluding ready to drink.

Spirits was 66% of Diageo net sales and delivered over 80% of the group's growth. Developed markets grew net sales 4% on flat volume and new high growth markets grew 18% with 9 percentage points of positive price/mix through strong pricing and favourable mix as consumers moved up the price ladder.

Total Whisk(e)y was 35% of Diageo portfolio by net sales. Scotch delivered strong growth with net sales up 12%. Premium and above drove this growth and price/mix was up 7 percentage points as a

70


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

result. In the developed markets, weakness in Southern Europe led to declines in value and standard scotch brands. These segments grew double digit in the new high growth markets as Diageo continued to drive recruitment through the more affordable brands. Premium and above brands grew in all regions on the back of successful innovations and strong marketing. The Singleton more than doubled net sales in Germany and France behind the 'Best tasting Single Malt – You decide' campaign and Old Parr grew 23% with 10 percentage points of positive price/mix through exceptional growth in PUB and Colombia. In the growing North America whiskey segment Bulleit delivered over 60% growth in net sales on the back of the success of Bulleit Rye.

        Johnnie Walker had another exceptional year, posting 15% net sales growth, with the fastest growth coming from super and ultra-premium variants. The growth of Red Label was driven by the emerging middle class recruitment programmes with the 'Step Up' activation delivering almost 60% net sales growth in South Africa and the 'Keep Walking Brazil' campaign driving 16% net sales growth in PUB. The continued success of Johnnie Walker Double Black, priced at a 20% premium to Black Label, together with price increases drove 15% net sales growth for the Black Label variant. Super premium and above grew 28% in the year as the brand experienced a significant shift to higher marks in North America, driven by the new Blue Label packaging and the successful engraving advertising campaign, and as Gold Label net sales more than doubled in Asia Pacific. Johnnie Walker XR21 was also very successful within its core geographical target region of Asia Pacific, reaching near 20% share in its segment since launch. Over 80% of the incremental marketing investment was directed towards new high growth markets, especially Asia Pacific and Latin America, and behind proven global growth drivers, including the 'Walk with Giants' and 'Step Inside the Circuit' campaigns and ongoing grand prix sponsorships.

        While the economic challenges in Europe have resulted in a 3% reduction in JeB net sales globally, this represented a significant slowing in the rate of decline versus last year as the JeB business was rebalancing between developed and new high growth markets. Slowdown in the second half reflected the reversal of the pre excise duty increase buy-in in France, while underlying consumption trends did not change materially. Turkey posted 21% net sales growth and Africa and Latin America also saw double digit top line growth on the back of the 'City Remix' programme significantly increasing consumer engagement with the brand.

        Buchanan's delivered strong double digit net sales growth for the third consecutive year, supported by the launch of the 'Share Yourself' campaign and the solid growth of Buchanan's Special Reserve, especially in Venezuela and Colombia. The 12 percentage points of positive price/mix was a result of price increases and premiumisation across the Americas, helped by the successful roll-out of Buchanan's Master, trading consumers up beyond premium at an 18% price premium. The brand posted 11% net sales growth in North America.

        Windsor grew share and remained the leading scotch brand in Korea, net sales however declined 1% as the whisky market contracted further in the country. Share gain was achieved through the 'Share the Vision' campaign in the first half, followed by point of sale promotions in the second half. Windsor 12 and 17 variants enjoyed 4 and 2 percentage points of positive price/mix, respectively on the back of price increases put through previous year.

        While Crown Royal held share in the highly competitive non flavoured North America whiskey segment, the brand's performance was impacted by the lapping of the successful launch of Crown Royal Black last year and also by its segment losing share to flavoured whiskey. Marketing spend was focused behind the launch of the 'Crown Life' programme appealing to the African-American and Hispanic consumers in the United States.

71


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Bushmills delivered double digit increases in both volume and net sales. Its performance was particularly strong in Eastern Europe, where it made some important share gains. Bushmills Honey was launched successfully in the United States and delivered a third of the brand's growth globally.

Vodka, 12% of Diageo net sales, saw 13% growth with positive price/mix as value vodka brands declined and super and ultra premium brands grew strongly with volume up almost 30%. The category drove a quarter of the group net sales growth with the super premium and above segment delivering 74% of that increase through the continued strong performance of Cîroc.

        Smirnoff returned to strong growth, driven by a marked acceleration in developed markets and double digit growth in Africa and Latin America. Marketing spend increased ahead of net sales growth focusing on proven growth drivers. Fifty countries participated in the Smirnoff 'Nightlife Exchange Project', which in its second year was expanded by the collaboration with Live Nation and Madonna. In the United States, Smirnoff grew volume share with the highly successful innovation launches of Smirnoff Whipped Cream and Fluffed Marshmallow and also as a result of the Smirnoff 21 'I Choose' campaign. Great Britain, Germany and the Benelux led Smirnoff's growth in Europe through the execution of 'Madonna Limited Edition' campaigns.

        Ketel One vodka delivered 8% net sales growth in North America with continued share gains fuelled by the highly successful 'Gentlemen, this is Vodka' campaign. Ketel One vodka is now sold in 63 markets. Latin America and Asia Pacific posted net sales growth over 50%, with PUB, Australia and South East Asia being the key drivers of growth in these regions on the back of leveraging the brand's association with cocktail culture through the media.

        Cîroc had another outstanding year with 62% global top line growth supported by the 'Cîroc the New Year' campaign and increased marketing investment in the digital space. The highly successful launch of Cîroc Peach together with the continued double digit growth of Red Berry and Coconut depletions helped the brand to gain further share and it was the fastest growing ultra premium vodka in the United States. Outside North America, the brand more than doubled its net sales.

Rum, which was 6% of Diageo net sales, posted 8% growth with 2 percentage points of positive price/mix helped by 32% growth in Latin America and a 7% increase in North America.

        The leading brand of the portfolio, Captain Morgan posted 9% net sales growth. In North America, the new 'Life, Love and Loot' campaign supplemented with the launch of Captain Morgan Black Spiced and marketing innovations, such as the 'Captain's Conquest', resulted in share gains and 7% net sales growth. Elsewhere the brand continued to benefit from the long running 'Got a Little Captain in You?' and the 'Captain's Island' campaigns, which resulted in strong double digit top line growth in Germany, Ireland, Russia and Eastern Europe, and the brand almost tripled in the Benelux.

        The wider rum category saw very strong double digit growth in Zacapa due to Latin America, Europe and North America. The successful extension of Bundaberg into the white rum segment and the launch of the limited edition premium Bundy Masters Distillers Collection drove growth of Bundaberg in Australia.

Liqueurs were 5% of Diageo net sales. The challenging commercial environment in Western Europe together with the reduction in the depth and frequency of promotions in Great Britain continued to impact Baileys' performance. However, Baileys posted 6% growth outside Europe with net sales up 42% in China on the back of a new marketing campaign aimed at female consumers.

Tequila represented 3% of Diageo net sales. Don Julio continued its strong performance with 26% growth, outperforming the fast growing super premium and above tequila segment with the continued

72


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

acceleration of 1942, Reposado, Anejo and the successful launch of Tequila Don Julio 70, the world's first Anejo Claro.

        Jose Cuervo Especial declined 5%, driven by the impact of distributor destocking on Jose Cuervo Especial Gold in the first half and also by consumers shifting away from dark tequilas. This was partially offset by an increase in Jose Cuervo Especial Silver net sales, helped by consumer trends and the recruitment from the ProBeach Volleyball Series.

Gin represented 3% of Diageo net sales and grew 3%. New high growth market consumer demand drove double digit net sales growth of value gin brands in Africa, while ultra premium gin grew over 20% in Asia Pacific and Latin America as the category saw a resurgence as the 'white spirit of choice' with bartenders.

        Tanqueray grew net sales 2% globally, despite a slight decline in its biggest market, North America, as the brand grew over 10% in its new markets across Western Europe, with Iberia up 24%, and grew 17% in the new high growth markets, with both Africa and Latin America posting double digit growth. The new brand strategy and the supporting 'Tonight We Tanqueray' communications campaign drove the increase in marketing spend.

Premium local spirits:    During the year Diageo completed the acquisition and integration of Mey Içki, the leading spirits company in Turkey. Mey Içki posted £291 million net sales in the year with 5.1 million equivalent units of volume. Raki is the main spirits category in the Turkish market and Mey Içki is a clear market leader in the category with Yenì Raki being the most recognised brand. Mey Içki gained share during the year as marketing spend was focused on modern and traditional raki occasions, building strong brand equities and maintaining executional excellence in store.

        Diageo also increased its shareholding in SJF Holdco by 4% and from 29 June controlled Shuijingfang. Chinese white spirits delivered 36% net sales growth outside China, driven by price increases and expanded distribution footprint with Shui Jing Fang made available in the duty free channel at forty airports and on two airlines worldwide and also in seven domestic markets.

        During the year Diageo also acquired an additional 20.6% stake in Hanoi Liquor Joint Stock Company in Vietnam and agreed to acquire Ypióca, the leading premium cachaça brand in Brazil.

Beer brands represented 21% of Diageo net sales and grew 5% with the developed markets up 1% despite declining volume and new high growth markets growing 9% with 6 percentage points of positive price/mix.

        Guinness made up 52% of Diageo's beer business by net sales. The brand delivered 2% net sales growth in the developed markets as the successful launch of Guinness Black Lager together with price increases on Guinness Kegs drove 9% net sales growth for Guinness in North America. In the new high growth markets, net sales were up 8% with strong growth across Africa and continued share gains and price increases in Indonesia. Nigeria became the biggest market for Guinness by net sales and the brand further extended its footprint with double digit growth across the other Africa markets. Marketing spend behind the 'Guinness The Match' and 'Guinness Football Challenge' campaigns tapped into African consumers' fervent love of football, and the launch of a landmark new TV campaign 'The Ticket', and 'Guinness VIP', a mobile phone relationship marketing programme with the participation of 2.4 million consumers, drove the increase in spend globally.

        Local African beers continued to perform strongly, with Tusker and Harp posting strong double digit top line growth supported by innovations, such as the launch of Harp Lime in Nigeria and Tusker

73


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Lite in Kenya. Senator delivered more than a quarter of the beer net sales growth, driven by price increases and footprint expansion in Kenya.

Wine was 4% of Diageo net sales. It remained a challenging category with volume declining in North America and Europe and with a shift to the lower end of the portfolio.

Ready to drink, 7% of Diageo net sales, was flat. New high growth markets posted a 7% increase, offset by a 2% reduction in developed markets, driven by a decline in Australia despite share gains. The transfer of production and sales of Smirnoff ready to drink in South Africa to Diageo's associate had a full point impact on growth rates. Excluding this the category grew 1% globally. Smirnoff Ice posted strong growth across the emerging middle class consumers of Africa and Latin America and the launch of Parrot Bay and Smirnoff Frozen Pouches proved to be a huge success in the United States. The launch of Smirnoff Ice Green Apple and Raspberry Splash revived the Smirnoff Ice portfolio in Asia driving accessibility and recruiting female consumers to the category.

74


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


Liquidity and capital resources

Cash flows and movement in net borrowings    A summary of the cash flow and reconciliation to movement in net borrowings for the three years ended 30 June 2013 is as follows:

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Operating profit

    3,431     3,158     2,595  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

    403     411     352  

Net movements in working capital

    (553 )   (529 )   (110 )

Dividends received

    203     166     138  

Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit

    (498 )   (200 )   (119 )

Other items

    45     (1 )   3  
               

Cash generated from operations

    3,031     3,005     2,859  

Net interest paid

    (427 )   (391 )   (311 )

Taxation paid

    (556 )   (521 )   (365 )
               

Net cash from operating activities

    2,048     2,093     2,183  

Net investment in property, plant and equipment and computer software

    (604 )   (445 )   (372 )

Movements in loans

    16     (1 )   1  
               

Free cash flow

    1,460     1,647     1,812  

Net acquisition of businesses

    (660 )   (1,369 )   (63 )

Proceeds from issue of share capital

        1     1  

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes

    (11 )       (9 )

Dividends paid to equity non-controlling interests

    (111 )   (118 )   (112 )

Proceeds from non-controlling interests

        11      

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

    (200 )   (155 )    

Net increase/(decrease) in loans

    1,234     512     (414 )

Equity dividends paid

    (1,125 )   (1,036 )   (973 )
               

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    587     (507 )   242  

Net (increase)/decrease in loans

    (1,234 )   (512 )   414  

Exchange differences on net borrowings

    (116 )   152     (17 )

Borrowings acquired through acquisition of businesses

        (5 )   (22 )

Other non-cash items

    (70 )   (248 )   (113 )
               

(Increase)/decrease in net borrowings

    (833 )   (1,120 )   504  

Net borrowings at the beginning of the year

    (7,570 )   (6,450 )   (6,954 )
               

Net borrowings at the end of the year

    (8,403 )   (7,570 )   (6,450 )
               

        The primary source of the group's liquidity over the last three financial years has been cash generated from operations. These funds have generally been used to pay interest, taxes and dividends, and to fund capital expenditure and acquisitions.

Net cash from operating activities    Cash generated from operations increased from £3,005 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to £3,031 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 principally as a result of higher operating profit and increased dividends received from Moët Hennessy partially offset by a one off £400 million payment to the Diageo UK Pension Scheme. Cash generated from operations is after exceptional restructuring costs of £61 million. Other items include the fair value charge in respect of

75


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

share-based incentive plans of £46 million. The increase in net interest paid is driven by the impact of the renegotiation of the terms of certain interest rate swaps in the prior year while higher tax payments are a result of increased profits and tax settlements paid during the year.

        Cash generated from operations increased from £2,859 million in the year ended 30 June 2011 to £3,005 million in the year ended 30 June 2012. This increase of £146 million was primarily due to an increase in operating profit, higher dividends received from Moët Hennessy partially offset by an increase in working capital due to business growth, higher finished goods levels to smooth the impact of upcoming supply chain changes and higher debtors as a result of excise duty increases. Cash generated from operations was after exceptional restructuring costs of £158 million. Other items included gains on sale of property, included in operating profit, of £19 million partially offset by the fair value charge in respect of share-based incentive plans of £36 million. The increase in net interest paid was driven by the impact of the renegotiation of the terms of certain interest rate swaps in the prior year while higher tax payments are a result of increased profits and tax settlements paid during the year.

Net cash from investing activities    The net purchase of tangible fixed assets and computer software increased from £445 million in the year ended 30 June 2012 to £604 million in the year ended 30 June 2013. The expenditure was incurred on a number of projects throughout the world with the largest investments made to increase capacity and to improve efficiencies in operations in Africa, Ireland, Scotland and North America. In the year ended 30 June 2013 the group incurred expenditure of £660 million on acquisitions and disposals including £284 million on purchasing 100% of the equity share capital of Ypióca and £274 million on acquiring 10% equity interest in United Spirits Limited.

        In the year ended 30 June 2012 the group spent £1,420 million in connection with business acquisitions. This included the acquisition of 100% of the equity share capital of Mey Içki (£1,260 million) and Meta Abo Brewery (£145 million) and a 50% controlling equity stake in Zacapa (£118 million). In May 2012 Diageo received back the deposit of $185 million relating to the acquisition of Shuijingfang from China's securities depositary and clearing agency.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011, the group incurred expenditure of £97 million in connection with business acquisitions. This included £32 million on the purchase of a controlling stake in Serengeti Breweries in Tanzania, £34 million on the purchase of an equity stake in Halico, an associate company in Vietnam and an additional equity investment of £18 million in DHN Drinks (Pty) Ltd, an associate company in South Africa.

Free cash flow    In the year ended 30 June 2013 free cash flow decreased by £187 million to £1,460 million (2012 – £1,647 million; 2011 – £1,812 million).

Cash flows from financing activities    Cash flows from financing activities included the purchase of a non-controlling interest of £200 million in respect of an additional 40% equity stake in SJF Holdco (2012 – £155 million primarily in respect of Kenya Breweries; 2011 – £nil), dividend payments of £111 million (2012 – £118 million; 2011 – £112 million) to non-controlling interests and £143 million (2012 – £119 million; 2011 – £76 million) to purchase treasury shares for the future settlement of obligations under the employee share option schemes. These purchases were partially offset by consideration received from employees on the exercise of share options of £132 million (2012 – £119 million; 2011 – £67 million). In the year ended 30 June 2013 equity dividends paid were £1,125 million (2012 – £1,036 million; 2011 – £973 million).

76


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Movements in net borrowings    Adverse non-cash movements of £70 million (2012 – £248 million; 2011 – £113 million) predominantly comprise new finance leases.

Net borrowings    The group's net borrowings are measured at amortised cost with the exception of borrowings designated in fair value hedge relationships, interest rate hedging instruments and foreign currency forwards and swaps. For borrowings designated in fair value hedge relationships, Diageo recognises a fair value adjustment for the risk being hedged in the balance sheet, whereas interest rate hedging instruments and foreign currency forwards and swaps are measured at fair value. Analysis of net borrowings is the following:

 
  30 June  
 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Overdrafts

    (111 )   (38 )   (12 )

Other borrowings due within one year

    (1,747 )   (1,192 )   (1,435 )
               

Borrowings due within one year

    (1,858 )   (1,230 )   (1,447 )

Borrowings due between one and three years

    (2,236 )   (2,645 )   (2,441 )

Borrowings due between three and five years

    (2,509 )   (1,521 )   (1,741 )

Borrowings due after five years

    (3,488 )   (3,233 )   (2,566 )

Fair value of foreign currency forwards and swaps

    205     210     182  

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

        3     58  

Finance lease liabilities

    (289 )   (230 )   (79 )
               

Gross borrowings

    (10,175 )   (8,646 )   (8,034 )

Offset by: Cash and cash equivalents

    1,772     1,076     1,584  
               

Net borrowings

    (8,403 )   (7,570 )   (6,450 )
               

        In the year ended 30 June 2013, the group repaid bonds of $750 million (£475 million) and $600 million (£394 million). The group borrowed $3,250 million (£2,100 million), consisting of $750 million (£485 million) of 0.625% bonds due April 2016, $650 million (£420 million) of 1.125% bonds due April 2018, $1,350 million (£872 million) of 2.625% bonds due April 2023 and $500 million (£323 million) of 3.875% bonds due April 2043. On 1 July 2013 the group repaid bonds of €1,150 million (£983 million) as scheduled.

        In the year ended 30 June 2012, the group repaid bonds of $900 million (£566 million) and €750 million (£605 million). The group borrowed $2,500 million (£1,548 million), consisting of $1,000 million of 1.5% bonds due May 2017, $1,000 million of 2.875% bonds due May 2022, and $500 million of 4.25% bonds due May 2042.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011, the group repaid a $500 million (£313 million) bond.

        Based on average monthly net borrowings and net interest charge, the effective interest rate for the year ended 30 June 2013 was 4.9% (2012 – 4.7%; 2011 – 4.9%). For this calculation, net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but exclude the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps.

        Net borrowings designated in net investment hedge relationships amounted to £5,539 million as at 30 June 2013 (2012 – £4,249 million; 2011 – £5,409 million).

77


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        The group has been issuing short term commercial paper regularly to finance its day-to-day operations.

        The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 
  As at
30 June
2013
 
 
  £ million
 

Expiring within one year

     

Expiring between one and two years

    411  

Expiring after two years

    1,891  
       

    2,302  
       

Capital structure and targeted credit rating    The group's management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, maximise flexibility and give the appropriate level of access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a range of ratios which are currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider modifying these ratios in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo's ratings were to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to such ratios that are consistent with an A band credit rating.

Capital repayments    The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure.

        Authorisation was given by shareholders on 17 October 2012 to purchase a maximum of 250,611,000 shares at a minimum price of 28101/108 pence and a maximum price of the higher of (a) 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out. The programme expires at the conclusion of next Annual General Meeting or on 31 December 2013, if earlier.

        Shares purchased by the company under this authority were either directly granted to employees as part of employee share schemes or held as treasury shares and used to hedge share scheme grants to

78


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

employees during the course of the year. The total number of shares purchased and the average price paid per share (excluding expenses) for the year ended 30 June 2013 were as follows:

Calendar month
  Number of
shares
purchased
  Average
price
paid
pence
  Authorised
purchases
unutilised at
month end
 

October 2012

    1,434,882     1777     250,611,000  

November 2012

    4,119,818     1833     246,491,182  

May 2013

    1,900,000     2036     244,591,182  
               

Total(a)

    7,454,700     1874     244,591,182  
               

(a)
The company also exercised call options to acquire an additional 1.55 million shares at an average price of 855 pence during the course of the year.


Capital commitments

Other capital commitments not provided for at 30 June 2013 are estimated at £232 million (2012 – £145 million; 2011 – £148 million). Management believes that it has sufficient funding for its working capital requirements.


Other contractual obligations

 
  Payments due by period  
 
  Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

As at 30 June 2013

                               

Long term debt obligations

    1,675     2,192     2,436     3,518     9,821  

Interest obligations

    452     596     413     1,735     3,196  

Credit support obligations

    72                 72  

Operating leases

    119     156     93     277     645  

Purchase obligations

    966     827     395     389     2,577  

Finance leases

    48     96     57     195     396  

Deferred consideration payable

    4     26     142         172  

Provisions and other non-current payables

    113     152     65     150     480  
                       

    3,449     4,045     3,601     6,264     17,359  
                       

Long term debt obligations comprise the principal amount of borrowings (excluding foreign currency swaps) with an original maturity of greater than one year. Interest obligations comprise interest payable on these borrowings. Credit support obligations represent liabilities to counterparty banks in respect of cash received as collateral under credit support agreements. Purchase obligations include various long term purchase contracts entered into for the supply of certain raw materials, principally bulk whisky, grapes, cereals, cans and glass bottles. The contracts are used to guarantee supply of raw materials over the long term and to enable more accurate predictions of future costs. Provisions and other non-current payables exclude £6 million in respect of vacant properties.

79


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Potential income tax exposures included within corporate tax payable of £225 million and deferred tax liabilities are not included in the table above, as the ultimate timing of settlement cannot be reasonably estimated.

        Post employment benefit liabilities are also not included in the table above. The group makes service-based cash contributions to the UK Scheme which in the year ending 30 June 2014, are expected to be approximately £55 million. In addition, in the year ended 30 June 2011, the company agreed a deficit funding plan with the trustee of the UK Scheme based on the trustee's actuarial valuation at 31 March 2009 which provided for annual payments of approximately £25 million to be made to the UK Scheme. In 2024, depending upon the funding position of the UK Scheme at that time, the group will be required to pay an amount that is expected to be no greater than the deficit at that time, up to a maximum £430 million in cash, to the UK Scheme. The group has also agreed to make conditional contributions into escrow if the deficit at the 2015 or 2018 actuarial triennial valuation is in excess of £211 million and £84 million, respectively. The escrow account would be payable to the UK Scheme by 31 March 2019. In the year ended 30 June 2013, the group made a one off payment of £400 million into the Diageo UK Pension Scheme.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011, Diageo also agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the trustee of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme (the Irish Scheme). This deficit funding arrangement is expected to result in additional annual contributions to the Irish Scheme of approximately €21 million (£18 million) until the year ending 30 June 2029, and provides for additional cash contributions into escrow of up to €188 million (£161 million) if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 18 year term of the funding plan. The first contribution was made in the year ended 30 June 2011. In addition, the group expects to make cash contribution of up to €97 million (£82 million) in the year ending 30 June 2014.

        The group also expects to make cash contributions of £50 million to all the other UK and Irish post employment plans and a cash contribution of £65 million to all other defined benefit post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2014.

        Capital commitments at 30 June 2013 are excluded from the table above.


Post balance sheet events

On 4 July 2013 Diageo purchased an additional 14.98% equity interest (21.76 million shares) in United Spirits Limited (USL) at a cost of INR 1440 per share totalling INR 31.3 billion (£344 million) from United Breweries (Holdings) Limited (UBHL), subsidiaries of UBHL and USL, and SWEW Benefit Company (a company established for the benefit of certain USL employees) on completion of the share purchase agreement of 9 November 2012 (the SPA). This has taken the group's equity interest in USL to 25.02%. With the completion of this purchase, the shareholders' agreement between Diageo, UBHL and Kingfisher Finvest India Limited (a subsidiary of UBHL) has become effective. Diageo's 25.02% shareholding in USL, together with the voting and other governance arrangements agreed with the UBHL group including Dr Mallya's continued role as Chairman of USL, will enable Diageo to reflect the results of USL in its consolidated accounts.

        As previously announced by Diageo on 4 July, the High Court of Karnataka (the High Court) had granted leave under sections 536 and 537 of the Indian Companies Act in respect of five winding-up petitions (the Original Petitions) against UBHL that were pending on the date of the SPA, to enable the sale by UBHL to Diageo to take place notwithstanding the continued existence of those winding-up petitions. Two additional winding-up petitions were brought against UBHL after 9 November 2012, and

80


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

the leave granted by the High Court does not extend to them. It is possible that the decision of the High Court in respect of the Original Petitions could be reviewed on appeal, and appeals against the grant of leave have been filed by certain petitioners. As also previously announced, it was considered unlikely that any appeal process in respect of the leave decision on the Original Petitions would definitively conclude on a timely basis and, accordingly, Diageo waived the conditionality under the SPA relating to the absence of insolvency proceedings in relation to UBHL and acquired 10.14 million USL shares from UBHL as part of the completion on 4 July 2013. In the event that a winding-up order is passed in respect of UBHL, the sale of these USL shares by UBHL to Diageo would, as a matter of Indian company law, be treated as automatically void unless leave of the court in respect of all relevant winding-up petitions had been or were obtained for that sale. Accordingly, it is possible that, if a winding-up order were to be passed in respect of UBHL, title to these 10.14 million USL shares acquired from UBHL could be lost. If, following any such winding-up order, the sale of these USL shares by UBHL were to be treated as automatically void, it would remain open for retrospective leave to be sought for that sale in respect of any relevant winding-up petition, though there can be no certainty as to the outcome of any such application or the timeframe within which it would be concluded. Adverse results for Diageo in any such proceedings could harm the value of Diageo's investment in USL and Diageo's future financial results.

        In addition on 4 July 2013, Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V. (DHN), a wholly owned subsidiary of Diageo plc, agreed to issue a conditional back-stop guarantee to Standard Chartered Bank (Standard Chartered) in respect of the liabilities of Watson Limited (Watson), a company affiliated with Dr Mallya, under a $135 million (£89 million) facility that Standard Chartered, subject to agreement of full documentation and implementation of a security package, would advance to Watson. The terms require that any right of Standard Chartered to call on the guarantee from DHN will be subject to Standard Chartered having first taken certain agreed steps to recover from Watson, including defined steps towards enforcement of its expected security package. In addition, the terms require that DHN would have, in respect of its potential liability under this guarantee, the benefit of counter-indemnities from Watson and Dr Mallya as well as the security package put in place for the Standard Chartered facility.


Off-balance sheet arrangements

Neither Diageo plc nor any member of the Diageo group has any off-balance sheet financing arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material future effect on the group's financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditure or capital resources.


Risk management

The group's funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency, interest rate risks, financial credit risk and commodity price risk are conducted within a framework of board approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and subsequently monitored by the finance committee. This committee is described in the corporate governance report. The finance committee receives monthly reports on the activities of the treasury department, including any exposures that differ from the defined benchmarks.

        The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains some insurable risk where external insurance is not considered to be an economic means of mitigating this risk.

81


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are established as deemed appropriate for the customer.

        For a detailed analysis of the group's exposure to foreign exchange, interest rate, commodity price, credit and liquidity risks see note 19 to the consolidated financial statements.


Critical accounting policies

This section on critical accounting policies forms part of the audited financial statements.

        The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Diageo's accounting policies are set out in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In applying these policies, the directors are required to make estimates and subjective judgements that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and reported profit for the year. The directors base these on a combination of past experience and any other evidence that is relevant to the particular circumstance. The actual outcome could differ from those estimates. Of Diageo's accounting policies, the directors consider that policies in relation to the following areas are particularly subject to estimates and the exercise of judgement.

Post employment benefits    Diageo accounts for post employment benefits in accordance with IAS 19 – Employee benefits. Application of IAS 19 requires the exercise of judgement in relation to various assumptions including future pay rises in excess of inflation, employee and pensioner demographics and the future expected returns on assets.

        Diageo determines the assumptions to be adopted in discussion with its actuaries, and believes these assumptions to be in line with best practice, but the application of different assumptions could have a significant effect on the amounts reflected in the income statement, other comprehensive income and balance sheet in respect of post employment benefits. The assumptions vary among the countries in which the group operates, and there may be an interdependency between some of the assumptions. The major assumptions used by the group for the three years ended 30 June 2013 are set out in note 4 to the consolidated financial statements and the sensitivity to these assumptions are given in note 4(g) to the consolidated financial statements.

Exceptional items    These are items which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. The determination of which items are separately disclosed as exceptional items requires a significant degree of judgement.

Taxation    The group is required to estimate the corporate tax in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets or liabilities which are included within the balance sheet. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated on the basis of taxation substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realised in the future. This evaluation requires judgements to be made including the forecast of future taxable income.

        Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, management reviews each material tax benefit to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation.

82


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        The group operates in many countries in the world and is subject to many tax jurisdictions and rules. As a consequence the group is subject to tax audits, which by their nature are often complex and can require several years to conclude. Management judgement is required to determine the total provision for income tax. Amounts accrued are based on management's interpretation of country specific tax law and the likelihood of settlement. However the actual tax liabilities could differ from the provision and in such event the group would be required to make an adjustment in a subsequent period which could have a material impact on the group's profit for the year and financial position.

Brands, goodwill and other intangibles    Acquired intangible assets are held on the consolidated balance sheet at cost. Where these assets are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, they are not amortised. Assessment of the useful economic life of an asset, or that an asset has an indefinite life, requires management judgement.

        Impairment reviews are carried out to ensure that intangible assets, including brands, are not carried at above their recoverable amounts. In particular, the group performs a discounted cash flow analysis at least annually to compare discounted estimated future operating cash flows to the carrying value of each acquired brand. The analysis is based on forecast cash flows with terminal values being calculated using the long term growth rate (the long term inflation rate of the country) of the principal markets in which the majority of the profits of each brand are or will be generated. The estimated cash flows are discounted at the weighted average cost of capital reflecting the industry and country specific risks in the relevant country.

        In assessing whether goodwill is carried at above its recoverable amount, a discounted cash flow analysis is performed annually to compare the discounted estimated future operating cash flows of cash generating units of the group to the net assets attributable to the cash generating units including goodwill. The discounted cash flow review for goodwill is consistent with the brand review in its use of estimated future operating cash flows, weighted average cost of capital for the cash generating unit concerned and long term growth rates.

        The tests are dependent on management's estimates and judgements, in particular in relation to the forecasting of future cash flows, the discount rates applied to those cash flows and the expected long term growth rates. Such estimates and judgements are subject to change as a result of changing economic conditions. Management attempts to make the most appropriate estimates, but actual cash flows and rates may be different.

        See note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for the impact of a change in the key assumptions to the more sensitive brands.


New accounting standards

A number of accounting standards, amendments and interpretations have recently been issued by the IASB or IFRIC. Those that are of relevance to the group are discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.


Definitions and reconciliations of non-GAAP measures to GAAP measures

1.     Volume    Volume is a non-GAAP measure that is measured on an equivalent units basis to nine-litre cases of spirits. An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. Therefore, to convert volume of products, other than spirits, to equivalent units, the following guide has been used: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five,

83


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10 and certain pre-mixed products that are classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five.

2.     Organic movements    Diageo's strategic planning process is based on organic movements in volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend, operating profit and operating margin, a ratio calculated by dividing organic operating profit by organic net sales and expressed as a percentage. These non-GAAP measures are chosen for planning, reporting and incentive purposes since they represent those measures which local managers are most directly able to influence and they enable consideration of the underlying business performance without the distortion caused by fluctuating exchange rates, exceptional items and acquisitions and disposals. The group's management believes these measures provide valuable additional information for users of the financial statements in understanding the group's performance since they focus on that element of the core brand portfolio which is common to both years. They should be viewed as complementary to, and not replacements for, the comparable GAAP measures and reported movements therein.

        In the discussion of the performance of the business, organic information is presented using pounds sterling amounts on a constant currency basis. This retranslates prior year reported numbers at current year exchange rates and enables an understanding of the underlying performance of the market that is most closely influenced by the actions of that market's management. Exchange impacts in respect of the external hedging of inter group sales of products and the inter group recharging of third party services are allocated to the geographical segment to which they relate. Residual exchange impacts are reported in Corporate.

        Acquisitions, disposals and exceptional items also impact the reported performance and therefore the reported movement in any year in which they arise. Management adjusts for the impact of such transactions in assessing the performance of the underlying business.

        For acquisitions in the current year, the post acquisition results are excluded from the organic movement calculations. For acquisitions in the prior year, post acquisition results are included in full in the prior year but are included in the organic movement calculation from the anniversary of the acquisition date in the current year. The acquisition column also eliminates the impact of transaction costs that have been charged to operating profit in the current or prior year in respect of acquisitions that in management's assessment are expected to complete.

        Where a business, brand, brand distribution right or agency agreement was disposed of, or terminated, in the current or prior year, the group, in the organic movement calculations, excludes the results for that business from the current year and prior year. In the calculation of operating profit, the overheads included in disposals are only those directly attributable to the businesses disposed of, and do not result from subjective judgements of management.

        Exceptional items are those which, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate.

        The underlying performance on a constant currency basis and excluding the impact of exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals is referred to as 'organic' performance. Organic movement calculations enable the reader to focus on the performance of the business which is common to both years.

        The organic movement percentage is the amount in the column headed 'Organic movement' in the tables below expressed as a percentage of the aggregate of the amount in the first column of the table, the amount in the column headed 'Exchange' and the amount, if any, in respect of acquisitions and

84


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

disposals that have impacted the comparable prior year included in the column headed 'Acquisitions and disposals'. The inclusion of the column headed 'Exchange' in the organic movement calculation reflects the adjustment to recalculate the prior year results as if they had been generated at the current year's exchange rates.

Organic movements – 2013 compared with 2012    The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2013 were as follows:

 
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  units million
  units million
  units million
  units million
  %
 

Volume

                               

North America

    53.0         0.7     53.7     1  

Western Europe

    34.7         (1.1 )   33.6     (3 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    35.4     1.1     1.4     37.9     4  

Latin America and Caribbean

    17.2     5.4     0.7     23.3     4  

Asia Pacific

    16.2     0.4     (0.1 )   16.5     (1 )
                         

Total volume

    156.5     6.9     1.6     165.0     1  
                         

 

 
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange*   Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Sales

                                     

North America

    4,094     25     (23 )   176     4,272     5  

Western Europe

    3,834     (47 )   3     (104 )   3,686     (3 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    3,001     (41 )   124     339     3,423     11  

Latin America and Caribbean

    1,491     (32 )   62     224     1,745     16  

Asia Pacific

    2,104     10     132     39     2,285     2  

Corporate

    70     4         2     76     3  
                             

Total sales

    14,594     (81 )   298     676     15,487     5  
                             

 

 
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange*   Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

                                     

North America

    3,556     22     (24 )   179     3,733     5  

Western Europe

    2,345     (36 )   1     (90 )   2,220     (4 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    2,051     (28 )   59     198     2,280     10  

Latin America and Caribbean

    1,239     (26 )   62     182     1,457     15  

Asia Pacific

    1,501     4     116     46     1,667     3  

Corporate

    70     4         2     76     3  
                             

Total net sales

    10,762     (60 )   214     517     11,433     5  
                                 

Excise duties

    3,832                       4,054        
                                   

Total sales

    14,594                       15,487        
                                   

85


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange*   Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Marketing spend

                                     

North America

    547     6     (18 )   50     585     10  

Western Europe

    355     (8 )   1     (20 )   328     (6 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    232     (6 )   3     36     265     16  

Latin America and Caribbean

    208     (5 )   8     22     233     11  

Asia Pacific

    343     5     27     (5 )   370     (1 )

Corporate

    6     (1 )       1     6     20  
                             

Total marketing spend

    1,691     (9 )   21     84     1,787     5  
                             

 

 
  2012
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange*   Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2013
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Operating profit

                                     

North America

    1,360     14     (3 )   113     1,484     9  

Western Europe

    717     (12 )   (1 )   (48 )   656     (7 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    575     (12 )   31     60     654     10  

Latin America and Caribbean

    369     (4 )   9     97     471     26  

Asia Pacific

    342     11     40     21     414     6  

Corporate

    (165 )   (1 )   19     (2 )   (149 )   (1 )
                             

Total operating profit before exceptional items

    3,198     (4 )   95     241     3,530     8  
                                 

Exceptional items

    (40 )                     (99 )      
                                   

Total operating profit

    3,158                       3,431        
                                   

Notes: Information relating to the organic movement calculations

*
The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit are the retranslation of prior year reported amounts at current year exchange rates and are principally in respect of the euro, the US dollar, Brazilian real and African currencies, primarily the Kenyan shilling, the Ghanaian cedi and the South African rand.

86


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

**
The impacts of acquisitions and disposals are excluded from the organic movement. In the year ended 30 June 2013 the acquisitions and disposals that affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit were as follows:

   
  Volume   Sales   Net sales   Marketing
spend
  Operating
profit
 
   
  units million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 
 

Acquisitions (2013 and 2012)

                               
 

Mey Içki

    0.8     113     47     3     17  
 

SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang

    0.4     130     115     28     22  
 

Meta Abo

    0.4     16     13     1     2  
 

Ypióca

    5.3     58     58     8      
 

Other acquisitions*

                    (4 )
                         
 

Acquisitions – 2013

    6.9     317     233     40     37  
 

Acquisitions – 2012**

                    61  
                         
 

    6.9     317     233     40     98  
 

Disposals (2013 and 2012)

                               
 

Jose Cuervo

    4.7     396     308     30     76  
 

Nuvo

    0.2     22     20     6     (1 )
 

Other disposals

    0.1     10     8         1  
                         
 

Disposals – 2013

    5.0     428     336     36     76  
 

Jose Cuervo

    (4.5 )   (387 )   (304 )   (45 )   (67 )
 

Nuvo

    (0.2 )   (29 )   (27 )   (9 )   (3 )
 

Other disposals

    (0.3 )   (31 )   (24 )   (1 )   (9 )
                         
 

Disposals – 2012

    (5.0 )   (447 )   (355 )   (55 )   (79 )
                         
 

        (19 )   (19 )   (19 )   (3 )
                         
 

Acquisitions and disposals

    6.9     298     214     21     95  
                         

*
Includes transaction costs in respect of acquisitions not yet completed.

**
Represents transaction and integration costs in respect of acquisitions incurred in the year ended 30 June 2012.
See page 36 for explanation of exceptional operating items.

87


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Organic movements – 2012 compared with 2011    The organic movement calculations for volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit for the year ended 30 June 2012 were as follows:

 
  2011
Reported
(restated)
  Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  units million
  units million
  units million
  units million
  %
 

Volume

                               

North America

    52.3     (0.1 )   0.8     53.0     2  

Western Europe

    35.6     0.1     (1.0 )   34.7     (3 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    28.0     5.6     1.8     35.4     6  

Latin America and Caribbean

    15.7         1.5     17.2     10  

Asia Pacific

    15.9         0.3     16.2     2  
                         

Total volume

    147.5     5.6     3.4     156.5     2  
                         

 

 
  2011
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange*   Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Sales

                                     

North America

    3,895     22     (26 )   203     4,094     5  

Western Europe

    3,918     (25 )   (1 )   (58 )   3,834     (1 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    2,125     (116 )   737     255     3,001     13  

Latin America and Caribbean

    1,293     (32 )       230     1,491     18  

Asia Pacific

    1,931     29         144     2,104     7  

Corporate

    70     (1 )       1     70     1  
                             

Total sales

    13,232     (123 )   710     775     14,594     6  
                             

 

 
  2011
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange*   Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Net sales

                                     

North America

    3,366     18     (26 )   198     3,556     6  

Western Europe

    2,433     (21 )       (67 )   2,345     (3 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    1,627     (81 )   317     188     2,051     12  

Latin America and Caribbean

    1,063     (22 )       198     1,239     19  

Asia Pacific

    1,377     17         107     1,501     8  

Corporate

    70     (1 )       1     70     1  
                             

Total net sales

    9,936     (90 )   291     625     10,762     6  
                                 

Excise duties

    3,296                       3,832        
                                   

Total sales

    13,232                       14,594        
                                   

88


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  2011
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange*   Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Marketing spend

                                     

North America

    508     2     1     36     547     7  

Western Europe

    357     (3 )   3     (2 )   355     (1 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    184     (9 )   31     26     232     15  

Latin America and Caribbean

    181     (6 )   1     32     208     18  

Asia Pacific

    303     6         34     343     11  

Corporate

    5             1     6     (20 )
                             

Total marketing spend

    1,538     (10 )   36     127     1,691     8  
                             

 

 
  2011
Reported
(restated)
  Exchange*   Acquisitions
and
disposals**
  Organic
movement
  2012
Reported
  Organic
movement
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  %
 

Operating profit

                                     

North America

    1,265     11     (3 )   87     1,360     7  

Western Europe

    727     (9 )   11     (12 )   717     (2 )

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    420     (18 )   100     73     575     18  

Latin America and Caribbean

    320     (10 )   (2 )   61     369     19  

Asia Pacific

    286     34     (11 )   33     342     10  

Corporate

    (134 )   (18 )   (19 )   6     (165 )   4  
                             

Total operating profit before exceptional items

    2,884     (10 )   76     248     3,198     9  
                                 

Exceptional items#

    (289 )                     (40 )      
                                   

Total operating profit

    2,595                       3,158        
                                   

Notes: Information relating to the organic movement calculations

Restated for changes in reporting segments and allocation of specific Corporate and Global Supply items, see page 34.

*
The exchange adjustments for sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit are the retranslation of prior year reported amounts at current year exchange rates and are principally in respect of the euro, the US dollar and African currencies, primarily the Kenyan shilling, the Nigerian naira and the South African rand.

89


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

**
The impacts of acquisitions and disposals are excluded from the organic movement. In the year ended 30 June 2012 the acquisitions and disposals that materially affected volume, sales, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit were as follows:

   
  Volume   Sales   Net sales   Marketing
spend
  Operating
profit
 
   
  units million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 
 

Mey Içki

    5.1     705     291     27     95  
 

Zacapa

                6     8  
 

Meta Abo

    0.3     16     13     1      
 

SJF Holdco

                    (19 )
 

Serengeti Breweries

    0.3     20     16     2     (2 )
 

Other acquisitions*

                    (28 )
                         
 

Acquisitions – 2012

    5.7     741     320     36     54  
 

Acquisitions – 2011**

                    25  
 

Disposals

    (0.1 )   (31 )   (29 )       (3 )
                         
 

    5.6     710     291     36     76  
                         

*
Includes transaction costs in respect of acquisitions not yet completed.

**
Represents transaction and integration costs in respect of acquisitions incurred in the year ended 30 June 2011.

In the year ended 30 June 2012 there were no material disposals impacting organic growth but adjustment is made to exclude the impact of the disposals completed under the reorganisation of the group's US wines operations and the Gilbeys wholesale wine business in Ireland in the year ended 30 June 2011.

#
Exceptional operating charges of £40 million for the year ended 30 June 2012 (2011 – £289 million) comprised a gain of £115 million (2011 – £nil) in respect of changes in the calculation of future pension increases for Diageo's principal UK and Irish pension schemes, a brand impairment charge of £59 million (2011 – £39 million), a charge of £69 million (2011 – £77 million) for the operating model review announced in May 2011 and £27 million (2011 – £34 million) for the restructuring of the group's Global Supply operations in Scotland, Ireland and in the United States. In the year ended 30 June 2011 exceptional operating items also included a charge of £139 million in respect of duty settlements with the Turkish and the Thai customs authorities and settlements with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) regarding various regulatory and control matters.

90


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

Revised segmental information for prior reporting periods    As reported on page 34, Diageo has revised its reporting segments and the allocation of specific Corporate and Global Supply items. The reconciliation to previously reported figures for volume, net sales, marketing spend and operating profit before exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2011 is as follows:

 
  Year ended 30 June 2012   Year ended 30 June 2011  
 
  As
reported
  Analysis of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated   As
reported
  Analysis of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated  
 
  units million
  units million
  units million
  units million
  units million
  units million
 

Volume

                                     

North America

    53.0         53.0     52.3         52.3  

Europe

    45.2     (45.2 )       40.5     (40.5 )    

Western Europe

        34.7     34.7         35.6     35.6  

Africa

    24.9     (24.9 )       23.1     (23.1 )    

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

        35.4     35.4         28.0     28.0  

Latin America and Caribbean

    17.2         17.2     15.7         15.7  

Asia Pacific

    16.2         16.2     15.9         15.9  
                           

Total volume

    156.5         156.5     147.5         147.5  
                           

 

 
  Year ended 30 June 2012   Year ended 30 June 2011  
 
  As
reported
  Analysis of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated   As
reported
  Analysis of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

                                     

North America

    4,094         4,094     3,895         3,895  

Europe

    4,966     (4,966 )       4,279     (4,279 )    

Western Europe

        3,834     3,834         3,918     3,918  

Africa

    1,869     (1,869 )       1,764     (1,764 )    

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

        3,001     3,001         2,125     2,125  

Latin America and Caribbean

    1,491         1,491     1,293         1,293  

Asia Pacific

    2,104         2,104     1,931         1,931  

Corporate

    70         70     70         70  
                           

Total sales

    14,594         14,594     13,232         13,232  
                           

91


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)


 
  Year ended 30 June 2012   Year ended 30 June 2011  
 
  As
reported
  Analysis of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated   As
reported
  Analysis of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Net sales

                                     

North America

    3,556         3,556     3,366         3,366  

Europe

    2,949     (2,949 )       2,703     (2,703 )    

Western Europe

        2,345     2,345         2,433     2,433  

Africa

    1,447     (1,447 )       1,357     (1,357 )    

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

        2,051     2,051         1,627     1,627  

Latin America and Caribbean

    1,239         1,239     1,063         1,063  

Asia Pacific

    1,501         1,501     1,377         1,377  

Corporate

    70         70     70         70  
                           

Total net sales

    10,762         10,762     9,936         9,936  
                           

 

 
  Year ended 30 June 2012   Year ended 30 June 2011  
 
  As
reported
  Corporate
costs
  Analysis of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated   As
reported
  Corporate
costs
  Analysis of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Marketing spend

                                                 

North America

    548     (1 )       547     508             508  

Europe

    439     1     (440 )       403     (1 )   (402 )    

Western Europe

            355     355             357     357  

Africa

    150     (3 )   (147 )       140     (1 )   (139 )    

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

            232     232             184     184  

Latin America and Caribbean

    210     (2 )       208     184     (3 )       181  

Asia Pacific

    344     (1 )       343     303             303  

Corporate

        6         6         5         5  
                                   

Total marketing spend

    1,691             1,691     1,538             1,538  
                                   

92


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

 
  Year ended 30 June 2012   Year ended 30 June 2011  
 
  As
reported
  Corporate
costs
  Global
Supply
costs
  Allocation
of
exchange
  Analysis
of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated   As
reported
  Corporate costs   Global
Supply
costs
  Allocation
of
exchange
  Analysis
of
Eastern
Europe
and
Turkey
  Restated  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Operating profit before exceptional items

                                                                         

North America

    1,354         9     (3 )       1,360     1,275     (3 )   (3 )   (4 )       1,265  

Europe

    925     (6 )   (14 )   9     (914 )       796             12     (808 )    

Western Europe

                    717     717                     727     727  

Africa

    380     2     (1 )   (3 )   (378 )       333     4     (2 )   4     (339 )    

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

                    575     575                     420     420  

Latin America and Caribbean

    383     1     (4 )   (11 )       369     318     2     (1 )   1         320  

Asia Pacific

    342     (2 )   2             342     299     (3 )   (1 )   (9 )       286  

Corporate

    (186 )   5     8     8         (165 )   (137 )       7     (4 )       (134 )
                                                   

Total operating profit before exceptional items

    3,198                     3,198     2,884                     2,884  
                                                   

3.     Free cash flow    Free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure that comprises the net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with the net movements in loans and with the net purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software that form part of net cash flow from investing activities. The group's management believes the measure assists users of the financial statements in understanding the group's cash generating performance as it comprises items which arise from the running of the ongoing business.

        The remaining components of net cash flow from investing activities that do not form part of free cash flow, as defined by the group's management, are in respect of the acquisition and sale of businesses. The group's management regards the purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software as ultimately non-discretionary since ongoing investment in plant, machinery and technology is required to support the day-to-day operations, whereas acquisitions and sales of businesses are discretionary. Where appropriate, separate discussion is given for the impacts of acquisitions and sale of businesses, dividends paid and the purchase of own shares, each of which arises from decisions that are independent from the running of the ongoing underlying business.

        The free cash flow measure is used by management for their own planning, reporting and incentive purposes since it provides information on those elements of performance which local managers are most directly able to influence.

        For the reconciliation of free cash flow see page 75.

4.     Tax rate before exceptional items    Tax rate before exceptional items is a non-GAAP measure that is calculated by dividing the total tax charge on continuing operations before tax charges and credits classified as or in respect of exceptional items by profit before taxation adjusted to exclude the impact of sale of businesses and exceptional operating items, expressed as a percentage. The measure is used by management to assess the rate of tax applied to the group's continuing operations before tax on exceptional items.

93


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        The tax rates from continuing operations before exceptional and after exceptional items for the years ended 30 June 2013, 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2011 were calculated as follows:

 
  Year ended
30 June
2013
  Year ended
30 June
2012
  Year ended
30 June
2011
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Tax before exceptional items (a)

    584     533     463  

Tax credits in respect of exceptional items

    (55 )   (19 )   (54 )

Exceptional tax charges/(credits)

        524     (66 )
               

Taxation on profit from continuing operations (b)

    529     1,038     343  
               

Profit from continuing operations before taxation and exceptional items (c)

    3,305     3,014     2,663  

Sale of businesses

    (83 )   147     (14 )

Exceptional operating items

    (99 )   (40 )   (289 )
               

Profit before taxation (d)

    3,123     3,121     2,360  
               

Tax rate before exceptional items (a/c)

    17.7%     17.7%     17.4%  

Tax rate from continuing operation after exceptional items (b/d)

    16.9%     33.3%     14.5%  

5.     Other definitions    Volume share is a brand's volume when compared to the volume of all brands in its segment. Value share is a brand's retail sales when compared to the retail sales of all brands in its segment. Unless otherwise stated, share refers to value share. Share of voice is the media spend on a particular brand when compared to all brands in its segment. The share data, competitive set classifications and share of voice data contained in this document are taken from independent industry sources in the markets in which Diageo operates.

        Net sales are sales after deducting excise duties. Diageo incurs excise duties throughout the world. In some countries excise duties are based on sales and are separately identified on the face of the invoice to the external customer. In others it is effectively a production tax which is incurred when the spirit is removed from bonded warehouses. In these countries excise duties are part of the cost of goods sold and are not separately identified on the sales invoice. Changes in the level of excise duties can significantly affect the level of reported sales and cost of sales without directly reflecting changes in volume, mix or profitability, which are the variables that have an impact on the element of sales retained by the group.

        Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales exceeds the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants or as price changes are implemented.

        References to emerging, faster growing and new high growth markets include Russia and Eastern Europe, Turkey, Africa, Latin America and Caribbean and Asia Pacific excluding Australia, Korea and Japan.

        References to ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as pre-mix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States.

        References to beer include non-alcoholic malt based products such as Guinness Malta.

94


Table of Contents


Business review (continued)

        References to reserve brands include Johnnie Walker Green Label, Johnnie Walker Gold Label 18 year old, Johnnie Walker Gold Label Reserve, Johnnie Walker Platinum Label 18 year old, Johnnie Walker Blue Label, John Walker & Sons Collection, Johnnie Walker Explorers' Club, Johnnie Walker 1820 and other Johnnie Walker super premium brands, The Singleton, Cardhu, Talisker, Lagavulin and other Classic Malt brands, Buchanan's Special Reserve, Buchanan's Red Seal, Dimple 18 year old, Bulleit Bourbon, Tanqueray No. TEN, Tanqueray Malacca, Cîroc, Ketel One vodka, Don Julio and Zacapa.

95


Table of Contents


Board of directors and company secretary

Dr Franz B Humer    Chairman, Non-Executive Director3*, Swiss/Austrian (67)

        Appointed Chairman of Diageo plc in July 2008, having been a Non-Executive Director since April 2005. He is also Chairman of F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ltd in Switzerland, Chairman of INSEAD's Board of Directors and a Non-Executive Director of CitiGroup Inc. He was formerly Chief Operating Director of Glaxo Holdings plc and has held a number of other non-executive directorships.

Ivan Menezes    Chief Executive, Executive Director2*, American/British (54)

        Appointed Chief Executive of Diageo plc on 1 July 2013, having been a Director since July 2012. He was Chief Operating Officer from March 2012 and was previously President, North America since January 2004, Chairman, Diageo Asia Pacific since October 2008 and Chairman, Diageo Latin America and Caribbean since July 2011. Prior to this he held various senior management positions with Guinness and then Diageo and worked across a variety of sales, marketing and strategy roles with Nestlé in Asia, Booz Allen Hamilton Inc in the United States and Whirlpool in Europe. He is also a Non-Executive Director of Coach Inc., in the United States.

Paul S Walsh    Advisor to the Chairman and the Chief Executive, Executive Director2, British (58)

        Appointed Advisor to the Chairman and the Chief Executive of Diageo plc from 1 July 2013, having previously been Chief Executive since September 2000. He has served in a number of management roles since joining GrandMet's brewing division in 1982, including Chief Executive Officer of The Pillsbury Company. He was appointed to the GrandMet board in October 1995 and to the Diageo plc board in December 1997. He is a Non-Executive Director of Avanti Communication Group plc, Unilever PLC and FedEx Corporation in the United States. He was appointed a Business Ambassador on the UK Government's Business Ambassador Network on 9 August 2012 and is also a Member of the Council of the Scotch Whisky Association. During the year he stepped down as lead Non-Executive and Deputy Chair of the Board of the Department of Energy and Climate Change and as a Member of the UK Government's Business Advisory Group. He will retire from the Diageo board at the September 2013 Annual General Meeting.

Deirdre Mahlan    Chief Financial Officer, Executive Director2, American (51)

        Appointed Chief Financial Officer and a Director of Diageo plc in October 2010, prior to which she was Deputy Chief Financial Officer and before that Head of Tax and Treasury. She joined the company in 2001, having held various senior finance positions in Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, Inc. since 1992 and having formerly been a senior manager with Pricewaterhouse. She was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of Experian plc on 1 September 2012 and is also a Member of the Main Committee of the 100 Group of Finance Directors.

Lord Davies of Abersoch    Senior Non-Executive Director1,3,4*, British (60)

        Appointed a Non-Executive Director of Diageo plc in September 2010 and Senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee in October 2011. Lord Davies is a Partner of Corsair Capital, Chairman of Chime Communications PLC, Non-Executive Chairman of Pinebridge Investments Limited and Chair of the Global Advisory Board of Moelis & Company. He is also a Trustee of the Royal Academy of Arts and Chair of the Council, University of Wales Bangor. Previously he was a Non-Executive Director of Bharti Airtel Limited and Minister for Trade, Investment and Small Business for the UK Government between January 2009 and May 2010. Prior to this role, Lord Davies was Chairman of Standard Chartered PLC.

96


Table of Contents


Board of directors and company secretary (continued)

Peggy B Bruzelius    Non-Executive Director1,3,4, Swedish (63)

        Appointed a Non-Executive Director of Diageo plc in April 2009. She is Chairman of Lancelot Asset Management in Sweden and a Non-Executive Director of Akzo Nobel NV in the Netherlands and Axfood AB, Lundin Petroleum AB and Skandia Liv AB, all of which are in Sweden. She was formerly Managing Director of ABB Financial Services AB, headed the asset management arm of Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB and a Non-Executive Director of Scania AB. During the year she stepped down as Non-Executive Director of Syngenta AG.

Laurence M Danon    Non-Executive Director1,3,4, French (57)

        Appointed a Non-Executive Director of Diageo plc in January 2006. She is Co-President of the Executive Board of Leonardo & Co and a Non-Executive Director of Groupe BPCE and TF1, both in France. Formerly she served with the French Ministry of Industry and Energy, held a number of senior management posts with Total Fina Elf and was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of France Printemps. She was also Chairman of the Executive Board of Edmond de Rothschild Corporate Finance and a Non-Executive Director of Experian Group Limited, Plastic Omnium SA and Rhodia SA.

Ho KwonPing    Non-Executive Director1,3,4, Singaporean (60)

        Appointed a Non-Executive Director of Diageo plc in October 2012. He is Executive Chairman and Founder of Banyan Tree Holdings Limited and is also Chairman of Laguna Resorts & Hotels Public Company Limited, Thai Wah Food Products Public Company Limited and the Singapore Management University. He is a member of the International Council and East Asia Council of INSEAD, member of the Global Advisory Board of Moelis & Company and a Governor of the London Business School. Formerly, he served as Chairman of MediaCorp Pte. Ltd and was a Non-Executive Director of Singapore Airlines Limited, Standard Chartered PLC and Singapore Power Limited.

Betsy D Holden    Non-Executive Director1,3,4, American (57)

        Appointed a Non-Executive Director of Diageo plc in September 2009. She is a Senior Advisor to McKinsey & Company and is a Non-Executive Director of Catamaran Corporation and Western Union Company, both of which are in the United States. She is a member of the Board of Trustees at Duke University. She is also a member of the North American Advisory Board for Schneider Electric and a member of the Executive Committee at the Kellogg School of Management Global Advisory Board. During the year her tenure ended as a Non-Executive Director of Tribune Company. Formerly she was President, Global Marketing and Category Development and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Kraft Foods, Inc.

Philip G Scott    Non-Executive Director1*,3,4, British (59)

        Appointed a Non-Executive Director of Diageo plc and Chairman of the Audit Committee in October 2007. He is a Non-Executive Director of the Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc. During the year he stepped down as President of the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries. He was previously Chief Financial Officer of Aviva plc.

H Todd Stitzer    Non-Executive Director1,3,4, American (61)

        Appointed a Non-Executive Director of Diageo plc in June 2004. He is Chairman of Signet Jewelers Limited and a Non-Executive Director of Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company. He is also a member of the Advisory Board of Hamlin Capital Management, LLC, a New York based

97


Table of Contents


Board of directors and company secretary (continued)

investment advisory firm, a member of the Advisory Committee of Virgin Group Holdings Limited. He was previously Chief Executive of Cadbury plc. He will retire from the Diageo board at the September 2013 Annual General Meeting.

Paul D Tunnacliffe    Company Secretary, British (51)

        Appointed Company Secretary of Diageo plc in January 2008. He was formerly Company Secretary of Hanson PLC.


Key to committees

1   Audit

2

 

Executive (comprising senior management)

3

 

Nomination

4

 

Remuneration

*

 

Chairman of committee

98


Table of Contents


Executive committee

Nick Blazquez    President, Africa, Turkey, Russia, Central & Eastern Europe and Global Sales2, British (52)

        Appointed President Africa, Turkey, Russia, Central & Eastern Europe and Global Sales in November 2012, having been President, Africa since August 2004, prior to which he was Managing Director, Diageo Africa and Managing Director, Diageo Asia Key Markets. He previously held various managerial positions in United Distillers between 1989 and 1998.

Andy Fennell    President and Chief Operating Officer, Africa2, British (46)

        Appointed President and Chief Operating Officer, Africa on 1 July 2013 having been Chief Marketing Officer of Diageo plc since September 2008. Previously he held a number of marketing roles in the UK and internationally with Guinness and Diageo, prior to which he worked in various sales and marketing roles with Britvic and Bass plc.

Alberto Gavazzi    President, Latin America and Caribbean2, Brazilian/Italian (47)

        Appointed President, Latin America and Caribbean on 1 July 2013 having been Managing Director, West Latin America and Caribbean since July 2010. He joined Diageo in 1993 and held various senior management positions including Global Category Director Whiskey, Gins and Reserve Brands, General Manager Brazil, Paraguay and Uruguay, Vice President Consumer Marketing, Chicago and Marketing Director, Brazil. Formerly he held roles with Colgate-Palmolive and Unilever PLC.

Gilbert Ghostine    President, Asia Pacific2, Lebanese (53)

        Appointed President, Asia Pacific in July 2009, having previously been Managing Director, Diageo Continental Europe, since July 2006. He was formerly Managing Director, Northern Europe, President, US Major markets and held various senior managerial positions in Africa, Asia, Europe and the United States, having joined International Distillers & Vintners in 1995. He was appointed a Director of United Spirits Limited with effect from May 2013.

David Gosnell    President, Global Supply and Procurement2, British (56)

        Appointed President, having been Managing Director, Global Supply and Global Procurement since July 2003. He joined Diageo in 1998 as European Supply Director, then headed up Guinness & European RTD supply, prior to which he spent 20 years in various roles with Heinz. He is a Non-Executive Director of Brambles plc.

John Kennedy    President, Western Europe2, American (48)

        Appointed President, Western Europe in November 2012 having been Chief Operating Officer, Western Europe since June 2011. Previously he held various senior management positions with Diageo including Marketing Director, Australia, General Manager for Innovation, North America, President and Chief Executive Officer, Diageo Canada and Managing Director, Diageo Ireland. Previously he worked in brand management roles for GlaxoSmithKline and Quaker Oats.

Anna Manz    Group Strategy Director2, British (40)

        Appointed Group Strategy Director on 1 July 2013, having been Regional Finance Director, Diageo Asia Pacific since August 2008. Previously she held various senior finance positions including Vice President Finance, Diageo North America, Finance Director Ireland, Finance Director Global Marketing, Sales and Innovation and Group Treasurer. Prior to joining Diageo in 1999, she held positions with Unilever PLC and ICI PLC.

99


Table of Contents


Executive committee (continued)

Andrew Morgan    President, New Businesses2, British (57)

        Appointed President, New Businesses in November 2012, having been President, Diageo Europe since October 2004 and President, Venture Markets since July 2002. He joined United Distillers in 1987 and held various senior management positions with Guinness and then Diageo, including Group Chief Information Officer and President, New Business Ventures for Guinness United Distillers & Vintners and Director, Global Strategy and Innovation for United Distillers & Vintners.

Siobhan Moriarty    General Counsel2, Irish (51)

        Appointed General Counsel on 1 July 2013, having been General Counsel Designate since January 2013. Previously she held various legal roles in Diageo, including Corporate M&A Counsel, Regional Counsel Ireland and General Counsel Europe. Before joining Diageo in 1997, she held various positions in law firm private practice in Dublin and London.

Syl Saller    Chief Marketing Officer2, American (56)

        Appointed Chief Marketing Officer of Diageo plc on 1 July 2013, having been Global Innovation Director since 2005. She joined Diageo in 1999 as Marketing Director Diageo Great Britain, prior to which she held various brand management and marketing roles with Allied Domecq PLC, Gillette Company and Holson Burnes Group, Inc. She is Non-Executive Director of Dominos Pizza Group plc.

Larry Schwartz    President, North America2, American (60)

        Appointed President, North America in March 2012 having been President, Diageo USA since September 2008. He joined the company in 2001, as President of Joseph E. Seagram & Sons, Inc., having held a variety of senior management positions with Seagram.

Leanne Wood    Human Resources Director2, British (40)

        Appointed Human Resources Director of Diageo plc on 1 July 2013, having been Global Talent and Organisational Effectiveness Director since September 2011. Previously she held various human resources and strategy roles in Diageo, including Human Resources Director Africa, Human Resources Director Ireland and Human Resources Director Asia Venture Markets. Before joining Diageo in 2000, she held various positions in strategy and finance with Allied Domecq PLC and LEK Consulting.

Ian Wright    Corporate Relations Director, British (55)

        Appointed Corporate Relations Director of Diageo plc in July 2004, having previously held positions with a number of public relations consultancies and The Boots Company. He will be leaving Diageo in March 2014.

        Jim Grover, formerly Group Strategy Director, Randy Millian, formerly President, Latin America and Caribbean, Tim Proctor, formerly General Counsel and Gareth Williams, formerly Human Resources Director all ceased to be executive committee members on 30 June 2013.


Key to committees


2

 

Executive (comprising senior management)

100


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report

Dear Shareholder

As the Chairman of the remuneration committee, I am pleased to present the directors' remuneration report for the year ended 30 June 2013 and to highlight some of the key aspects of the committee's work during the financial year.

        As I noted in the 2012 remuneration report, the committee took the opportunity this year to undertake a detailed review of our remuneration arrangements with the main focus being our long term incentive plans. The aim of the review was to ensure that the plans continue to incentivise the delivery of our performance goals through straightforward and transparent links to our strategic objectives. Recognising the increasingly global nature of Diageo's business, part of the review included an independent report into global executive pay practices. Following the review, the committee and I are satisfied that the current arrangements remain appropriate, both in terms of design and quantum, to ensure that we are able to attract and retain the highest quality global talent for Diageo.

        I value the continued dialogue with our shareholders. I have engaged directly with them and their representative bodies at the earliest opportunity to set out Diageo's remuneration policy and approach, proposed base salary increases for the executive directors, targets for the 2013 long term incentive plan awards and transition arrangements for the outgoing chief executive.

        As described in the 'Business review', the company has delivered good year on year organic top line growth despite a slowdown in markets such as Korea, Brazil and Nigeria. The company's commitment to the delivery of efficient growth has led to considerable margin expansion leading to strong organic operating margin growth and double digit eps growth. In addition the company has sustained its robust free cash flow. The financial performance the company has delivered in the year ended 30 June 2013 positions the business well for the future. The overall level of performance achieved resulted in an annual incentive plan award equating to 101% of base salary for Paul Walsh, 91% of base salary for Ivan Menezes and 96% of base salary for Deirdre Mahlan in respect of 2012/13. Despite the significant progress we have made during the year the bonus paid is lower than last year reflecting the challenging nature of the targets set by the committee.

        The company has delivered exceptionally strong three-year total shareholder return performance relative to its peer group for the performance period that ended on 30 June 2013, resulting in Diageo achieving third place out of 16 global consumer packaged goods companies. As a result, 95% of the performance shares awarded in September 2010 will vest in September 2013. For share options awarded in September 2010, three year compound annual growth in adjusted earnings per share was 12.2% (equivalent to total growth over three years of 41.2%) which has exceeded the maximum target of 7% and, consequently, the options will vest in full in September 2013. Over the same period, Diageo's share price grew by 80%, from 1042 pence to 1880 pence, and the company paid a total dividend of 125.5 pence per share.

        I am delighted that Diageo provides the opportunity for all employees to share in the company's success through our global all-employee share ownership schemes. Employees will also benefit from the significant share price growth over the last three years. In 2013, the schemes will deliver shares to individuals that will provide an estimated gain of £40 million to participants which equates to an average gain in the region of £4,000 for each participating employee.

        As announced on 7 May 2013, Ivan Menezes, previously Chief Operating Officer, succeeded Paul Walsh as Chief Executive on 1 July 2013. The committee carefully considered the remuneration package for the new chief executive as well as the transition arrangements for the outgoing chief executive and I shared these with our major shareholders at the start of the shareholder consultation

101


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

process. Details of the arrangements can be found in the section of the remuneration report headed chief executive arrangements.

        Paul Walsh will step down from the board on 19 September 2013 and will act as Advisor to the Chairman and the Chief Executive until June 2014 to ensure a smooth and carefully managed hand-over. His main focus will be transitioning critical partner and external relationships and supporting strategic activities that will drive the future growth of the business.

        Finally, this year we have maintained the improvements that we made to the structure and layout of the directors' remuneration report in 2012, including the early adoption of a 'single remuneration figure' and other relevant disclosures, to provide year-on-year consistency and transparency in our disclosure practices. Following the final publication of the new reporting regulations by the government in June 2013, the committee will now be focusing on the changes required to implement the new regulations, with the structure and content of our 2014 report fully reflecting them.

        We look forward to receiving your support at the AGM in September 2013.


Lord Davies of Abersoch

Senior independent Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the remuneration committee


Executive Directors' remuneration summary for the year ended 30 June 2013

Performance highlights

Short term performance    Annual incentive plan targets were higher than the previous year. The 2013 annual bonus payout is lower than in 2012, based on the year's performance, despite delivering organic top line growth of 5% and profits up by 8%.

Long term performance    Over the three year performance period 1 July 2010 to 30 June 2013, Diageo delivered outstanding total shareholder return (TSR) performance. Diageo ranked third in its peer group for TSR for the first time ever and met its commitment to achieve double digit eps growth.

        In summary, over this period:

102


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Paul Walsh (Chief Executive until 30 June 2013)

Paul Walsh
  2013    
  % of
total pay
  2012   % of
total pay
  Commentary
 
  £000
   
   
  £000
   
   

Total fixed pay

    1,276  
GRAPHIC
    9%     1,278     12%   Representing base salary and benefits earned in the year ended 30 June 2013. Base salary held flat since 2011.

Annual bonus

   
1,245
 


GRAPHIC

   
8%
   
1,821
   
16%
 

Based on overall company performance in F13: 80% company financial measures and 20% individual business objectives.

                         

Sub total – short term remuneration (cash)

    2,521  
GRAPHIC
    17%     3,099     28%    
                         

Long term incentive plan – performance element(a)

    4,508  
GRAPHIC
    31%     3,060     27%   Driven by exceptionally strong three year TSR performance and delivery of double digit eps growth. Both plans vest together almost in full for the first time.

Long term incentive plan – share appreciation element(b)

   
7,762
 


GRAPHIC

   
52%
   
5,055
   
45%
 

Represents the impact of the significant increase in Diageo's share price of 80% since the award in 2010.

                         

Sub total – long term share price based remuneration (non-cash)

    12,270  
GRAPHIC
    83%     8,115     72%    
                         

Total

    14,791  
GRAPHIC
    100%     11,214     100%    
                         

103


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Ivan Menezes (Chief Operating Officer until 30 June 2013, Chief Executive from 1 July 2013)

Ivan Menezes
  2013   % of
total pay
  Commentary
 
  £000
   
   

Total fixed pay

    943     12%   Representing base salary and benefits earned in the year ended 30 June 2013. The base salary increase of 8.6% on appointment is effective 1 July 2013.

Pension(c)

   
397
   
5%
   

Annual bonus

   
838
   
11%
 

Based on overall company performance in F13: 80% company financial measures and 20% individual business objectives.

             

Sub total – short term remuneration (cash)

    2,178     28%    
             

Long term incentive plan – performance element(a)

    1,943     25%   Driven by exceptionally strong three year TSR performance and delivery of double digit eps growth. Both plans vest together almost in full for the first time.

Long term incentive plan – share appreciation element(b)

   
3,751
   
47%
 

Represents the impact of the significant increase in Diageo's share price of 80% since the award in 2010.

             

Sub total – long term share price based remuneration (non-cash)

    5,694     72%    
             

Total

    7,872     100%    
             

104


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Deirdre Mahlan (Chief Financial Officer)

Deirdre Mahlan
  2013    
  % of
total pay
  2012   % of
total pay
  Commentary
 
  £000
   
   
  £000
   
   

Total fixed pay

    700  
GRAPHIC
    10%     642     20%   Representing base salary and benefits earned in the year ended 30 June 2013. The base salary increase of 5% effective 1 October 2013 recognises her contribution to date and the size and complexity of her role.

Pension(d)

   
238
       
4%
   
245
   
8%
   

Annual bonus

   
652
 


GRAPHIC

   
10%
   
912
   
28%
 

Based on overall company performance in F13: 80% company financial measures and 20% individual business objectives.

                         

Sub total – short term remuneration (cash)

    1,590  
GRAPHIC
    24%     1,799     56%    
                         

Long term incentive plan – performance element(a)

    1,761  
GRAPHIC
    26%     517     16%   Driven by exceptionally strong three year TSR performance and delivery of double digit eps growth. Both plans vest together almost in full for the first time.

Long term incentive plan – share appreciation element(b)

   
3,384
 


GRAPHIC

   
50%
   
891
   
28%
 

Represents the impact of the significant increase in Diageo's share price of 80% since the award in 2010.

                         

Sub total – long term share price based remuneration (non-cash)

    5,145  
GRAPHIC
    76%     1,408     44%    
                         

Total

    6,735  
GRAPHIC
    100%     3,207     100%    
                         

Notes to tables

(a)
Performance element – The performance shares due to be released in September 2013 at the grant price after applying the performance condition.

(b)
Share appreciation element – The estimated additional value generated through share price growth for options vesting and performance shares due to be released in September 2013 at the average market value of Diageo shares between 1 April and 30 June 2013 of 1968 pence.

(c)
The value of the pension amount accrued in the Diageo North America Inc. pension plans over the year. This figure has been calculated in line with the 'single total figure of remuneration' methodology under the incoming remuneration reporting requirements.

(d)
2012: Cash allowance in lieu of pension (40% of base salary). 2013: The value of the pension amount accrued in the Diageo North America Inc. SERP over the year.

105


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Proportion of LTIPs vesting attributable to share price appreciation

GRAPHIC

Performance graph    The graph below shows the total shareholder return for Diageo and the FTSE 100 Index since 30 June 2008 and demonstrates the relationship between pay and performance for the chief executive using current and previously published single total remuneration figures. The FTSE 100 Index reflects the 100 largest quoted companies by market capitalisation in the United Kingdom and has been chosen because it is a widely recognised performance benchmark for large companies in the United Kingdom. Diageo has substantially outperformed the Index over this period.

106


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

GRAPHIC

 
   
   
   
 

Chief executive total remuneration (£000)

    4,449     11,214     14,791  

Annual bonus actual award compared to maximum

    77%     74%     51%  

SESOP vesting compared to maximum opportunity

    100%     100%     100%  

PSP vesting compared to maximum opportunity

    0%     65%     95%  


Appointment of new chief executive

As announced on 7 May 2013, the company has appointed Ivan Menezes, formerly Diageo's Chief Operating Officer, as Chief Executive of Diageo with effect from 1 July 2013. Ivan Menezes will be paid a base salary of $1,520,000 (£1,000,000) per annum. No other changes are proposed to Ivan Menezes' current remuneration arrangements, which are set out in the section chief executive arrangements.


Governance

What is the role of the remuneration committee?    The remuneration committee consists of the following independent Non-Executive Directors: Peggy Bruzelius, Laurence Danon, Lord Davies, Betsy Holden, Philip Scott, Todd Stitzer and Ho KwonPing (since 1 October 2012). Lord Davies is the Chairman of the remuneration committee. The chairman of the board and the chief executive may, by invitation, attend remuneration committee meetings except when their own remuneration is discussed.

        The remuneration committee's principal responsibilities are:

107


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Full terms of reference for the committee are available at www.diageo.com and on request from the company secretary.

What has the remuneration committee done during the year?    The remuneration committee met five times during the year to consider and, where applicable, approve key remuneration items including the following:

Governance and forward planning   Pay   Incentive plans

Reviewed AGM outcomes and feedback from institutional shareholders, giving consideration to implications for future remuneration policy.

Reviewed the updated United Kingdom governance requirements, including the government consultation on narrative reporting and executive remuneration and assessed Diageo's compliance.

Approved shareholder consultation approach and extended invitation for key shareholders to meet with Diageo's chairman of the remuneration committee.

Reviewed and approved the directors' remuneration report taking into account feedback from shareholder meetings.

 

Approved methodology and approach to pay review and identified any benchmarking requirements.

Reviewed and approved proposals for salary reviews and any adjustments to other remuneration elements (e.g. levels of share award, pension and benefits).

Established remuneration arrangements for chief executive transition.

 

Considered and approved plan design, performance measures and targets to be used in short and long term incentive plans to ensure measures are aligned with strategy and that targets are appropriately stretching.

Tracked performance for annual bonus and long term incentive measures during the year.

Detailed review of remuneration arrangements with particular focus on long term incentive plans to ensure they continue to incentivise performance goals through simple, transparent links to strategic objectives.

Reviewed year-end business performance and performance linked reward. Determined bonus payouts and vesting of long term incentives.

Reviewed global executive pay practice, recognising the increasingly global nature of Diageo's business and the need to compete for the best talent in the key developing markets.

 
       

        Further information on meetings held and director attendance is disclosed in the corporate governance report.

Who provides advice to the remuneration committee?    During the year ended 30 June 2013, the remuneration committee received advice from the following independent consultants:

108


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Additional remuneration survey data published by Aon Hewitt, Towers Watson, and PwC were presented to the remuneration committee during the year; Clifford Chance provided advice on the operation of share plans.

        Diageo's human resources director and director of performance and reward were also invited by the remuneration committee to provide their views and advice. The human resources director was not present when his own remuneration was discussed. The chief financial officer may also attend to provide performance context to the committee during its discussions about target setting.

What was the outcome of the vote on the 2012 directors' remuneration report at the company's AGM?    The 2012 directors' remuneration report received a majority 'for' vote of 92.5% (2011 – 80%). The vote against was 7.5%.

How has the remuneration committee responded to shareholder feedback during the year?    The committee actively considered feedback received from shareholders prior to and following the 2012 AGM and also closely monitored guidance and directional themes emerging from institutional shareholder bodies and the United Kingdom government during the year on the subject of executive remuneration. On the basis of this, the committee has taken the following actions:

        The remuneration committee also provided the opportunity for some of Diageo's major shareholders and their representative bodies to meet with the remuneration committee chairman during the year to discuss remuneration matters generally.


What will the remuneration committee be focused on for the year ending 30 June 2014?

109


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What is the philosophy underpinning executive remuneration?    The plans in which Diageo's executive directors and senior management participate are designed to reflect the principles detailed below:

What   Why   How
Performance-related compensation   It influences and supports performance and the creation of a high-performing organisation.  

Short and long term incentives conditional upon achieving stretching performance targets.

Rewarding sustainable performance   It is at the heart of Diageo's corporate strategy and is vital to meeting stakeholder interests.  

A combination of absolute and relative performance measures for short and long term incentives that reflect sustainable profit growth and underlying financial performance.

       

The majority of the total remuneration package is delivered in shares.

       

Shareholding requirements that align the interests of senior executives with those of shareholders and that are a condition of full participation in long term incentive plans.

Measuring performance over three years   It aligns with the time cycle over which management decisions are reflected in the creation of value in the business.  

Long term incentives that comprise a combination of share option grants and share awards in each year and vary with three year eps, TSR, organic net sales and organic operating margin performance.

Providing a balanced mix of remuneration   It enables focus on long term value creation while avoiding disproportionate risk-taking.  

Base salary, benefits, retirement savings, short term cash incentives and long term equity incentives.

Providing a competitive total remuneration opportunity   It helps Diageo attract and retain the best global talent.  

Reward levels considered in the context of total remuneration packages paid in relevant global comparators, reflecting the size, complexity and global scope of Diageo's business.

Simplicity and transparency   It allows targets to be motivating and demonstrably linked to company performance.  

Targets that are within a sphere of direct influence and that align with the company's short and long term goals.

         

110


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

How does executive remuneration link to business strategy?    Diageo's strategy is to drive top line growth and margin expansion in a sustainable and responsible way and to deliver consistent value creation for its shareholders over the long term. To do this Diageo will use its broad brand range, category depth and geographic reach to deliver on consumer needs. Key to achieving its strategy is the expertise of its people who share the same values.

        The remuneration structures and performance measures used in executive incentive plans are designed to support Diageo's business strategy as follows:

Focused on sustainable growth drivers   As a public limited company, Diageo has a fiduciary responsibility to maximise long term value for shareholders. Thus, variable elements of remuneration are dependent upon the achievement of performance measures that are identified as key sustainable growth drivers for the business and that are aligned with the creation of shareholder value.

Variable with performance

 

A significant proportion of total remuneration for the executive directors is linked to individual and business performance so that remuneration will increase or decrease in line with performance. The fixed versus variable pay mix is illustrated on the following pages.

Share ownership

 

Full participation in incentives is conditional upon building up a significant personal shareholding in Diageo to ensure the company's leaders think and act like owners.

Cost effectiveness

 

Fixed elements of remuneration are determined by reference to the median of the market, individual experience and performance, and other relevant factors to ensure competitiveness while controlling fixed costs to maximise efficiency.

111


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

How do the incentive plan measures link to business strategy?    The following table describes the performance measures that are used in the company's short and long term executive incentive plans and the business performance that they drive:

Short term incentive plan measures   Long term incentive plan measures
Net sales – year-on-year net sales growth is a key performance measure.   Net sales – sustained year-on-year organic net sales growth is a key performance measure.

 
 
 
Profit before exceptional items and taxation – stretching profit targets drive operational efficiency and influence the level of returns that can be delivered to shareholders through increases in share price and dividend income.   Operating margin – organic operating margin measures the efficiency of the business.

 
 
 
Free cash flow – positive cash flow is an indicator of the financial health of the business and critical to enabling infrastructure investment, marketing investment, capital expenditure and acquisition opportunities in line with Diageo's strategy. A proportion of this metric is focused on average cash performance to enhance focus on sustained cash generation throughout the year.   Earnings per share (eps) – reflects profitability and is a key measure for shareholders; an adjusted measure of eps is used in the share option plan.

 
 
 
Individual business objectives – these are measurable deliverables that are specific to the individual and are focused on supporting the delivery of key strategic objectives.   Relative total shareholder return (TSR) – reflects the value of share price growth plus dividends, thus measuring the value returned on shareholder investments; Diageo's performance relative to its selected peer group determines how much reward is delivered to plan participants.

 
 
 

How is pay for performance achieved?    The board of directors sets stretching goals for the company and its leaders, framed by Diageo's performance culture and business strategy. The combination of strong top line growth with continuing improved efficiency, delivered through the operating margin target, is designed to add significant shareholder value. Diageo delivers the highest margin in the spirits sector and among the highest in the broader alcoholic beverages industry. Based on its double digit eps growth target, Diageo is among the most ambitious companies in its sector.

        The annual incentive plan aims to reward the delivery of short term financial and individual business performance goals with commensurate levels of remuneration. Long term incentive plans aim to reward long term sustained performance and create alignment with the delivery of value for shareholders. Under both sets of plans, if the demanding targets are achieved, high levels of reward may be earned. All incentives are capped to ensure that inappropriate risk-taking is neither encouraged nor rewarded.

What is the proportion of fixed to variable pay?    The balance between fixed and variable elements of remuneration changes with performance. Based on expected values at target and the average of remuneration elements for the executive directors, the mix between fixed and variable remuneration for executive directors is that for £100 of remuneration earned, £32 will be fixed remuneration and £68 will be performance-related remuneration, excluding pensions and other benefits. At maximum, the mix increases the weighting on variable pay (and in particular, long term variable pay) so that for £100 of remuneration earned, £14 will be fixed remuneration and £86 will be performance-related remuneration, excluding pensions and other benefits. This mix is illustrated in the following charts.

112


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

GRAPHIC

How is risk managed in the incentive plans?    The remuneration committee considers the management of risk to be important to the process of designing and implementing sustainable remuneration structures and to setting appropriate performance targets for incentive plans. The members of the remuneration committee also constitute the membership of the audit committee, thus ensuring full oversight of any risk factors that may be relevant to remuneration arrangements and target setting specifically. Before agreeing bonus payments and approving the vesting under long term incentive plans, the remuneration committee, in conjunction with the audit committee, considers the underlying performance of the business during the relevant period to ensure that the level of reward is appropriate and aligned with shareholder interests. In 2012 a clawback condition was introduced to both short term and long term incentive plan awards.


Summary of current remuneration policy for executive directors

A breakdown of the reward programmes in which Diageo's executive directors participate, the remuneration strategy that they support and the policy governing their execution is detailed in the table below:

What   Why   How
Base salary   Reflects the value of the individual, their skills and experience, and performance.  

Reviewed annually with changes usually taking effect from 1 October.

     

Benchmarked against the top 30 companies in the FTSE 100 by market capitalisation excluding companies in the financial services sector.

113


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What   Why   How

     

Generally positioned at the median of the relevant market or, in certain circumstances, positioned above median if justified by the requirement to recruit or retain key executives.

Annual incentive plan

 

Incentivises year on year delivery of short term performance goals. Provides focus on key financial metrics including profit growth and cash performance.

 

Targets set by reference to the annual operating plan.
  

Level of award determined by Diageo's overall financial performance.
  

Annual incentive plan awards based 80% on financial measures (net sales, profit and cash flow) and 20% on specific individual business objectives related to business strategy and operational targets.
  

Up to 100% of salary earned for on target performance with a maximum of 200% of salary payable for outstanding performance.

Share options (SESOP 2008)

 

Incentivises three year earnings growth above a minimum threshold. Provides focus on increasing Diageo's share price over the medium to longer term.

 

A discretionary annual grant of market price share options subject to a performance test based on annual compound growth in adjusted eps over three years.
  

Stretching growth targets set annually by the remuneration committee.
  

Maximum annual grant of 375% of salary.
  

Threshold vesting level of 25% with pro rata vesting up to 100% maximum.

Performance share awards (PSP 2008)

 

Incentivises three year total shareholder return relative to a selected peer group of companies and the achievement of organic net sales and organic operating margin targets that support the delivery of the company's medium term growth ambitions. Provides focus on delivering superior returns to shareholders.

 

A discretionary annual award of shares subject to a three year performance test.
  

Maximum annual award of 375% of salary.
  

Threshold vesting of 25% up to a maximum of 100%.
  

Based on three equally weighted measures: TSR performance against a peer group of companies, organic net sales growth (compound annual growth) and total organic operating margin improvement.
  

Threshold vesting for median TSR performance (ninth position), up to 100% vesting (equivalent to 33.3% of the total award) for achieving third or above in the peer group.
  

Organic net sales and organic operating margin targets set annually by the remuneration committee for each new award.
  

Notional dividends accrue on awards, delivered as shares or cash at the discretion of the remuneration committee.

114


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What   Why   How

Benefits

 

Provides market competitive non-cash benefits.

 

Provision of benefits such as company car and driver, product allowance, medical insurance and financial counselling.

Pension

 

Provides competitive post retirement benefits or cash alternative.

 

Provision of market competitive pension arrangements or a cash alternative based on a percentage of base salary.
  

Bonus and other benefits excluded from calculation of cash supplement.
  

'Flexible pension access' allows individuals whose benefits exceed the Lifetime Allowance and who are over the age of 55 to draw their pension early while remaining in employment.

115


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

What   Why   How


Base salaries

How are base salaries determined?    The previous summary table sets out the policy on base salary for the executive directors. In addition to market data, base salaries are determined with reference to individual experience and performance, and the level and structure of remuneration for other employees in the group and the external environment.

How is benchmarking used?    Benchmarking is primarily referenced if there is a perceived gap between the individual's base salary positioning and relevant market peers, where there is a known retention risk or where an individual is newly appointed to the role. When used, benchmarking data is considered holistically, looking at salary in the context of total package value, and is referenced as a guide to support the committee's judgement taking into account a number of other factors including the importance of the role in delivering the company's strategy, the performance of the individual, and the pay and employment conditions of the general employee population.

        The peer group that is referenced comprises the top 30 companies in the FTSE 100 by market capitalisation, excluding companies in the financial services sector. Benchmarking also makes reference to other relevant global comparators where appropriate recognising the global mobility of the senior talent pool.

What increases have been applied during the year?    In July 2013, the remuneration committee reviewed base salaries for senior management and agreed new salaries which will apply from 1 October 2013. In determining these salaries, the remuneration committee took into consideration a number of factors including general employee salary budgets and employment conditions, individual performance and experience, and salary positioning relative to internal and external peers. The overall pay budget in the year ending 30 June 2014 is 3.75% of base salary for the business in the United Kingdom and 3% in North America.

        Following his appointment as Advisor to the Chairman and the Chief Executive, the base salary for Paul Walsh will be held flat. Upon appointment to the Chief Executive role, Ivan Menezes will receive an annual salary of $1,520,000 (£1,000,000), with effect from 1 July 2013. This represents an 8.6% increase to his salary when he was Chief Operating Officer. Ivan Menezes' salary has been positioned below median to reflect the fact that he is new to the Chief Executive role.

        Deirdre Mahlan was appointed to the board on 1 October 2010. As outlined in the 2011 and 2012 directors' remuneration reports, on her appointment, Deirdre Mahlan's salary was initially set at below typical market levels for comparable roles reflecting her level of experience at the time. In setting this initial salary level, the remuneration committee's intention was to allow scope for future increases to both recognise performance and bring her closer in line with the market with increasing experience. The remuneration committee has awarded an increase that recognises her increasingly strong

116


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

performance since appointment as well as the size and complexity of her role; with effect from 1 October 2013, the base salary for the chief financial officer will increase by 5% to £714,000.

 
  Paul Walsh   Ivan Menezes   Deirdre Mahlan  
Salary at 1 October (£000)
  2013   2012   2011   2013   2012   2011   2013   2012   2011  

Base salary

    £1,231     £1,231     £1,231   $ 1,520   $ 1,400     n/a     £714     £680     £625  

% increase (over previous year)

    0.0%     0.0%     4.5%     8.6%     n/a     n/a     5.0%     8.8%     8.7%  


Annual incentive plan

How does the annual incentive plan work?    The annual incentive plan is designed to incentivise year on year delivery of short term performance goals that are determined by pre-set stretching targets and measures agreed by the remuneration committee with reference to the annual operating plan. The remuneration committee determines the level of performance achieved based on Diageo's overall financial performance after the end of the financial year. Since 1 July 2012 the annual incentive plan has been subject to a clawback arrangement for executive directors. Under this arrangement, the remuneration committee has discretion to clawback a bonus if exceptional circumstances, such as gross misconduct or gross negligence, are discovered to have occurred during the performance period that applied to the bonus award.

        The targets for the year ended 30 June 2013 were a combination of measures including net sales, profit before exceptional items and taxation and free cash flow. As discussed earlier in the report, these measures focus on key drivers of Diageo's growth strategy while supporting sustainability and the underlying financial health of the company. The executive directors were also measured against a number of individual business objectives (IBOs) considered to be key imperatives supporting the delivery of the business plan and that were relevant to their specific area of accountability.

How did the company perform against annual incentive plan targets in the year ended 30 June 2013?    In the year under review, the company has delivered organic top line growth of 5%, and organic operating profit growth of 8% as a result of 80 basis points of operating margin improvement. The weaker economic environment in some markets adversely impacted net sales and operating profit compared to plan targets. Average cash was very strong and free cash flow was in line with expectations. The company's performance resulted in a below target outcome against stretching targets under the net sales and profit measure used in the annual incentive plan and an above target outcome in respect of the cash flow measures used in the annual incentive plan. The remuneration committee assessed the performance of Paul Walsh, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan against their specific IBOs and concluded that the objectives were broadly met and in some cases exceeded. The overall level of performance achieved resulted in an annual incentive plan award equating to 101% of base salary for Paul Walsh, 91% of base salary for Ivan Menezes and 96% of base salary for Deirdre Mahlan. The following charts illustrate how the outcomes for the different bonus measures contribute to the overall bonus payout and compare this to the target and maximum potential outcome (based on an average of the IBOs for the executive directors). The actual awards received by the executive directors are shown in this report in the table 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2013'.

117


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


GRAPHIC

GRAPHIC

        The business results for the year ended 30 June 2013 are described in the 'Business review'.


Long term incentive plans (LTIPs)

How do the company's LTIPs work?    Long term incentives are a combination of share options under the SESOP and performance share awards under the PSP and are designed to incentivise executive directors and senior managers to strive for long term sustainable performance. These awards are made on an annual basis with the level of award considered each year in light of individual and business performance. Awards made under both sets of plans are subject to performance conditions normally measured over a three year period. The regular review of the performance measures and the vesting schedule used in each plan are designed to ensure that the LTIPs continue to support business objectives and are in line with current best practice. All of Diageo's share plans operate within the Association of British Insurers' dilution guidelines for share-based remuneration.

118


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Senior executive share option plan 2008 (SESOP 2008)

        Options granted under the SESOP 2008 are subject to a performance condition based on compound annual growth in adjusted eps over a three year period, with growth targets set by the company's remuneration committee for each grant. For the purpose of the SESOP, an adjusted measure of eps is used to ensure that items such as exceptional items and the impact of movements in exchange rates are excluded from year on year comparisons of performance. Options will only vest when stretching adjusted eps targets are achieved. Vesting is on a pro rata basis currently ranging from a threshold level of 25% to a maximum level of 100%. The remuneration committee reviewed the targets for the SESOP awards to be made in 2013 and decided to moderate the performance schedule to align with the company's objectives over the next three years in light of the challenging business environment.

What are the targets, award levels and vesting profile for SESOP awards?    The adjusted eps growth targets for the current outstanding awards are set out below:

Performance period   Award 2013
1 Jul 2013 –
30 Jun 2016
  Award 2012
1 Jul 2012 –
30 Jun 2015
  Award 2011
1 Jul 2011 –
30 Jun 2014
  Award 2010
1 Jul 2010 –
30 Jun 2013
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Compound annual growth

                         

Threshold

    7     8     6     3  

Max

    11     12     10     7  

Equivalent total over three years

                         

Threshold

    23     26     19     9  

Max

    37     40     33     23  

Percentage of award vesting

                         

Threshold

    25     25     25     25  

Max

    100     100     100     100  

Compound annual growth rate to date

          11.7%     11.9%     12.2%  

On the basis of this performance, the 2010 award, which is due to vest in September 2013, has met the performance condition and consequently, the shares under award will vest at 100% of the initial award. The committee has assessed the underlying performance of the business at the end of the performance period and is satisfied that this level of vesting is warranted.


2013 award

For the 2013 award, 62.5% of the award (the vesting midpoint) will vest for achieving compound annual growth of 9% in adjusted eps, representing almost 30% growth over the three year period.

        The maximum annual grant under the plan is 375% of base salary. However, the remuneration committee has the discretion to grant awards in excess of the maximum limit in exceptional circumstances. It is intended that awards equivalent to 375% of base salary will be made to Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan in September 2013. As he has stepped down from the role of Chief Executive, Paul Walsh will not receive an award under the SESOP in 2013. The remuneration committee also has discretion to extend the option exercise period from 12 to 18 months for share options awarded to qualifying leavers. The remuneration committee did not exercise this discretion during the year ended 30 June 2013.

119


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Performance share plan (PSP 2008)

        Under this plan, participants are granted a discretionary, conditional right to receive shares. All conditional rights awarded vest after a three year period subject to the achievement of specified performance tests. Notional dividends accrue on awards and are paid out either in cash or shares in accordance with the vesting schedule.


What performance measures are used in the PSP?

For outstanding awards made up to and including September 2010

        The primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's three year TSR – the percentage growth in Diageo's share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested) – with the TSR of a peer group of international drinks and consumer goods companies. TSR calculations are converted to a common currency (US dollars). The second performance test requires that there has been an underlying improvement in Diageo's three year financial performance, typically measured by an adjusted eps measure, for the remuneration committee to recommend the release of awards.

For awards made from September 2011 onwards

        The primary performance test is split equally between three performance measures:

        For any of the award apportioned to the TSR condition to be released, there must be an improvement in the underlying performance of the company. In addition, the remuneration committee requires a minimum level of performance in both organic net sales and organic operating margin before any of the award apportioned to these measures can be released.


What are the targets, award levels and vesting profile for PSP awards?

The targets and vesting profile are shown in the following tables:

 
  Total shareholder return   Organic
net sales
(CAGR)
  Organic
operating
margin
improvement
  Vesting
profile
 

2012 award

                       

– Threshold

  Median ranking (ninth)     5.0%     100bpts     25%  

– Mid-point

      6.5%     150bpts     62.5%  

– Maximum

  Upper quintile (third or above)     8.0%     175bpts     100%  

2013 award

                       

– Threshold

  Median ranking (ninth)     5.0%     75bpts     25%  

– Mid-point

      6.5%     100bpts     62.5%  

– Maximum

  Upper quintile (third or above)     8.0%     125bpts     100%  

120


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

There is straight line vesting between 25% and 100% for both the net sales measure and the operating margin measure. The full vesting profile for TSR is shown below:

TSR ranking
  From 2011
awards
% vesting
 

1st

    100%  

2nd

    100%  

3rd

    100%  

4th

    95%  

5th

    75%  

6th

    65%  

7th

    55%  

8th

    45%  

9th

    25%  

10th or below

    0%  


TSR peer group

There are 16 other companies in the peer group for awards made from 2011 onwards:

AB InBev   Kraft Foods/Mondelez International (from Oct 2012)
Brown-Forman   Nestlé
Carlsberg   PepsiCo
Coca-Cola   Pernod Ricard
Colgate-Palmolive   Procter & Gamble
Groupe Danone   Reckitt Benckiser
Heineken   SABMiller
HJ Heinz   Unilever

The maximum annual award under the plan is 375% of salary. However, the remuneration committee has discretion to grant awards in excess of this maximum in exceptional circumstances. It is intended that awards equivalent to 375% of base salary will be made to the chief executive, and an award equivalent to 300% of base salary will be made to the chief financial officer in September 2013. As he has stepped down from the role of Chief Executive, Paul Walsh will not receive an award under the PSP in 2013.

How does the remuneration committee use discretion to ensure a fair outcome?    The remuneration committee will review the vesting outcome of an LTIP award to ensure that it fairly reflects the company's actual underlying performance and may adjust vesting levels if it considers it appropriate. Additionally, for awards made from September 2012 onwards, the plan rules for both SESOP and PSP provide the remuneration committee with the discretion to apply a clawback condition in order to reduce the number of shares under award in the event of a material performance failure (for example a material restatement to the accounts).

What happens in the event of a change of control?    In the event of a change of control and at the remuneration committee's discretion, outstanding PSP awards would be released and outstanding share options would become exercisable based on the extent to which the relevant performance conditions had been met and, if the remuneration committee determines, the time elapsed since the initial award or grant, respectively.

121


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

All employee share plans

        Paul Walsh and Deirdre Mahlan are eligible to participate in the United Kingdom HM Revenue & Customs approved share incentive and sharesave plans that Diageo operates on the same terms as for all eligible employees. Ivan Menezes participates in the US employee stock purchase plan which provides a long term savings and investment opportunity for all US employees.

What is the shareholding requirement for the executive directors?    Senior executives are currently required to build up significant holdings of shares in Diageo from their own resources over a defined period of time. Full participation in the share option and share award plans is conditional upon meeting this requirement. This policy reflects Diageo's belief that its most senior leaders should also be shareholders. The holding requirement and the status of that requirement as at 30 June 2013 is shown in the following table. Under the company's shareholding requirement policy, executive directors have five years from their appointment to the board in which to build up their shareholding to meet and maintain the new requirement.

 
  Paul Walsh   Ivan Menezes   Deirdre Mahlan  

Value of shareholdings (£000)

    14,230     9,330     2,461  

Minimum shareholding requirement as % of salary

    300%     300%     250%  

Actual shareholding as % of salary

    1,157%     1,046%     370%  

This information is based on the share interests disclosed in the table 'Share and other interests' in this report, base salary earned in the year ended 30 June 2013, and an average share price for the same period of 1849 pence.

What pension provision is made for executive directors?    Paul Walsh was a member of the UK Scheme (the 'Scheme') until 31 March 2011, at which point he stopped accruing pension rights. From 1 May 2011, Paul Walsh began to receive his pension benefits under the company's policy of 'flexible pension access'. The rules of the Scheme at the time that Paul Walsh began to receive his benefits required pensions in payment to be increased each year in line with increases in the RPI, subject to a maximum of 5% per year and a minimum of 3% per year.

        In the event of death in service, a lump sum of four times pensionable pay plus a spouse's pension of two-thirds of the member's pension before commutation would be payable. Upon death after leaving the company, a spouse's pension of two-thirds of the member's pension before commutation is payable.

        Ivan Menezes – Since 1 July 2012 Ivan Menezes has been a member of the Diageo North America Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with an accrual rate of 40% of base salary. The SERP is an unfunded, non-qualified supplemental retirement programme. Under the plan, accrued company contributions are subject to quarterly interest credits based on the interest rate set out in the US internal revenue code. Under the rules of the SERP, Ivan Menezes can withdraw the balance of the plan in the form of five equal annual instalments or a lump sum upon reaching age 55 and having left service with Diageo (within six months of separation from service). Upon death in service, a life insurance benefit of $3 million is payable. Ivan Menezes was also a member of the UK Scheme between 1 February 1997 and 30 November 1999. Under the Rules of the UK Scheme this benefit is payable unreduced from age 60.

        Deirdre Mahlan – Until 30 June 2012 Deirdre Mahlan had not been a member of any Diageo group company pension scheme since her appointment to the board and had received a cash supplement in lieu of pension provision equivalent to 40% of base salary. With effect from 1 July 2012

122


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

the company contribution was reduced to 35% of base salary and the benefit is delivered in the form of a contribution into the SERP. Under the plan, accrued company contributions are subject to quarterly interest credits based on the interest rate set out in the US internal revenue code. Under the rules of the SERP, Deirdre Mahlan can withdraw the balance of the plan in the form of five equal annual instalments or a lump sum upon reaching age 55 and having left service with Diageo (within six months of separation from service). Upon death in service, a lump sum of four times base salary is payable.

What are the service contracts and terms of employment for the executive directors?    The executive directors have rolling service contracts which provide for six months' notice by the director or 12 months' notice by the company and contain non-compete obligations. In the event of early termination by the company without cause, the agreements provide for a termination payment to be paid (in respect of that part of the notice period not provided to the director by the company) to Paul Walsh equivalent to 12 months' base salary for the notice period and an equal amount in respect of all benefits, and to Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan equivalent to 12 months' base salary for the notice period and the cost to the company of providing contractual benefits (excluding incentive plans). The service contracts also entitle the executive directors to compensation if they are terminated following a takeover or other change of control of Diageo plc. Any such payments would be subject to tax and other statutory deductions. The remuneration committee may exercise its discretion to require half of the termination payment to be paid in monthly instalments and, upon the executive commencing new employment, to be subject to mitigation. If the board determines that the executive has failed to perform his or her duties competently, the remuneration committee may exercise its discretion to reduce the termination payment on the grounds of poor performance.

Executive Directors
  Date of service  

Ivan Menezes

    7 May 2013  

Deirdre Mahlan

    1 July 2010  

Paul Walsh

    1 November 2005  

What happens to share awards when executive directors leave?    On cessation of employment, outstanding awards under share incentive arrangements will be treated in accordance with the relevant plan rules approved by shareholders in 2008.

What external appointments are held by the executive directors?    Executive directors may accept external appointments as non-executive directors of other companies and retain any related fees paid to them, subject to the specific approval of the board in each case.

        Paul Walsh – During the year ended 30 June 2013, Paul Walsh served as a Non-Executive Director of Unilever NV and PLC, FedEx Corp and Avanti. He retained the fees paid to him for his services. At the government's request, he also served as lead Non-Executive Director and deputy chair on the board of the Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC). Paul Walsh has committed to

123


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

donating all fees that he receives for this directorship to a charitable educational trust. The total amounts of such fees paid in the year ended 30 June 2013 are set out in the table below.

 
  Paul Walsh  
 
  £000
 

Unilever(a)

    109  

FedEx Corp(a)

    62  

DECC

    10  

Avanti

    35  
       

    216  
       

Notes

(a)
Fees paid in currencies other than sterling are converted using average exchange rates for the year ended 30 June 2013.

In line with the FedEx Corp policy for outside directors, Paul Walsh is eligible to be granted share options. During the year ended 30 June 2013, he was granted 4,720 options at an option price of $84.71. He exercised 7,000 FedEx options, during the year, which were granted at an option price of $64.38 and sold at an average price of $97.70.

        Ivan Menezes – During the year ended 30 June 2013, Ivan Menezes served as a Non-Executive Director of Coach Inc and earned fees of £61,000. In line with the Coach Inc policy for outside directors, Ivan Menezes is eligible to be granted share options and restricted share units (RSUs). During the year ended 30 June 2013, he was granted 4,419 options at an option price of $56.95 and 1,317 RSUs at a fair market value of $56.95. He exercised 10,000 Coach options during the year, which were granted at an option price of $19.35 and sold at an average price of $57.33. 1,163 RSUs vested in the same time period with a fair market value of $56.97 at vesting date.

        Deirdre Mahlan – During the year ended 30 June 2013, Deirdre Mahlan served as a Non-Executive Director of Experian plc and earned fees of £91,000.


Chief executive arrangements

Appointment of new chief executive    Ivan Menezes' remuneration arrangements are in line with Diageo's remuneration policy for executive directors.

        His base salary is $1,520,000 (£1,000,000) with effect from 1 July 2013 and has been positioned below median to reflect the fact that he is new to the role. No other changes are proposed to Ivan Menezes' current remuneration arrangements (set out below).

124


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards that were granted to him prior to joining the board under below board plans, two-thirds of which are subject to performance conditions. These vest over varying periods up to 2019 subject to continued employment.


Termination arrangements for outgoing chief executive

Paul Walsh will step down from the role of Chief Executive from 1 July 2013. He will remain employed until 30 June 2014 supporting the new chief executive and the board to ensure an efficient and comprehensive transition. The following section provides further information relating to decisions that the committee has taken around his remuneration arrangements:

        During the period from 1 July 2013 to 30 June 2014, Paul Walsh will receive his current base pay and benefits. There will be no increase in October 2013 when salaries are normally reviewed. During the first six months of transition up to 31 December 2013, he will be eligible to be considered for an annual bonus entitlement of 100% of (pro-rated) base salary at target (200% at maximum). From 1 January 2014 until 30 June 2014, any bonus earned will be capped at target. Paul Walsh will not receive any lump sum compensation payment in connection with the termination of his employment.

        Paul Walsh began to receive his pension benefits under the company's policy of flexible pension access from 1 May 2011. There has been no further accrual of pension and no enhancement of his pension benefits. Upon retirement, Paul Walsh will be provided with private medical insurance for his spouse and himself until he attains age 70. The cost of this provision has been assessed based on an external quote and will be paid by Paul Walsh personally.

        Paul Walsh holds outstanding awards under both the PSP and the SESOP. He will not receive any further PSP or SESOP awards, including the awards he would ordinarily have received in September 2013. The following section outlines how these awards will be treated.

        Given his unique experience, it has been agreed that Paul Walsh will be retained in a role with the Scotch whisky industry on behalf of Diageo, for a period of up to five years. He will receive a starting fee of £80,000 per annum from 1 July 2014. It is anticipated that any subsequent increase would be in line with the progression of non-executive director fees.

        Full details of any amounts paid to Paul Walsh will be disclosed in the 2014 directors' remuneration report.

125


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Chairman of the board and non-executive directors

What is the policy on chairman of the board and non-executive directors' fees?

What terms and conditions apply to the chairman of the board?    The Chairman of the Board, Dr Franz B Humer, commenced his appointment on 1 July 2008. Dr Humer had a letter of appointment for an initial five year term from 1 July 2008 which has been extended to 30 June 2016. It is terminable on six months' notice by either party or, if terminated by the company, by payment of six months' fees in lieu of notice.

        The chairman's fee is normally reviewed every two years. As recommended by the UK Corporate Governance Code, any changes to this fee have to be approved by the remuneration committee. The chairman waived the right to a fee review in December 2012 and the next review is anticipated to take place in December 2014 with any changes taking effect on 1 January 2015. Fees are reviewed in the light of market practice in large companies in the United Kingdom and anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities. In line with Diageo's policy, a proportion of the chairman's annual fee is used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which have to be retained until the chairman retires from the company or ceases to be a director for any other reason. The chairman's current fee is shown in the following summary table.

What terms and conditions apply to the non-executive directors?    All non-executive directors have letters of appointment. A summary of their terms and conditions of appointment is available at www.diageo.com.

        The last scheduled review of fees for non-executive directors was undertaken in December 2011. At this time, fees were benchmarked against market practice in large companies in the United Kingdom and reviewed in light of anticipated workload, tasks and potential liabilities. As a result of this review, the base fee paid to non-executive directors was increased by £2,000 from £78,000 to £80,000 per annum and the fee for the chairman of the remuneration committee was increased by £5,000 from £15,000 to £20,000 per annum to reflect market practice in comparable companies. It was decided after this last review that fees for non-executive directors would be reviewed every two years going forward (previously, annually). Therefore, the next review of the non-executive director fees is anticipated to take place in December 2013 with any changes expected to take effect on 1 January 2014. A full summary of the current non-executive directors' fees is shown in the following summary table.

126


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Chairman of the board and non-executive directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2013

Per annum fees effective from
  January 2013   January 2012  
 
  £
  £
 

Chairman of the board

    500,000     500,000  

Non-executive directors

             

Base fee

    80,000     80,000  

Senior non-executive director

    20,000     20,000  

Chairman of the audit committee

    25,000     25,000  

Chairman of the remuneration committee

    20,000     20,000  

        The emoluments received by the chairman of the board and the non-executive directors in the year ended 30 June 2013 are shown in the table 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2013'.

127


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2013

 
  2013   2012  
Emoluments
  Base
salary
  Annual
incentive
plan
  Share
incentive
plan
  Cash in
lieu of
pension
  Other
benefits(b)
  Total   Total  
 
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

Chairman – fees

                                           

Dr Franz B Humer(a)

    500                 5     505     507  

Executive Directors

                                           

Deirdre Mahlan

    666     652     3         31     1,352     1,799  

Ivan Menezes

    892     838             51     1,781      

Paul Walsh

    1,230     1,245     3         43     2,521     3,099  
                               

Sub total

    2,788     2,735     6         125     5,654     4,898  
                               

Non-Executive Directors – fees

                                           

Peggy Bruzelius

    80                 1     81     80  

Laurence Danon

    80                 1     81     80  

Lord Davies

    120                 1     121     106  

Betsy Holden

    80                 1     81     80  

Ho KwonPing

    60                 1     61      

Philip Scott

    105                 1     106     105  

Todd Stitzer

    80                 1     81     80  

Former Non-Executive Directors – fees

                                           

Lord Hollick (retired 19 October 2011)

                            33  

Paul Walker (retired 19 October 2011)

                            23  
                               

Sub total

    605                 7     612     587  
                               

Total

    3,893     2,735     6         137     6,771     5,992  
                               

Notes

(a)
£200,000 of Dr Franz B Humer's remuneration in the year ended 30 June 2013 was used for the monthly purchase of Diageo ordinary shares, which must be retained until he retires from the company or ceases to be a director for any other reason.

(b)
Other benefits may include company car and driver, product allowance, financial counselling and medical insurance.

128


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Long term incentive plans

Payments and gains

In the year ended 30 June 2013, the executive directors received payments and made gains under long term incentive plans as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Executive
share option
exercises
  PSP award   Total   Total  
 
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

Executive Directors

                         

Deirdre Mahlan(a)

    408     1,056     1,464     126  

Ivan Menezes(a)

    2,931     2,615     5,546      

Paul Walsh

    10,197     5,954     16,151     3,208  
                   

Total

    13,536     9,625     23,161     3,334  
                   

Note

(a)
The awards were made in the form of American Depository Shares (ADS) and the gain value was converted from US dollars into sterling using the exchange rate as at 30 June 2013.


Directors' share options over ordinary shares

The following table shows the number of options held under all executive share option plans and savings-related schemes for the directors who held office during the year.

 
   
  30 June
2012
  Granted   Exercised   Lapsed   30 June
2013
  Option
price
in
pence
  Market
price at
date of
exercise
in pence
  Date from
which first
exercisable
  Expiry date  

Deirdre Mahlan

  DSOP 1999(a),(b)     1,576           (1,576 )             815     1798     20 Sep 2008     20 Sep 2015  

  DSOP 1999(a),(b)     45,352           (45,352 )             930     1798     19 Sep 2009     19 Sep 2016  

  DSOP 1999(a),(b)     37,560           (13,560 )         24,000     1051     1798     18 Sep 2010     18 Sep 2017  

  DSOP 1999(a),(b)     52,588                       52,588     1035           16 Sep 2011     16 Sep 2018  

  SESOP 2008(b),(c)     83,160                       83,160     952           17 Sep 2012     17 Sep 2019  

  SESOP 2008(c)     199,652                       199,652     1080           20 Sep 2013     20 Sep 2020  

  SESOP 2008     190,239                       190,239     1232           22 Sep 2014     22 Sep 2021  

  SAYE(d)     937                       937     960           1 Dec 2014     31 May 2015  

  SESOP 2008           146,299                 146,299     1743           1 Oct 2015     1 Oct 2022  
                                                   

        611,064     146,299     (60,488 )         696,875                          
                                                   

Ivan Menezes

  DSOP 1999(a),(b)     163,252           (163,252 )             1051     1797     18 Sep 2010     18 Sep 2017  

  SESOP 2008(a),(b)     231,664           (231,664 )             952     1998     17 Sep 2012     17 Sep 2019  

  SESOP 2008(a),(b),(c)     222,048                       222,048     1080           20 Sep 2013     20 Sep 2020  

  SESOP 2008(a),(b)     206,124                       206,124     1232           22 Sep 2014     22 Sep 2021  

  Sharevalue(e)           832                 832     1777           31 Dec 2013     31 Dec 2013  

  SESOP 2008(b)           186,300                 186,300     1743           1 Oct 2015     1 Oct 2022  
                                                   

        823,088     187,132     (394,916 )         615,304                          
                                                   

129


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

 
   
  30 June
2012
  Granted   Exercised   Lapsed   30 June
2013
  Option
price
in
pence
  Market
price at
date of
exercise
in pence
  Date from
which first
exercisable
  Expiry date  

Paul Walsh

  SESOP 1999     423,387           (423,387 )             930     1975     19 Sep 2009     19 Sep 2016  

  SESOP 1999     392,483           (392,483 )             1051     2000     18 Sep 2010     18 Sep 2017  

  SESOP 2008     186,445           (186,445 )             877     1975     27 Oct 2011     27 Oct 2018  

  SESOP 2008     454,963                       454,963     952           17 Sep 2012     17 Sep 2019  

  SESOP 2008(c)     409,062                       409,062     1080           20 Sep 2013     20 Sep 2020  

  SAYE(d)     1,617                       1,617     941           1 Dec 2015     31 May 2016  

  SESOP 2008     374,695                       374,695     1232           22 Sep 2014     22 Sep 2021  

  SESOP 2008           264,845                 264,845     1743           1 Oct 2015     1 Oct 2022  
                                                   

        2,242,652     264,845     (1,002,315 )         1,505,182                          
                                                   

Notes

(a)
Options granted prior to the executive's appointment to the board.

(b)
US options were granted over ADSs at dollar prices (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the option holdings and prices in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents in pence. The option price is the historic ordinary share option price at date of grant.

(c)
The performance condition in respect of this SESOP grant was measured after 30 June 2013. The compound annual growth in Diageo's adjusted eps over the three years ended 30 June 2013 exceeded the performance condition and 100% of these options will become exercisable in September 2013.

(d)
Options granted under the UK savings-related share option scheme.

(e)
Options granted under the US savings-related share option scheme.

A summary of the performance criteria in relation to the SESOP 2008 is provided in the 'Summary of current remuneration policy for executive directors' earlier in this report.

The mid-market price for ordinary shares at 30 June 2013 was 1880 pence (2012 – 1641 pence; 15 July 2013 – 2016 pence). The highest mid-market price during the year was 2085 pence and the lowest mid-market price was 1649 pence.

130


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)


Directors' interests in PSP awards.

The following table shows the directors' interests in the PSP. Details of executive share options are shown separately above.

 
   
   
   
  Awards
made
during
year
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Interests at
30 June
2012
  Awards released
during year
   
   
 
 
   
   
  Market
price at
date of
vesting in
pence(c)
   
 
 
  Performance
period
  Date of award   Target
award(a)
  Target
award(a)
  Number
of shares
vested(b)
  Number
of shares
lapsed(b)
  Interests at
30 June
2013(d)
 

Deirdre Mahlan

    2009 – 2012   17 Sep 09(e),(g)     81,380           (52,896 )   (28,484 )   1747      

    2010 – 2013   20 Sep 10     167,964                             167,964  

    2011 – 2014   22 Sep 11     159,574                             159,574  

    2012 – 2015   1 Oct 12(f)           134,653                       134,653  
                                       

              408,918     134,653     (52,896 )   (28,484 )         462,191  
                                       

Ivan Menezes(h)

    2009 – 2012   17 Sep 09(e),(g)     201,512           (130,980 )   (70,532 )   1747      

    2010 – 2013   20 Sep 10     185,400                             185,400  

    2011 – 2014   22 Sep 11     168,884                             168,884  

    2012 – 2015   1 Oct 12(f)           219,708                       219,708  
                                       

              555,796     219,708     (130,980 )   (70,532 )         573,992  
                                       

Paul Walsh

    2009 – 2012   17 Sep 09(e)     486,111           (315,972 )   (170,139 )   1747      

    2010 – 2013   20 Sep 10     430,172                             430,172  

    2011 – 2014   22 Sep 11     392,872                             392,872  

    2012 – 2015   1 Oct 12(f)           304,702                       304,702  
                                       

              1,309,155     304,702     (315,972 )   (170,139 )         1,127,746  
                                       

Notes

(a)
This is the number of shares initially awarded. In accordance with the plan rules, the number of shares awarded is determined based on the average of the daily closing price for the last six months of the preceding financial year. Of this number of shares initially awarded, threshold vesting will release 25% of the initial award and maximum vesting will release 100% of the initial award. The performance conditions and vesting profile that determines the proportion of shares that is eventually released is described in the 'Summary of current remuneration policy for executive directors' earlier in this report.

(b)
The three year performance period for the September 2009 PSP award ended on 30 June 2012. The number of shares released in October 2012 was 65% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position five in the peer group at the end of the performance period. Kepler Associates independently verified the TSR increase and ranking. Notional dividends accrue on awards; for the 2009 award these were paid out in shares with a gross value of £433,000 for Paul Walsh and £75,000 for Deirdre Mahlan.

(c)
The price on 26 September 2012, the release date. The market price was 975 pence when the award was made on 17 September 2009.

(d)
The directors' interests at 15 July 2013 were the same as at 30 June 2013.

(e)
The three year performance period for the September 2010 PSP award ended on 30 June 2013. The number of shares that will be released in September 2013 is 95% of the initial award. This was based on a relative TSR ranking of position three in the peer group at the end of the performance period. Kepler Associates independently verified the TSR increase and ranking. In addition to the release of the initial award, notional dividends that have accrued on the award to the extent that it has vested will be settled in the form of shares. The gross value of the accrued notional dividends is equivalent to £596,000 for Paul Walsh, £256,000 for Ivan Menezes and £232,000 for

131


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

(f)
The market price on 1 October 2012 was 1772 pence.

(g)
US share awards were granted in ADS (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share holdings in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.

(h)
Ivan Menezes retains interests in awards that were granted to him prior to joining the board under below board plans (Discretionary Incentive Plan), totalling 188,172 ADS (752,688 ordinary shares equivalent). Two-thirds of these awards are subject to performance conditions and will be released, subject to achievement of the performance conditions and continued employment, in phased tranches between September 2014 and March 2019. Details of this plan can be found in note 29 of the consolidated financial statements.


Executive directors' pension benefits

Paul Walsh started receiving his pension from the Scheme on 1 May 2011 and therefore has not earned any more pension benefits over the year ending 30 June 2013. The only reason for his pension changing is the guaranteed standard pension increase awarded on 1 April 2013. He has not received any discretionary pension increases since he started receiving his pension. The transfer values of the accrued pensions calculated at 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2013 are also shown below. The accrued pension figures at 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2013 for Ivan Menezes represent the annual UK pension to which he would be entitled at Normal Retirement Age. The transfer values are broadly the cost to Diageo if it had to provide the equivalent pension benefit. The transfer values shown in the table have been calculated as set by the Trustees of the Scheme.

 
  Age at
30 June
2013
  Pensionable
service at
30 June
2013(a)
  Accrued
pension at
30 June
2012
  Additional
pension
accrued
in the
year(b)(c)
  Accrued
pension at
30 June
2013
  Transfer
value at
30 June
2012
  Change in
transfer
value
during the
year(d)(e)(f)
  Transfer
value at
30 June
2013
 
 
  Years
  Years
  £000 pa
  £000 pa
  £000 pa
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

Paul Walsh

    58     29     578     19     597     19,179     (693 )   18,486  

Ivan Menezes

    53     3     65     1     66     1,372     111     1,483  

Notes

(a)
The pensions for Paul Walsh and Ivan Menezes are provided from the Diageo Pension Scheme (DPS).

(b)
Paul Walsh's pension is higher at 30 June 2013 than at 30 June 2012 by £19,000 due to receiving a standard pension increase as at 1 April 2013. The pension increase was 3.3% which was in line with the guaranteed pension increase as outlined in the Scheme Rules and which was awarded to all other pensioner members of that section of the Scheme. No discretionary pension increase was awarded to Paul Walsh.

(c)
Ivan Menezes' pension is higher at 30 June 2013 than at 30 June 2012 by £1,000 due to deferred revaluations.

(d)
Paul Walsh's transfer value is lower at 30 June 2013 than at 30 June 2012 by £693,000 for the following reasons:

£647,000 less due to allowing for market conditions changing between June 2012 and June 2013.

132


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

(e)
Ivan Menezes' transfer value is higher at 30 June 2013 than at 30 June 2012 by £111,000 for the following reasons:

£76,000 more due to allowing for known deferred revaluations and the expected interest in excess of the deferred revaluations.

£37,000 more due to allowing for market conditions changing between June 2012 and June 2013.

£2,000 less due to changes made by the Trustees of the Scheme to the way transfer values are calculated.

(f)
During the year, Paul Walsh and Ivan Menezes made pension contributions of £nil (2012 – £nil).

        Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan are both accruing pension benefits in the US. The pension benefits being accrued are of a similar design to a UK defined contribution plan, but with a pre-determined investment return. The balance of the plan can be withdrawn in the form of five equal annual instalments or a lump sum upon reaching age 55 and having left service with Diageo (within six months of separation from service).

        The transfer values of the accrued benefits calculated at 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2013 are shown, and are equal to the accrued benefits at the respective dates. The transfer value as at 30 June 2013 has changed for the reasons set out in note (b) for Ivan Menezes and (c) for Deirdre Mahlan below.

 
  Age at
30 June
2013
  Pensionable
service at
30 June
2013(a)
  Accrued
benefit at
30 June
2012
  Additional
benefit
accrued
in the
year(b)(c)
  Accrued
benefit at
30 June
2013
  Transfer
value at
30 June
2012
  Change in
transfer
value
during the
year(b)(c)(d)
  Transfer
value at
30 June
2013
 
 
  Years
  Years
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
  £000
 

Ivan Menezes

    53     16     2,744     562     3,306     2,744     562     3,306  

Deirdre Mahlan

    51     1     420     268     688     420     268     688  

Notes

(a)
Deirdre Mahlan joined the non-qualified SERP plan with effect from 1 July 2012 and has accrued one year of service to 30 June 2013. The benefit of £420,000 shown at 30 June 2012 was in respect of benefits Deirdre Mahlan earned in the qualified Cash Balance plan and the non-qualified BSP plan up until 30 June 2010 when she opted out of these plans. During the year ended 30 June 2013, Ivan Menezes accrued one year of additional service in the non-qualified SERP plan, and an additional two months of service in the qualified Cash Balance plan and the non-qualified BSP plan.

(b)
Ivan Menezes' accrued benefit (and hence transfer value) is higher at 30 June 2013 than at 30 June 2012 by £562,000 for the following reasons:

£371,000 more due to allowing for additional pensionable service over the year.

133


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

(c)
Deirdre Mahlan's accrued benefit (and hence transfer value) is higher at 30 June 2013 than at 30 June 2012 by £268,000 for the following reasons:

£231,000 more due to allowing for additional pensionable service over the year.

£15,000 more due to allowing for the increase due to interest earned on the accrued balance over the year.

£22,000 more due to allowing for the movement in exchange rates over the year.

(d)
During the year, Deirdre Mahlan and Ivan Menezes made pension contributions of £nil (2012 – £nil).

        There are no pension provisions for non-executive directors.


Share and other interests

The beneficial interests of the directors in office at 30 June 2013 in the ordinary shares of the company are shown in the table below.

 
  Ordinary shares  
 
  15 July
2013
  30 June
2013
  30 June 2012
or appointment
 

Chairman

                   

Dr Franz B Humer

    47,295     46,883     40,533  

Executive Directors

                   

Deirdre Mahlan(a),(b)

    133,118     133,109     95,275  

Ivan Menezes(a),(b)

    504,605     504,605     439,246  

Paul Walsh(a)

    769,660     769,651     651,579  

Non-Executive directors

                   

Peggy Bruzelius

    5,000     5,000     5,000  

Laurence Danon

    5,000     5,000     5,000  

Lord Davies

    5,052     5,052     5,052  

Betsy Holden(b)

    17,400     17,400     17,400  

Ho KwonPing

    4,000     4,000      

Philip Scott

    10,000     10,000     10,000  

Todd Stitzer

    8,319     8,319     8,319  
               

    1,509,449     1,509,019     1,277,404  
               

Notes

(a)
At 30 June 2013, there were 4,685,321 shares (30 June 2012 – 7,231,200; 15 July 2013 – 4,598,439) held by trusts to satisfy grants made under Diageo incentive plans and savings-related share option schemes. Paul Walsh, Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan are among the potential beneficiaries of these trusts and are deemed to have an interest in all these shares.

134


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

(b)
Ivan Menezes, Deirdre Mahlan and Betsy Holden have share interests in ADS (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares); the share interests in the table are stated as ordinary share equivalents.


Additional information

Emoluments and share interests of senior management    The total emoluments for the year ended 30 June 2013 of the executive directors, the executive committee members and the company secretary (together, the senior management) of Diageo comprising base salary, annual incentive plan, share incentive plan, termination payments and other benefits were £16,311,231 (2012 – £17,918,855).

        The aggregate amount of gains made by the senior management from the exercise of share options and from the vesting of awards during the year was £56,715,400. In addition, they were granted 1,258,751 options under the SESOP during the year at a weighted average share price of 1744 pence, exercisable by 2022 and 20,254 options under the Diageo Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (DELTIP), which will vest in three years. They were also initially awarded 1,368,202 shares under the PSP in October 2012, which will vest in three years subject to the performance tests described above as well as 463 restricted stock units under the DELTIP, which will vest in three years.

Senior management options over ordinary shares    At 15 July 2013, the senior management had an aggregate beneficial interest in 2,173,299 ordinary shares in the company and in the following options over ordinary shares in the company:

 
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise price
in pence
  Option period  

Deirdre Mahlan

    696,875     1241     Sep 2010 – Sep 2022  

Ivan Menezes

    615,304     1333     Sep 2013 – Sep 2022  

Paul Walsh

    1,505,182     1196     Sep 2012 – Sep 2022  

Other*

    3,554,874     1267     Oct 2006 – Sep 2022  
                   

    6,372,235              
                   

*
Other members of the executive committee and the company secretary.

Key management personnel related party transactions    Key management personnel of the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, the members of the executive committee and the company secretary. As previously disclosed, Paul Walsh and Gareth Williams have informed the company that they have purchased seasonal developments at Gleneagles from a subsidiary of the company, Gleneagles Resort Developments Limited. The transactions were priced on the same basis as all the external seasonal development transactions and were at arm's length. The values of the transactions at the date of purchase were as follows: Paul Walsh – £43,000 and Gareth Williams – £19,400. Each director continued to hold these seasonal developments at 30 June 2013.

        Diageo plc has granted rolling indemnities to the directors and the company secretary, uncapped in amount, in relation to certain losses and liabilities which they may incur in the course of acting as directors or company secretary (as applicable) of Diageo plc or of one or more of its subsidiaries. These indemnities continue to be in place at 30 June 2013.

135


Table of Contents


Directors' remuneration report (continued)

        Other than disclosed in this report, no director had any interest, beneficial or non-beneficial, in the share capital of the company. Save as disclosed above, no director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature, or which is or was significant to the business of the group and which was effected by any member of the group during the financial year, or which having been effected during an earlier financial year, remains in any respect outstanding or unperformed. There have been no material transactions during the last three years to which any director or officer, or 3% or greater shareholder, or any spouse or dependent thereof, was a party. There is no significant outstanding indebtedness to the company from any directors or officer or 3% or greater shareholder.

Statutory and audit requirements    This report was approved by a duly authorised committee of the board of directors, on 29 July 2013 and was signed on its behalf by Lord Davies of Abersoch who is Senior Non-Executive Director and Chairman of the remuneration committee. As required by the Companies Act 2006, a resolution to approve the directors' remuneration report will be proposed at the AGM and will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote.

        The board has followed and complied with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 with reference to Schedules 5 and 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 and section D of the UK Corporate Governance Code in preparing this report and in designing performance-related remuneration for senior executives.

        KPMG Audit Plc has audited the report to the extent required by the Regulations, being the sections headed 'Directors' remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2013', 'Long term incentive plans', 'Directors' share options over ordinary shares', 'Directors' interests in PSP and TSR plan awards', 'Executive directors' pension benefits'. In addition, the following sections form part of the audited financial statements: 'Share and other interests' and 'Key management personnel related party transactions'.

        Terms defined in this remuneration report are used solely herein.


Definitions

Adjusted eps – for the purpose of the SESOP, an underlying measure of eps is used, calculated as reported eps adjusted to exclude exceptional items and the impact of changes in exchange rates, to apply a tax rate before exceptional items for each year and to exclude the impacts of IAS 19, 21 and 39 from net finance charges.

Average cash – for the purpose of the AIP, average cash is a metric where free cash flow delivery in each month is weighted by time.

Organic net sales growth – for the purpose of the PSP, the growth in the group's sales net of excise duties calculated on a constant currency basis excluding the impact of acquisitions and disposals.

Organic operating margin improvement – for the purpose of the PSP, the movement in the group's organic operating margin. Organic operating margin is the ratio calculated by dividing organic operating profit by organic net sales expressed as a percentage. Organic operating profit is calculated on a constant currency basis excluding the impact of exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals.

TSR – for the purpose of the PSP, total shareholder return is the percentage growth in Diageo's share price assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested.

136


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report

Dear Shareholder

On behalf of the board, we are pleased to present the corporate governance report for the year ended 30 June 2013.

        The board of directors is responsible for both the stewardship and governance of your company. As part of this, it sets the company's strategic aims and values and oversees the executive management who carry out the operational running of the business. The board is also charged with reporting to shareholders on the company's performance and, in this area, we feel that we are already well placed to comply next year with the revised requirements of the UK Corporate Governance Code (as defined below) to make the annual report fair, balanced and understandable.

        We continue to believe that our board has the diversity and the mix of skills, experience, independence and knowledge of the company to enable it to discharge its responsibilities successfully.

        In presenting this report, we seek to explain how your company is directed and controlled, by describing the membership and work of the board and its committees, the approach to ensuring board members have an appropriate understanding of the business, and how the board considers its effectiveness. The report also explains the executive direction and control and our corporate governance structures and procedures.

        During the year, the company announced the succession of its chief executive, which was effective on 1 July 2013. Several other changes to the membership of the executive committee (as defined below) were made during the year, which were also effective on 1 July 2013 (as shown above in the biographies of directors and members of the executive committee). Changes have also been made to some of the ways of working of the executive committee and these are explained below, in this report.

        The principal corporate governance rules applying to UK companies listed on the London Stock Exchange (LSE) for the year ended 30 June 2013 are contained in The UK Corporate Governance Code as updated and published by the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) in May 2010 (the Code) and the UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) Listing Rules, which require companies listed on the Main Market of the LSE to describe, in their annual report, their corporate governance from two points of view: the first dealing generally with their application of the Code's main principles and the second dealing specifically with non-compliance with any of the Code's provisions. The two descriptions together are designed to give shareholders a picture of governance arrangements in relation to the Code as a criterion of good practice. Diageo has complied with all relevant provisions set out in the Code throughout the year. The Code is publicly available under the heading 'Corporate Governance' at the website of the FRC, www.frc.org.uk.

        Diageo must also comply with corporate governance rules contained in the FCA Disclosure and Transparency Rules as well as certain related provisions in the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).

        As well as being subject to UK legislation and practice, as a company listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), Diageo is subject to the listing requirements of the NYSE and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Compliance with the provisions of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (SOX), as it applies to foreign issuers, is continually monitored. While the directors believe that the group's corporate governance policies continue to be robust, changes have been and will continue to be made in light of the rules that are in place at any point in time. Diageo follows UK corporate governance practice; differences from the NYSE corporate governance standards are summarised below within this report and on the company's website at www.diageo.com.

        The way in which the Code's principles of good governance and relevant provisions of SOX and applicable laws and regulations are applied is described within this corporate governance report.

 
   
Dr Franz B Humer
Chairman
  PD Tunnacliffe
Company Secretary

137


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)


Board of directors

Membership of the board and board committees, other directorships and attendance at meetings    The chairmen, senior non-executive director and other members of the board, audit committee, nomination committee and remuneration committee are as set out above in the biographies of directors and members of the executive committee. The directors' biographies also show the significant other commitments of the chairman and other directors and whether there have been any changes to them during the year. Directors' attendance during the year at board meetings, meetings of the audit, nomination and remuneration committees and at the annual general meeting (AGM) was as set out in the table at the end of this report.

        The board considers that it is beneficial for the executive directors to hold an external directorship to broaden their experience and normally this would be limited to one company. The Chief Executive, Ivan Menezes, holds a US non-executive directorship in Coach, Inc. The Chief Financial Officer, Deirdre Mahlan holds a UK non-executive directorship in Experian plc. The former Chief Executive, Paul Walsh (who remains on the board until the AGM in September 2013), holds UK non-executive directorships in Unilever plc and Avanti Communications Group plc and a US non-executive directorship in FedEx Corporation.

        There is a clear separation of the roles of the chairman and the chief executive. The Chairman, Dr Franz B Humer, is responsible for the running of the board and for ensuring all directors are fully informed of matters sufficient to make informed judgements. As Chief Executive, Mr Menezes has responsibility for implementing the strategy agreed by the board and for managing the group. He is supported in this role by the executive committee.

        The non-executive directors, all of whom the board has determined are independent, are experienced and influential individuals from a range of industries, backgrounds and countries. Their diverse mix of skills and business experience is a major contribution to the proper functioning of the board and its committees, ensuring that matters are fully debated and that no individual or group dominates the board's decision-making processes.

        Through the nomination committee, the board ensures that plans are in place for the succession of the executive and non-executive directors.

        A summary of the terms and conditions of appointment of the non-executive directors is available at www.diageo.com or on request from the company secretary.

Activities and duties of the board    It is the responsibility of the chairman and the company secretary to work closely together in planning the annual programme and agendas for meetings. During the year, five scheduled board meetings were held, all in the United Kingdom. In addition, an annual strategy conference with the full executive committee was held offsite at which the group's strategy was reviewed in depth and two further board meetings were held, in relation to the acquisition of United Spirits Limited.

        Attendance at meetings has been at a high level. Nevertheless when directors were unable to attend a meeting, they received full information on the matters to be discussed and took advantage of the opportunity to make their views known to the chairman prior to the meeting. The board managed overall control of the company's affairs with reference to the formal schedule of matters reserved for the board for decision. The schedule was last revised in June 2012.

        The board makes decisions and reviews and approves key policies and decisions of the company, in particular in relation to: group strategy and operating plans; corporate governance; compliance with

138


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

laws, regulations and the company's code of business conduct; business development, including major investments and disposals; financing and treasury; appointment or removal of directors and the company secretary; risk management; financial reporting and audit; corporate reputation, sustainability and responsibility, ethics and the environment; and pensions.

        The Act sets out directors' general duties concerning conflicts of interest and related matters. The board has agreed an approach and adopted guidelines for dealing with conflicts of interest and responsibility for authorising conflicts of interest is included in the schedule of matters reserved for the board. The board confirmed that it was aware of no situations that may or did give rise to conflicts with the interests of the company other than those that may arise from directors' other appointments as disclosed in their biographies above. In accordance with the articles, the board authorised the chairman or the company secretary, as appropriate, to receive notifications of conflicts of interest on behalf of the board and to make recommendations as to whether the relevant matters should be authorised by the board. The company has complied with these procedures during the year.

        While all directors are equally accountable for the proper stewardship of the company's affairs, the non-executive directors have a particular responsibility for ensuring that the business strategies proposed are fully discussed and critically reviewed. This enables the directors to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its shareholders as a whole, while having regard to, among other matters, the interests of employees, the fostering of business relationships with customers, suppliers and others, and the impact of the company's operations on the communities and environment in which the business operates.

        The non-executive directors also oversee the operational performance of the whole group. To do this they have full and timely access to all relevant information, with updates also provided on governance and regulatory matters affecting the company. In addition, executive committee members and other senior executives are invited, as appropriate, to board and strategy meetings to make presentations on their areas of responsibility.

        In order to fulfil their duties, procedures are in place for directors to seek both independent advice and the advice and services of the company secretary who is responsible for advising the board, through the chairman, on all governance matters. The non-executive directors meet without the chairman present, and also meet with the chairman without management present, on a regular basis.

        The non-executive directors fulfil a key role in corporate accountability. The remits of the audit, the nomination and the remuneration committees of the board are set out below and membership of these committees is as set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this annual report. The company secretary acts as secretary to all of these committees. The terms of reference of the committees are available on the company's website at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

Induction, training and business engagement    There is a formal induction programme for new directors, which was followed during this year in respect of Ho KwonPing. He met with executive committee members and other senior executives individually and received orientation training from the relevant senior executive in relation to the group and its business. This included a visit to the Supply operations in Scotland, to the customer collaboration centre in the United Kingdom and meeting with local management in the Asia Pacific business. Following the initial induction for non-executive directors, appropriate business engagements continue to be arranged, with the chairman and non-executive directors also taking advantage of business visits overseas to meet with local management.

139


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        All directors were also provided with the opportunity, and encouraged, to attend regular training to ensure they were kept up to date on relevant legal developments or changes and best practice and changing commercial and other risks. Typical training experience for directors included attendance at seminars, forums, conferences and working groups and, during the year ended 30 June 2013, also included internally led risk-based training on digital marketing and social media. Training for directors is kept under review during the year and forms part of the chairman's individual meetings held with each director, with feedback sought from directors on areas and topics that they want to be covered.

Performance evaluation    During the year, an evaluation of the board's effectiveness, including the effectiveness of the audit committee, the nomination committee and the remuneration committee was undertaken internally by way of a written questionnaire followed by the chairman of the board meeting individually with all directors.

        The board questionnaire had a particular emphasis on how well the board measured against 'best practice' boardroom behaviour and enhancing the effectiveness and added value of the board. The evaluation of the performance of the board throughout the year concentrated on framing the future focus of the board, against a backdrop of how the board perceived it had performed; the boardroom dynamics; feedback received in prior evaluation; a breakdown of time allocation; and the company's strategy. The aim was to clearly identify areas to enable the board to positively affirm that it was playing an effective role in supporting the success of Diageo. The questionnaires for the committees focused on the performance of the respective committees throughout the year; whether the agendas appropriately covered the remits of the committees; how the performance of the respective committees could be enhanced; and areas of focus for the forthcoming year.

        A report was prepared for the board on its effectiveness and that of its committees. The report concluded that the board and its committees continued to operate effectively, meeting the requirements and spirit of the Code. Processes were seen to have improved to allow a focus and time spent on the most important matters for the company, including the development of strategy, and the climate in the boardroom continued to create the optimum conditions for good decision making and sound guidance. The importance of ensuring appropriate succession to the board to maintain boardroom dynamics and the appropriate balance of skills, knowledge, diversity and experience had resulted in the appointment, with effect from 1 October 2012, of Ho KwonPing. Recognising the changes in the composition of top management of the group and the further development of the company's strategy and activity on the acquisition agenda, the board decided that of key importance would be: the monitoring of progress of the transition of the management changes; an enhanced focus on the execution of strategy; and a close review of the performance of acquisitions.

        Areas identified for the board and committees to maintain the appropriate governance for and development of the business have been integrated into the evolving annual agendas of the board and its committees.

        The performance of each director was evaluated by the chairman based on self-analysis and input from the other directors. A report on the individual performance evaluation process was given to the nomination committee. Following the performance evaluation of individual directors, the chairman has confirmed that the non-executive directors standing for re-election at this year's AGM continue to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles. The senior non-executive director led a performance evaluation of the chairman. Feedback from directors was discussed in a meeting with the executive and non-executive directors and then privately with the chairman.

140


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        It is the board's intention to continue to review annually its performance and that of its committees and individual directors. In respect of the evaluation process in 2014, it is expected that an externally facilitated evaluation will be carried out (the last externally facilitated performance evaluation having been done in 2011).


Audit committee

Role of the audit committee    The audit committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing:

        For the purposes of the Code and the relevant rule under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act), the board has determined that Philip Scott is independent and may be regarded as an audit committee financial expert.

        The chairman, the chief financial officer, the group controller, the head of global audit and risk, the global risk and compliance director, the group chief accountant and the external auditor are normally invited to attend meetings.

        The audit committee met privately with the external auditor and with the head of global audit and risk as appropriate.

Work of the audit committee    During the year, the audit committee formally reviewed the annual reports and associated preliminary year-end results announcement, focusing on key areas of judgement and complexity, critical accounting policies, provisioning and any changes required in these areas or policies. In addition, the audit committee reviewed the interim results announcement, which included the interim financial statements and the company's interim management statements. The audit committee also reviewed the work of the filings assurance committee described below and was updated on litigation risks by the group's general counsel.

        The audit committee received detailed presentations from certain senior executives on the management of key risk and control issues in their respective business areas, reviewed the effectiveness and findings from internal control and risk management processes described below and reviewed the work of the compliance and ethics programme and the work of the audit and risk committee, described below.

        The audit committee had available to it the resources of the global audit and risk function, the activities of which are described below.

141


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        During the year, the audit committee reviewed the external audit strategy and the findings of the external auditor from its review of the interim results and its audit of the consolidated financial statements.

        The audit committee reviews annually the appointment of the auditor and, on the audit committee's recommendation, the board agreed in July 2013 to recommend to shareholders at the AGM in 2013, the re-appointment of the external auditor for a period of one year. The current overall tenure of the external auditor dates from 1997. Any decision to open the external auditor to tender is taken on the recommendation of the audit committee, based on the results of the effectiveness review described below. There are no contractual obligations that restrict the company's current choice of external auditor. Following a review of KPMG's performance and independence in 2013, including compliance with rules on non-audit services, the audit committee was satisfied with the auditors' effectiveness and independence and has recommended to the board that KPMG be reappointed as the company's external auditor for the year ending 30 June 2014. The committee will continue to review the performance of the external auditors on an annual basis, and consider their independence and objectivity taking into account all appropriate guidelines.

        The audit committee assessed the ongoing effectiveness of the external auditor and audit process on the basis of meetings and a questionnaire-based internal review with finance and global audit and risk staff and other senior executives. In reviewing the independence of the external auditor, the audit committee considered a number of factors. These include: the standing, experience and tenure of the external audit director; the nature and level of services provided by the external auditor; and confirmation from the external auditor that it has complied with relevant UK and US independence standards.

        The group has a policy on auditor independence and on the use of the external auditor for non-audit services, which is reviewed annually, most recently in July 2013. Under this policy the provision of any non-audit service must be approved by the audit committee, unless the proposed service is both expected to cost less than £250,000 and also falls within one of a number of service categories which the audit committee has pre-approved. These pre-approved service categories may be summarised as follows:

        Fees paid to the auditor for audit, audit related and other services are analysed in note 3(c) to the consolidated financial statements. The main non-audit related services provided by the auditor during the year were in respect of due diligence work for potential acquisitions and tax advice. The auditor was considered to be best placed to provide these services and was the provider that offered the best value. The nature and level of all services provided by the external auditor is a factor taken into account by the audit committee when it reviews annually the independence of the external auditor.

        The audit committee has noted the changes to the Code introduced by the FRC in September 2012 and, in particular, the new requirement contained in the Guidance on Audit Committees to put the external audit contract out to tender in future at least every 10 years. The FRC has suggested

142


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

possible transitional arrangements, under which an external audit tender process would fit the cycle of audit partner rotation. The audit was last tendered in 1999, and since then there have been four different lead audit partners in accordance with KPMG's own guidance on independence, most recently for the year ended 30 June 2013. Having previously conducted a full tender exercise and considered retendering in subsequent years, the committee will continue to give consideration to the timing of the next formal tender in light of the 2012 Code requirements noted above and any further changes in the regulatory framework. In any event, we do not anticipate that this will be later than the date of the rotation of the current lead audit partner.


Nomination committee

Role of the nomination committee    The nomination committee is responsible for keeping under review the composition of the board and succession to it, and succession planning for senior management positions. It makes recommendations to the board concerning appointments to the board, whether of executive or non-executive directors, having regard to the balance and structure of the board and the required blend of skills, experience, independence and diversity.

        The nomination committee also makes recommendations to the board concerning the re-appointment of any non-executive director at the conclusion of his or her specified term and the re-election of any director by shareholders under the retirement provisions of the company's articles of association. No director is involved in determining his or her own re-appointment or re-election.

        Any new directors are appointed by the board and, in accordance with the company's articles of association, they must be elected at the next AGM to continue in office. All existing directors retire by rotation every year, as required by the Code.

Activities of the nomination committee    The principal activities of the nomination committee during the year were: the review of individual performance; a review of the executive committee structure, membership and succession planning for it and senior leadership positions; the consideration of potential non-executive directors and the succession to the role of chief executive.

        In respect of the appointment of Ho KwonPing to the board with effect from 1 October 2012, the recruitment process included the development of a candidate profile and the engagement of a professional search agency specialising in the recruitment of high calibre non-executive directors. Reports on potential appointees were provided to the committee, which, after careful consideration, made a recommendation to the board.

        In respect of the appointment of Ivan Menezes as Chief Executive, the committee made a recommendation to the board, believing that the appointment was appropriate for the future executive leadership of the business.

        Diageo supports diversity within its board of directors, including gender diversity. Currently there are four female directors, out of a total of eleven board members. We believe that all four bring a wealth of international business experience and are an asset to the company and the board.

        Without seeking to set a specific goal for female representation on the board, it remains our aspiration to maintain a high level of diversity, including gender diversity, within the boardroom, appropriate to and reflecting the global nature of the company and the strategic imperatives the board has agreed upon.

        For similar reasons, Diageo has set itself a goal to increase the number of women in leadership positions in the company. Currently, five of the fifteen members of the executive committee are women

143


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

(compared to one of fourteen shown in last year's annual report), and 28% (2012 – 26%) of leadership positions across the business are filled by women. The aim of the board is to continue to ensure that the company has the right balance of skills, diversity, in all forms, and experience.

        This approach has led Diageo to be well represented by women on the board and the executive committee and having fully considered the succession to leadership positions over the ensuing years, the board is confident it will continue to be able to report progress on the gender diversity agenda.


Remuneration committee

Role of the remuneration committee    The role of the remuneration committee and details of how the company applies the principles of the Code in respect of directors' remuneration are set out in the directors' remuneration report.

        The chairman and the chief executive may, by invitation, attend remuneration committee meetings, except when their own remuneration is discussed. No director is involved in determining his or her own remuneration.


Executive direction and control

Executive committee    The executive committee, appointed and chaired by the chief executive, consists of the individuals responsible for the key components of the business: the North America, Western Europe, AEET (Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey), Latin America and Caribbean and Asia Pacific markets, global supply and global functions. The members of the committee and their biographies are set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this annual report. During the year, Ivan Menezes was appointed Chief Executive (with effect from 1 July 2013).

        The executive committee met, fully, five times during the year, and spent most of its time discussing strategy, including individual market and brand (and category) strategies, management succession and talent and other people matters, and financial, brand and operational performance. Meetings were held in the United States, the United Kingdom (three meetings) and the Netherlands. In addition, scheduled interim update meetings were held by teleconference throughout the year. Responsibility and authority (within the financial limits set by the board) were delegated by the chief executive to individual members of the executive committee who were accountable to him for the performance of their business units.

        To support the executive direction, executive working groups were in operation to which were delegated particular tasks, generally with specific time spans and success criteria.

        A focus on the ways of working of the executive committee and performance management was undertaken for the year commencing 1 July 2013. No change was made to the responsibility and authority delegated by the chief executive to individual members or the executive committee as outlined above.

        The executive committee agendas will focus specifically on delivery of the company's performance ambition and how to achieve the performance imperatives. Time will be allocated throughout the year for specific focus on each of these imperatives and performance metrics have been developed to measure progress. Whilst time will be built in for other important business issues as they arise, a further designated focus will be on the company's reputation.

        Additionally monthly performance delivery calls will be held with the managing directors of the key markets and members of the executive committee.

144


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        To support the market visits made by the regional presidents in the ordinary course of their business, a small group led by the chief executive will also make regular market visits focused on the execution of strategy and designed to assist in continuing the development of strategy and in the annual target planning process.

        This revised approach and focus will reduce the amount of overall meeting time and need for the continuation of a number of the established executive working groups.

        Committees intended to have an ongoing remit are outlined below.

Audit and risk committee    Chaired by the chief executive and responsible for: overseeing the approach to securing effective internal control and risk management in the group; reviewing the adequacy of the group's sources of assurance over the management of key risks; reviewing management's self-assessment process over internal controls; reviewing the effectiveness of the group's compliance and ethics programme; and reporting periodically on the above to the audit committee or to the board. In addition, the audit and risk committee is responsible for promoting the culture and processes that support effective compliance with the group's codes of conduct, global policies and business guidelines throughout the business and supports the audit committee, board and executive committee in satisfying its corporate governance responsibilities relating to internal control and risk management within the group.

Corporate citizenship committee    Chaired by the chief executive and responsible for making decisions or, where appropriate, recommendations to the board or executive committee concerning policies, issues and measurement and reporting for the following impacts across Diageo's value chain: alcohol in society; water; broader environmental sustainability; community; our people and governance and ethics. Progress in these areas is reported periodically to the board and publicly through a separate Sustainability & Responsibility Report, selected aspects of which are subject to external assurance. This report and the group's social, ethical and environmental policies are published on the Diageo website.

        During the year, two executive working groups (one on alcohol in society, chaired by the corporate relations director, and one on environmental performance, chaired by the president, global supply and procurement) assisted the committee with decisions on specific issues.

Finance committee    Chaired by the chief financial officer and including the chief executive, this committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board on funding strategy, capital structure and management of financial risks and the policies and control procedures (including financial issues relating to treasury and taxation) required to implement the company's financial strategy and financial risk management policies. In certain specific circumstances, the board has delegated authority to the finance committee to make decisions in these areas. Treasury activity is managed centrally within tightly defined dealing authorities and procedures recommended by the finance committee and approved by the board.

Filings assurance committee    Chaired by the chief financial officer and including the chief executive, this committee is responsible for implementing and monitoring the processes which are designed to ensure that the company complies with relevant UK, US and other regulatory reporting and filing provisions, including those imposed by SOX or derived from it. As at the end of the period covered by this report, the filings assurance committee, with the participation of the chief executive and chief financial officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined as those controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded,

145


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

processed, summarised and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, the chief executive and the chief financial officer concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the management, including the company's chief executive and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.


Additional information

Internal control and risk management

Diageo's aim is to manage risk and to control its business and financial activities cost-effectively and in a manner that enables it to: exploit profitable business opportunities in a disciplined way; avoid or reduce risks that can cause loss, reputational damage or business failure; support operational effectiveness; and enhance resilience to external events. To achieve this, an ongoing process has been established for identifying, evaluating and managing risks faced by the group. This process, which complies with the requirements of the Code, has been in place for the full financial year and up to the date the financial statements were approved and accords with the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council in October 2005, 'Internal Control: Revised Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code', also known as the Turnbull guidance (as amended by the Flint review).

        The board acknowledges that it is responsible for the company's systems of internal control and risk management and for reviewing their effectiveness. The board confirms that, through the activities of the audit committee described above, it has reviewed the effectiveness of the company's systems of internal control and risk management described below.

        All business units and the executive committee are required to maintain a process to ensure key risks are identified, evaluated and managed appropriately. This process is also applied to major business decisions or initiatives, such as systems implementations, new product development, business combination activity or significant business strategy implementation. Additional risk management activity is focused directly towards operational risks within the business, including health and safety, product quality and environmental risk management.

        Business unit risk assessments, and the activities planned to manage those risks, are reviewed by relevant executives, for example at periodic business reviews. The oversight of primary level risks, as detailed in the executive committee risk assessment, is allocated as appropriate between the board, board committees and the executive committee. The executive committee risk assessment, and selected key risk assessments, are reviewed by the audit and risk committee and by the audit committee.

        In addition, business units are required to self-assess the effectiveness of the design of their internal control framework. Relevant executives review the results of these self-assessments and summary reporting is provided to the audit and risk committee and audit committee. Risk management and internal control processes encompass activity to mitigate financial, operational, compliance and reputational risk. Specific processes are also in place to ensure management maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, as separately reported below.

        A network of risk management committees is in place across the group, which has overall accountability for supporting the audit and risk committee in its corporate governance responsibilities by proactively and effectively identifying and managing risk and monitoring the effectiveness of internal controls.

146


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        Processes are in place to ensure appropriate action is taken, where necessary, to remedy any deficiencies identified through the group's internal control and risk management processes.

        The global risk and compliance and global audit and risk functions give the audit committee, board and executive committee visibility and understanding of the group's key risks and risk management capability and provide assurance over the quality of the group's internal control and management of key risks in line with a plan agreed by the audit committee.

        These risk management processes and systems of internal control, together with the filings assurance processes, are designed to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve the group's strategic objectives. It should be recognised that such systems can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.

        During the year, in line with the revised principles of the Code, the board considered the nature and extent of the risks it was willing to take to achieve its strategic goals and reviewed the existing internal statement of risk appetite, which describes existing risk behaviours and identifies a set of high level risk statements underpinning them. The statement of risk appetite serves to complement Diageo's risk policy and was considered and recommended to the board by both the audit and risk committee and the audit committee.

        The company has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the company's financial reporting process and the group's process for preparation of consolidated accounts. These systems are described above and under the headings 'Filings assurance committee', 'Audit and risk committee' and 'Management's report on internal control over financial reporting'. Diageo's filings assurance committee and audit and risk committee are each responsible for overseeing elements of these internal control and risk management systems. Furthermore, a review of the consolidated financial statements is completed by management to ensure that the financial position and results of the group are appropriately reflected therein.


Compliance and ethics programme

Diageo is committed to conducting its business responsibly and in accordance with all laws and regulations to which its business activities are subject. The board has a comprehensive training and education programme for both employees and the network of control, compliance and ethics teams, whose role it is to be the key point of contact for compliance within each market and function. The code of business conduct is also supported by a set of global policies. During the year these policies were reviewed and revised where necessary to ensure they remained relevant.

        The Diageo marketing code together with Diageo's digital code of practice remain the principles that Diageo follows in relation to marketing and promotional activities of its brands and products.

        In addition, in accordance with the requirements of SOX (and related SEC rules), Diageo has adopted a code of ethics covering its chief executive, chief financial officer, regional presidents and other identifiable persons in the group, including those performing senior accounting and controller functions. No amendments to, or waivers in respect of, the code of ethics were made during the year. The full texts of the code of ethics, code of business conduct, marketing code and other Diageo policies that comprise the compliance programme are available on the company's website at www.diageo.com/en-row/ourbusiness/aboutus/corporategovernance.

        Compliance and ethics programme guidelines specify the manner in which any potential violations of these codes should be dealt with, including line manager reporting and an independent 'SpeakUp'

147


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

employee help line. The latter is operated independently and all reports are sent, in confidence, to the global risk and compliance director and head of corporate security for review, and where appropriate, investigation and escalation to the audit committee as required. There is an annual certification requirement for all management level employees to confirm compliance with the code of business conduct and to identify areas of possible non-compliance to the global risk and compliance director. During the year this requirement was extended to the greater part of the non-management population. To reinforce our stand against bribery or corruption in any form and to create greater simplicity in our guidance in this area, Diageo launched a new global anti-corruption policy during the year.

        During the year, the global compliance and ethics team was integrated with the global governance and control team to create a new combined team, global risk and compliance, which is responsible for risk management, internal control and compliance and ethics across the group. This integration recognises the connectivity between these pillars of governance and has been carried out to further improve the effectiveness of these activities by enhancing the existing connections, eliminating any duplication and improving the understanding of the risk across our business. The new structure is in line with industry practice and has been endorsed by the board.

        Both the audit and risk committee and the audit committee review the operation of the compliance and ethics programme.


Relations with shareholders

The company values its dialogue with both institutional and private investors. The board's primary contact with institutional shareholders is through the chief executive and chief financial officer.

        The chief executive and chief financial officer are supported by the investor relations department, who are in regular contact with institutional shareholders and sell-side analysts. Coverage of the company by sell-side analysts is circulated to the board. The board also ensures that all directors develop an understanding of the views of major institutional shareholders through an independent survey of shareholder opinion. In addition, major shareholders are invited to raise any company matters of interest to them at meetings with the chairman and the chairman of the remuneration committee. The chairman reports on any meeting to the board.

        Investor seminars and analyst presentations, including those following the announcement of interim results and preliminary year end results, are webcast and other presentations made to institutional investors are available on the company's website.

        For the year ended 30 June 2013, Diageo produced an annual report, which is available to all shareholders on its website, or in paper form by election or on request. As an alternative to receiving a paper notification through the post, shareholders may elect to receive email notification that the documents are available to be accessed on the company's website. Shareholders can also choose to receive email notification when new company information is published on www.diageo.com. The website also provides private shareholders with the facility to check their shareholdings online and to send any questions they may have to the company. Private shareholders are invited to write to the chairman or any other director and express their views on any issues of concern at any time and the AGM provides an opportunity for private shareholders to put their questions in person.

        The chairmen of the audit, nomination and remuneration committees are normally available at the AGM to take any relevant questions and all other directors attend, unless illness or another pressing commitment precludes them from doing so. At general meetings, a schedule of the proxy votes cast is made available to all shareholders and is published on www.diageo.com. The company proposes

148


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

a separate resolution on each substantially separate issue and does not bundle resolutions together inappropriately. Non-binding resolutions on the receipt of the reports and accounts and the approval of the directors' remuneration report are put to shareholders at the AGM.


Charitable and political donations

During the year, total charitable donations made by the group were £32.1 million (2012 – £28.7 million). UK group companies made donations of £14.7 million (2012 – £13.5 million) to charitable organisations including £1.1 million (2012 – £1.1 million) to the Diageo Foundation, £8.3 million (2012 – £8.1 million) to the Thalidomide Trust and £1.7 million to the Thalidomide Foundation Ltd in Australia (2012 – £1.5 million). In the rest of the world, group companies made charitable donations of £17.4 million (2012 – £15.2 million).

        The group has not given any money for political purposes in the United Kingdom and made no donations to EU political organisations and incurred no EU political expenditure during the year. The group made contributions to non-EU political parties totalling £0.5 million during the year (2012 – £0.4 million). These were all made, consistent with applicable laws, to federal and state candidates and committees in North America, where it is common practice to make political contributions. No particular political persuasion was supported and contributions were made with the aim of promoting a better understanding of the group and its views on commercial matters, as well as a generally improved business environment.


Supplier payment policies and performance

Given the international nature of the group's operations, there is no group standard in respect of payments to suppliers. The group applies a standard term of 60 days in respect of payments to the majority of suppliers. Where this standard term does not yet apply, operating companies are responsible for agreeing terms and conditions for their business transactions when orders for goods and services are placed, so that suppliers are aware of the terms of payment and the relevant terms are included in contracts where appropriate. Creditor days for Diageo plc have not been calculated, as the company had no material trade creditors at 30 June 2013. The majority of the company's invoices for goods and services are settled by subsidiaries acting on its behalf.


Going concern

The group's business activities together with significant risk factors are set out above in the 'Business description' section of this annual report. The liquidity position, capital resources and risk management processes covering exposure to currency, interest rate, credit, liquidity and commodity price risk are described in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

        The group has significant financial resources, strong cash generation from operations and good access to debt markets. Consequently, the directors believe that the group is well placed to manage its business risks despite the current uncertain economic environment.

        The directors confirm that, after making appropriate enquiries, they have reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

149


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)


Management's report on internal control over financial reporting

Management, under the supervision of the chief executive and chief financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate control over the group's financial reporting. Diageo's internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that: pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the EU and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB); provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the directors of the company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of any unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

        Management has assessed the effectiveness of Diageo's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13(a)-13(f) and 15(d)-15(f) under the Exchange Act) based on the framework in 'Internal Control – Integrated Framework', issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as at 30 June 2013, internal control over financial reporting was effective.

        Any internal control framework, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls and procedures and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        During the period covered by this report, there were no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

        KPMG Audit Plc, an independent registered public accounting firm, who also audit the group's consolidated financial statements, has audited the effectiveness of the group's internal control over financial reporting, and has issued an unqualified report thereon, which is included on the pages 247 and 248 of this document.


Directors' responsibilities in respect of the annual report and financial statements

The directors are responsible for preparing the annual report, the information filed with the SEC on Form 20-F and the group and parent company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

        Company law requires the directors to prepare group and parent company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law they are required to prepare the group financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted for use in the EU and applicable law and have elected to prepare the parent company financial statements in accordance with UK Accounting Standards and applicable law (UK Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). The directors have taken responsibility to prepare the group financial statements also in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The directors have also presented certain additional information required by the SEC for the purposes of the company's Form 20-F.

150


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        The group financial statements are required by law and IFRS to present fairly the financial position and the performance of the group; the Act provides in relation to such financial statements that references in the relevant part of the Act to financial statements giving a true and fair view are references to their achieving a fair presentation.

        The parent company financial statements are required by law to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the parent company.

        In preparing each of the group and parent company financial statements, the directors are required to:

        The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company's transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, with regard to group consolidated financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

        Under applicable UK and US law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a directors' report, a directors' remuneration report and a corporate governance report that comply with that law and those regulations.

        Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.


Responsibility statement

Each of the directors, whose names are set out above in the 'Board of directors and executive committee' section of this annual report, confirms that to the best of his or her knowledge:

151


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        The responsibility statement was approved by the board of directors on 30 July 2013.


New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules

Under applicable SEC rules and the NYSE's corporate governance rules for listed companies, Diageo must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies under NYSE listing standards.

        Diageo believes the following to be the significant areas in which there are differences between its corporate governance practices and NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to US companies. This information is also provided on the company's website at www.diageo.com.

152


Table of Contents


Corporate governance report (continued)

        Directors' attendance record at the AGM, board meetings and board committee meetings, for the year ended 30 June 2013 was as set out in the table below. For board and board committee meetings, attendance is expressed as the number of meetings attended out of the number that each director was eligible to attend.

 
  Annual
General
Meeting
2012
  Board
(maximum 7)
  Audit
committee
(maximum 4)
  Nomination
committee
(maximum 3)
  Remuneration
committee
(maximum 5)
 

Dr Franz B Humer

  ü     7/7     4/4 *   3/3     5/5 *

Paul Walsh

  ü     7/7     2/4 *   3/3 *   5/5 *

Ivan Menezes

  ü     7/7     n/a     1/3 *   2/5 *

Deirdre Mahlan

  ü     7/7     4/4 *   n/a     1/5 **

Lord Davies

  ü     7/7     4/4     3/3     5/5  

Peggy Bruzelius

  ü     7/7     4/4     3/3     5/5  

Laurence Danon

  ü     7/7     3/4     3/3     5/5  

Betsy Holden

  ü     7/7     4/4     3/3     5/5  

Ho KwonPing

  ü     6/6     3/3     2/2     3/4  

Philip Scott

  ü     7/7     4/4     3/3     5/5  

Todd Stitzer

  ü     6/7     4/4     3/3     5/5  

*
Attended by invitation.

**
Attended by invitation, for part only.

153


Table of Contents


Directors' report

The directors have pleasure in submitting their Annual Report for the year ended 30 June 2013.


Annual General Meeting

The AGM will be held at Hilton London Paddington Hotel, 146 Praed Street, London W2 1EE at 2.30pm on Thursday, 19 September 2013.


Dividends

Diageo paid an interim dividend of 18.10 pence per ordinary share on 8 April 2013. The directors recommend a final dividend of 29.30 pence per ordinary share. Subject to approval by shareholders, the final dividend will be paid on 3 October 2013 to ordinary shareholders on the register on 16 August 2013. Payment to US ADR holders will be made on 8 October 2013.

        A dividend reinvestment plan, which enables ordinary shareholders to invest their dividends in ordinary shares, is available in respect of the final dividend and the plan notice date is 11 September 2013.


Directors

The directors of the company who served during the year are shown in the section 'Board of directors and company secretary' and 'Executive committee' above.

        In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, all the directors retire by rotation at the AGM and offer themselves for re-election, with the exception of Todd Stitzer and Paul Walsh both of whom will retire immediately after the AGM and will therefore not seek re-election. The non-executive directors proposed for re-election do not have service contracts.

        Further details of directors' contracts, remuneration and their interests in the shares of the company at 30 June 2013 are given in the directors' remuneration report above.

        The directors' powers are determined by UK legislation and Diageo's articles of association. The directors may exercise all the company's powers provided that Diageo's articles of association or applicable legislation do not stipulate that any powers must be exercised by the members.


Auditor

KPMG LLP is proposed as statutory auditor of the company and a resolution for its appointment as auditor of the company will be submitted to the AGM. KPMG Audit Plc (a fellow KPMG group company) has instigated an orderly wind down of its business.


Disclosure of information to the auditor

The directors who held office at the date of approval of this directors' report confirm that, so far as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company's auditor is unaware; and each director has taken all reasonable steps to ascertain any relevant audit information and to ensure that the company's auditor is aware of that information.


Business review

The review of the business of the company and the description of the principal risks and uncertainties facing the company, prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006, comprises the following

154


Table of Contents


Directors' report (continued)

sections of the Annual Report: the 'Chief executive's statement', the 'Year in review', the 'Business description' and the 'Business review'.


Corporate governance statement

The corporate governance statement, prepared in accordance with rule 7.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority's Disclosure and Transparency Rules, comprises the following sections of the Annual Report: the 'Corporate Governance Report' and the 'Additional information for shareholders'.


Significant agreements – change of control

The following significant agreements contain certain termination and other rights for Diageo's counterparties upon a change of control of the company.

        Under the agreement governing the company's 34% investment in Moët Hennessy SNC (MH) and Moët Hennessy International SAS (MHI), if a competitor (as defined therein) directly or indirectly takes control of the company (which, for these purposes, would occur if such competitor acquired more than 34% of the voting rights or equity interests in the company), LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA (LVMH) may require the company to sell its shares in MH and MHI to LVMH.

        The master agreement governing the operation of the group's regional joint ventures with LVMH states that upon a change of control of the company (being, for these purposes, the acquisition by a third party of 30% or more of the issued share capital having voting rights in the company), LVMH may either appoint and remove the chairman of each joint venture entity governed by such master agreement, who shall be given a casting vote, or require each joint venture entity to be wound up.

155


Table of Contents


Directors' report (continued)


Other information

Other information relevant to the directors' report may be found in the following sections of the Annual Report:

Information
  Location in Annual Report
Amendment of articles of association   Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association
Charitable and political donations   Corporate governance report
Corporate citizenship   Corporate governance report
Directors – appointment and powers   Additional information for shareholders – Articles of association
Directors' indemnities and compensation   Directors' remuneration report
Employment policies   Business description – Business overview – Employees
Events since 30 June 2013   Financial statements – note 30 Post balance sheet events
Financial risk management   Financial statements – note 19 Financial instruments and risk management
Future developments   Business review – Trend information
Purchase of own shares   Business review – Liquidity and capital resources and
Financial statements – note 23 Share capital and reserves
Principal activities of the company and its subsidiary undertakings in the course of the year   Financial statements – Principal group companies
Research and development   Business description – Business overview – Research and development
Share capital – structure, voting and other rights   Additional information for shareholders – Share capital and Articles of association
Share capital – employee share plan voting rights   Financial statements – note 29 Employee share compensation
Shareholdings in the company   Additional information for shareholders – Share capital
Supplier payment policies and performance   Corporate governance report

The directors' report of Diageo plc for the year ended 30 June 2013 comprises these pages and the sections of the Annual Report referred to under 'Directors', 'Business review', 'Corporate governance statement' and 'Other information' above, which are incorporated into the directors' report by reference.

        The directors' report was approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors on 30 July 2013 and signed on its behalf by Paul Tunnacliffe, the Company Secretary.

156


Table of Contents


Financial statements – contents

158   Report of independent registered public accounting firm

159

 

Consolidated income statement

160

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

161

 

Consolidated balance sheet

162

 

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

163

 

Consolidated statement of cash flows

164

 

Accounting policies of the group

171

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

157


Table of Contents


Report of independent registered public accounting firm

The board of directors and shareholders
Diageo plc:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2013 on pages 159 to 245, including the disclosures identified as 'part of the audited financial statements' within the 'Critical accounting policies' section on pages 82 to 83, the 'Share and other interests' on pages 134 to 135, the 'Key management personnel related party transactions' on pages 135 to 136 and the 'Principal group companies' on page 246. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of Diageo plc's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Diageo plc and subsidiaries as of 30 June 2013, and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2013, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS as adopted by the European Union.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Diageo plc's internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 30 July 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting.

KPMG Audit Plc
London, England
30 July 2013

158


Table of Contents


Consolidated income statement

 
  Notes   Year ended
30 June
2013
  Year ended
30 June
2012
  Year ended
30 June
2011
 
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Sales

    2     15,487     14,594     13,232  

Excise duties

    3     (4,054 )   (3,832 )   (3,296 )
                     

Net sales

    2     11,433     10,762     9,936  

Cost of sales

    3,5     (4,470 )   (4,259 )   (4,010 )
                     

Gross profit

          6,963     6,503     5,926  

Marketing

    3     (1,787 )   (1,691 )   (1,538 )

Other operating expenses

    3,5     (1,745 )   (1,654 )   (1,793 )
                     

Operating profit

    2     3,431     3,158     2,595  

Sale of businesses

    5     (83 )   147     (14 )

Interest receivable

    6     254     262     278  

Interest payable

    6     (653 )   (644 )   (647 )

Other finance income

    6     5     8      

Other finance charges

    6     (30 )   (23 )   (28 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

    7     199     213     176  
                     

Profit before taxation

          3,123     3,121     2,360  

Taxation

    8     (529 )   (1,038 )   (343 )
                     

Profit from continuing operations

          2,594     2,083     2,017  

Discontinued operations

    9         (11 )    
                     

Profit for the year

          2,594     2,072     2,017  
                     

Attributable to:

                         

Equity shareholders of the parent company

          2,485     1,942     1,900  

Non-controlling interests

          109     130     117  
                     

          2,594     2,072     2,017  
                     

Basic earnings per share

    10                    

Continuing operations

          99.3p     78.2p     76.2p  

Discontinued operations

              (0.4)p      
                     

          99.3p     77.8p     76.2p  
                     

Diluted earnings per share

    10                    

Continuing operations

          98.7p     77.8p     76.0p  

Discontinued operations

              (0.4)p      
                     

          98.7p     77.4p     76.0p  
                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

159


Table of Contents


Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 
  Notes   Year ended 30 June 2013   Year ended 30 June 2012   Year ended 30 June 2011  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Other comprehensive income

                         

Items that will not be recycled subsequently to the income statement

                         

Net actuarial gain/(loss) on post employment plans

                         

–  group

    4     73     (495 )   272  

–  associates

          (16 )        

Tax (charge)/credit on post employment plans

          (25 )   100     (66 )
                     

          32     (395 )   206  

Items that may be recycled subsequently to the income statement

                         

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations excluding borrowings

                         

–  group

          98     (74 )   (133 )

–  controlling interests

          36     18     (64 )

–  associates*

          104     (240 )   157  

Exchange differences on borrowings and derivative net investment hedges

          (207 )   210     (51 )

Tax on exchange differences on borrowings and derivative net investment hedges

          3     7     8  

Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

                         

–  (losses)/gains taken to other comprehensive income

          (41 )   29     25  

–  recycled to income statement

          (33 )   (15 )   56  

Tax on effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges

          17     (4 )   (7 )

Fair value movements on available-for-sale investments

    13     85          

Hyperinflation adjustment

          4     3     6  
                     

          66     (66 )   (3 )
                     

Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax, for the year

          98     (461 )   203  

Profit for the year

          2,594     2,072     2,017  
                     

Total comprehensive income for the year

          2,692     1,611     2,220  
                     

Attributable to:

                         

Equity shareholders of the parent company

          2,547     1,463     2,167  

Non-controlling interests

          145     148     53  
                     

Total comprehensive income for the year

          2,692     1,611     2,220  
                     

*
Includes £30 million exchange gain recycled to the consolidated income statement on the acquisition of a majority equity stake in SJF Holdco and obtaining control of Shuijingfang in the year ended 30 June 2012.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

160


Table of Contents


Consolidated balance sheet

 
  Notes   30 June 2013   30 June 2012  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

                               

Intangible assets

    11     9,048           8,821        

Property, plant and equipment

    12     3,468           2,972        

Biological assets

          36           34        

Investments in associates

    7     2,443           2,198        

Other investments

    13     412           97        

Other receivables

    15     128           119        

Other financial assets

    18     393           505        

Deferred tax assets

    22     243           329        

Post employment benefit assets

    4     312           22        
                         

                16,483           15,097  

Current assets

                               

Inventories

    14     4,222           3,955        

Trade and other receivables

    15     2,484           2,103        

Assets held for sale

          51           77        

Other financial assets

    18     65           42        

Cash and cash equivalents

    16     1,772           1,076        
                         

                8,594           7,253  
                             

Total assets

                25,077           22,350  
                             

Current liabilities

                               

Borrowings and bank overdrafts

    17     (1,858 )         (1,230 )      

Other financial liabilities

    18     (122 )         (113 )      

Trade and other payables

    20     (3,230 )         (2,997 )      

Corporate tax payable

    8     (225 )         (317 )      

Provisions

    21     (109 )         (127 )      
                         

                (5,544 )         (4,784 )

Non-current liabilities

                               

Borrowings

    17     (8,233 )         (7,399 )      

Other financial liabilities

    18     (473 )         (466 )      

Other payables

    20     (118 )         (85 )      

Provisions

    21     (256 )         (274 )      

Deferred tax liabilities

    22     (1,482 )         (1,424 )      

Post employment benefit liabilities

    4     (864 )         (1,107 )      
                         

                (11,426 )         (10,755 )
                             

Total liabilities

                (16,970 )         (15,539 )
                             

Net assets

                8,107           6,811  
                             

Equity

                               

Share capital

    23     797           797        

Share premium

          1,344           1,344        

Other reserves

          3,154           3,213        

Retained earnings

          1,741           234        
                         

Equity attributable to equity shareholders of the parent company

                7,036           5,588  

Non-controlling interests

                1,071           1,223  
                             

Total equity

                8,107           6,811  
                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

        These consolidated financial statements were approved by a duly appointed and authorised committee of the board of directors on 30 July 2013 and were signed on its behalf by Ivan Menezes and Deirdre Mahlan, Directors.

161


Table of Contents


Consolidated statement of changes in equity

 
   
   
   
   
  Retained earnings/(deficit)   Equity
attributable
to parent
company
shareholders
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
  Hedging
and
exchange
reserve
   
   
 
 
  Share
capital
  Share
premium
  Capital
redemption
reserve
  Own
shares
  Other
retained
earnings
  Total   Non-
controlling
interests
  Total
equity
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2010

    797     1,342     3,146     99     (2,253 )   876     (1,377 )   4,007     779     4,786  

Total comprehensive income

                55         2,112     2,112     2,167     53     2,220  

Employee share schemes

                    (4 )   (5 )   (9 )   (9 )       (9 )

Share-based incentive plans

                        34     34     34         34  

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                        3     3     3         3  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        15     15     15         15  

Shares issued

        1                         1         1  

Acquisitions

                                    20     20  

Dividends paid

                        (973 )   (973 )   (973 )   (112 )   (1,085 )
                                           

At 30 June 2011

    797     1,343     3,146     154     (2,257 )   2,062     (195 )   5,245     740     5,985  

Total comprehensive income

                (87 )       1,550     1,550     1,463     148     1,611  

Share-based incentive plans

                        35     35     35         35  

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                        2     2     2         2  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        29     29     29         29  

Shares issued

        1                         1         1  

Acquisitions

                                    452     452  

Proceeds from non-controlling interests

                                    11     11  

Change in fair value of put options

                        (6 )   (6 )   (6 )       (6 )

Purchase of non-controlling interests

                        (145 )   (145 )   (145 )   (10 )   (155 )

Dividends paid

                        (1,036 )   (1,036 )   (1,036 )   (118 )   (1,154 )
                                           

At 30 June 2012

    797     1,344     3,146     67     (2,257 )   2,491     234     5,588     1,223     6,811  

Total comprehensive income

                (59 )       2,606     2,606     2,547     145     2,692  

Employee share schemes

                    25     (34 )   (9 )   (9 )       (9 )

Share-based incentive plans

                        45     45     45         45  

Share-based incentive plans in respect of associates

                        2     2     2         2  

Tax on share-based incentive plans

                        30     30     30         30  

Acquisitions

                                    (21 )   (21 )

Change in fair value of put options

                        (7 )   (7 )   (7 )       (7 )

Purchase of non-controlling interests

                        (100 )   (100 )   (100 )   (100 )   (200 )

Dividends paid

                        (1,125 )   (1,125 )   (1,125 )   (111 )   (1,236 )

Transfers

                        65     65     65     (65 )    
                                           

At 30 June 2013

    797     1,344     3,146     8     (2,232 )   3,973     1,741     7,036     1,071     8,107  
                                           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

162


Table of Contents


Consolidated statement of cash flows

 
  Notes   Year ended
30 June 2013
  Year ended
30 June 2012
  Year ended
30 June 2011
 
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cash flow from operating activities

                                           

Cash generated from operations

    24           3,031           3,005           2,859  

Interest received

                130           158           213  

Interest paid

                (557 )         (549 )         (524 )

Taxation paid

                (556 )         (521 )         (365 )
                                       

Net cash from operating activities

                2,048           2,093           2,183  

Cash flows from investing activities

                                           

Disposal of property, plant and equipment and
computer software

          39           39           47        

Purchase of property, plant and equipment and computer software

          (643 )         (484 )         (419 )      

Movements in loans

          16           (1 )         1        

Sale of businesses

          (16 )         51           34        

Acquisition of businesses

    25     (644 )         (1,420 )         (97 )      
                                 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

                (1,248 )         (1,815 )         (434 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                                           

Proceeds from issue of share capital

                    1           1        

Net purchase of own shares for share schemes

          (11 )                   (9 )      

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

          (111 )         (118 )         (112 )      

Proceeds from non-controlling interests

                    11                  

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

          (200 )         (155 )                

Net increase/(decrease) in loans

          1,234           512           (414 )      

Equity dividends paid

          (1,125 )         (1,036 )         (973 )      
                                 

Net cash outflow from financing activities

                (213 )         (785 )         (1,507 )
                                       

Net increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents

                587           (507 )         242  

Exchange differences

                36           (27 )         (68 )

Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year

                1,038           1,572           1,398  
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of the year

                1,661           1,038           1,572  
                                       

Net cash and cash equivalents consist of:

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

    16           1,772           1,076           1,584  

Bank overdrafts

    17           (111 )         (38 )         (12 )
                                       

                1,661           1,038           1,572  
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

163


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted for use in the European Union (EU) and IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). References to IFRS hereafter should be construed as references to both IFRS as adopted by the EU and IFRS as issued by the IASB.

        The consolidated financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention, except that biological assets and certain financial instruments are stated at their fair value.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        The critical accounting policies, which the directors consider are of greater complexity and/or particularly subject to the exercise of judgement, are set out under 'Critical accounting policies' in the Business review section of this Annual Report.

        The information set out in these accounts does not constitute the statutory accounts of the group within the meaning of the Companies Acts for the years ended 30 June 2013, 2012 or 2011. KPMG Audit Plc has reported on those accounts; their audit reports were (i) unqualified, (ii) did not include a reference to any matters to which the auditors drew attention by way of emphasis without qualifying their report and (iii) did not contain a statement under section 498(2) or (3) of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the accounts for the year ended 30 June 2013, 2012 or 2011. The accounts for 2012 and 2011 have been delivered to the Registrar of Companies and those for 2013 will be delivered in due course.


Basis for preparation of financial statements on a going concern basis

Information on the business environment that the group operates in, the group's strategy and the principal risk factors that the group faces is contained in the Business review. The financial position of the group, its cash flows, borrowings, borrowing facilities, commitments and the group's policies to manage its financial risks are described in the Business review under 'Liquidity and capital resources', 'Contractual obligations' and notes 17, 18 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements.

        The group has considerable financial resources available. At 30 June 2013 the group has cash and cash equivalents of £1,772 million and committed bank facilities of £2,302 million, with borrowings and bank overdrafts due within one year of £1,858 million. The group owns a diverse portfolio of beverage alcohol assets and operates in numerous countries around the world. The group also has a wide diversity of customers and suppliers. As a consequence, the directors believe that the group is well positioned to manage its business and financial risks successfully.

        The directors have a reasonable expectation that the group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated financial statements.


Business combinations

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. Identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired are measured at fair value at acquisition date. The consideration payable

164


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent consideration. The consolidated financial statements include the results of the company and its subsidiaries together with the group's attributable share of the results of associates and joint ventures. The results of subsidiaries acquired or sold are included in the income statement from, or up to, the date that control passes. A subsidiary is an entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Diageo plc. Control is the power to govern the operating and financial policies of the subsidiary so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

        On the acquisition of a business, or of an interest in an associate or joint venture, fair values, reflecting conditions at the date of acquisition, are attributed to the net assets including identifiable intangible assets and contingent liabilities acquired. Directly attributable acquisition costs in respect of subsidiary companies acquired are recognised in other external charges as incurred.

        The non-controlling interests on the date of acquisition can be measured either at the fair value or at the non-controlling shareholder's proportion of the net fair value of the identifiable assets assumed. This choice is made separately for each acquisition.

        Where the group has issued a put option over shares held by a non-controlling interest, the group derecognises the non-controlling interests and instead recognises a contingent deferred consideration liability for the estimated amount likely to be paid to the non-controlling interest on the exercise of those options. Movements in the estimated liability after initial recognition are recognised in retained earnings.

        Transactions with non-controlling interests are recorded directly in equity.


Associates and joint ventures

An associate is an undertaking in which the group has a long term equity interest and over which it has the power to exercise significant influence. The group's interest in the net assets of associates is included in investments in the consolidated balance sheet and its interest in their results is included in the consolidated income statement below the group's operating profit. Investments in associates are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The impairment review compares the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the higher of the value in use calculated as the present value of the group's share of the associate's future cash flows and its fair value less costs to sell. Joint ventures, where there is contractual joint control over the entity, are accounted for by including on a line-by-line basis the attributable share of the results, assets and liabilities. Associates and joint ventures are initially recorded at cost including transaction costs.


Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of the group's subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, which is the functional currency of the parent company.

        The income statements and cash flows of overseas entities are translated into sterling at weighted average rates of exchange, other than substantial transactions that are translated at the rate on the date of the transaction. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation to closing rates are taken to the exchange reserve.

165


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

        Balance sheets are translated at closing rates. Exchange differences arising on the retranslation at closing rates of the opening balance sheets of overseas entities are taken to the exchange reserve, as are exchange differences arising on foreign currency borrowings and financial instruments designated as net investment hedges, to the extent that they are effective. Tax charges and credits arising on such items are also taken to the exchange reserve. Gains and losses accumulated in the exchange reserve are recycled to the income statement when the foreign operation is sold. Other exchange differences are taken to the income statement.

        The results of operations in hyperinflationary economies are adjusted to reflect the changes in the purchasing power of the local currency of the entity before being translated to sterling.

        Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange at the date of the transaction. If hedged, the impact of hedging is recognised, where permitted, under hedge accounting (see accounting policy for derivative financial instruments).


Sales

Sales comprise revenue from the sale of goods, royalties receivable and rents receivable. Revenue from the sale of goods includes excise and other duties which the group pays as principal but excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as value added tax. Sales are recognised depending upon individual customer terms at the time of despatch, delivery or some other specified point when the risk of loss transfers. Provision is made for returns where appropriate. Sales are stated net of price discounts, allowances for customer loyalty and certain promotional activities and similar items.


Advertising and promotion costs

Advertising costs, point of sale materials and sponsorship payments are charged to marketing in operating profit when the company has a right of access to the goods or services acquired.


Share-based payments – employee benefits

The fair value of equity settled share options and share grants is initially measured at grant date based on the binomial or Monte Carlo models and is charged to the income statement over the vesting period. For equity settled shares the credit is included in retained earnings whereas for cash settled share-based payments a liability is recognised in the balance sheet, measured initially at fair value. For cash settled share options and share grants, the fair value of the liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period until the liability is settled, with any changes in the fair value recognised in the income statement. Cancellations of share options are treated as an acceleration of the vesting period and any outstanding charge is recognised in operating profit immediately. Shares of Diageo plc held by the company for the purpose of fulfilling obligations in respect of various employee share plans around the group are deducted from equity in the consolidated balance sheet. Any surplus or deficit arising on the sale of the Diageo plc shares held by the group is included as a movement in equity.


Pensions and other post employment benefits

The group's principal pension funds are defined benefit plans. In addition, the group has defined contribution plans, unfunded post employment medical benefit liabilities and other unfunded defined benefit post employment liabilities. For post employment plans, other than defined contribution plans, the amount charged to the income statement is the cost of accruing pension benefits promised to employees over the year, plus any fully vested changes arising on benefits granted to members by the

166


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)

group during the year. The income statement also includes a credit equivalent to the group's expected return on the pension plans' assets over the year, offset by a charge equal to the expected increase in the plans' liabilities over the year. The differences between the fair value of the plans' assets and the present value of the plans' liabilities are disclosed as an asset or liability on the consolidated balance sheet as appropriate. Any differences between the expected return on assets and those actually achieved, and any changes in liabilities over the year due to changes in assumptions or experience within the plans, are recognised in other comprehensive income. The amount of any pension fund asset recognised on the balance sheet is limited to any future refunds from the plan or the present value of reductions in future contributions to the plan.

        Contributions payable by the group in respect of defined contribution plans are charged to operating profit as incurred.


Capitalisation of finance costs

Finance costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, being an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of that asset. All other finance costs are recognised as charges in the income statement for the period in which they are incurred.


Exceptional items

Exceptional items are those that in management's judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence. Such items are included within the income statement caption to which they relate, and are separately disclosed either in the notes to the consolidated financial statements or on the face of the consolidated income statement.


Taxation

Current tax is based on taxable profit for the year. This requires an estimation of the current tax liability together with an assessment of the temporary differences which arise as a consequence of different accounting and tax treatments.

        Full provision for deferred tax is made for temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their tax bases. The amount of deferred tax reflects the expected recoverable amount and is based on the expected manner of realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using the basis of taxation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets are not recognised where it is more likely than not that the asset will not be realised in the future. No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance.

        Tax benefits are not recognised unless it is probable that the tax positions are sustainable. Once considered to be probable, tax benefits are reviewed each year to assess whether a provision should be taken against full recognition of the benefit on the basis of potential settlement through negotiation and/or litigation. Any interest and penalties on tax liabilities are provided for in the tax charge.

167


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)


Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations comprise disposal groups where they represent a major line of business or geographical area of operations or business activities that the group no longer participates in or did not form part of the group's operations.


Brands, goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the value of any non-controlling interests in the subsidiary acquired and the fair value of any previously held equity interest in the subsidiary acquired over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill arising on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 was eliminated against reserves, and this goodwill has not been restated. Goodwill arising subsequent to 1 July 1998 has been capitalised.

        Acquired brands and other intangible assets are recognised when they are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured.

        Intangible assets that are regarded as having limited useful economic lives are amortised on a straight-line basis over those lives and reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Goodwill and intangible assets that are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives are not amortised and are reviewed for impairment at least annually or when there is an indication that the assets may be impaired. To ensure that assets are not carried at above their recoverable amounts, the impairment reviews compare the net carrying value with the recoverable amount, where the recoverable amount is the value in use. Amortisation and any impairment write down are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement.

        Computer software is amortised on a straight-line basis to estimated residual value over its expected useful life. Residual values and useful lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives are up to eight years.


Property, plant and equipment

Land and buildings are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Freehold land is not depreciated. Leaseholds are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease. Other property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis to estimated residual values over their expected useful lives, and these values and lives are reviewed each year. Subject to these reviews, the estimated useful lives fall within the following ranges: buildings – 10 to 50 years; within plant and equipment casks and containers – 15 to 50 years; other plant and equipment – 5 to 10 years; fixtures and fittings – 5 to 10 years; and returnable bottles and crates – 5 to 10 years.

        Reviews are carried out if there is an indication that assets may be impaired, to ensure that property, plant and equipment are not carried at above their recoverable amounts.


Government grants

Government grants are not recognised until there is reasonable assurance that the group will comply with the conditions pursuant to which they have been granted and that the grants will be received. Government grants in respect of property, plant and equipment are deducted from the asset that they relate to, reducing the depreciation expense charged to the income statement.

168


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)


Leases

Where the group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of an asset subject to a lease, the lease is treated as a finance lease. Assets held under finance leases are recognised as assets of the group at their fair value at the inception of the lease. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in other financial liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. Lease payments are apportioned between interest expense and a reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Other leases are treated as operating leases, with payments and receipts taken to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease.


Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost includes raw materials, direct labour and expenses, an appropriate proportion of production and other overheads, but not borrowing costs. Cost is calculated at the weighted average cost incurred in acquiring inventories. Maturing inventories which are retained for more than one year are classified as current assets, as they are expected to be realised in the normal operating cycle.


Financial assets

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less, including money market deposits, commercial paper and investments.

        Available-for-sale investments are initially recorded at fair value (usually the contracted amount plus any directly attributable transaction costs) and then remeasured at subsequent reporting dates to fair value. They are included in non-current assets. Gains and losses arising from the changes in fair value are recognised in other comprehensive income until the investment is disposed of or impaired, when the accumulated gains and losses are recycled to the income statement. Interest and dividends from available-for-sale investments are recognised in the consolidated income statement.

        Loans and receivables are recognised when it is probable that a future economic benefit will flow to the group. Loans and receivables and loans are carried at original invoice or contract amount less any provisions for discounts and doubtful debts. Provisions are made where there is evidence of a risk of non payment taking into account ageing, previous experience and general economic conditions.


Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value less any directly related transaction costs. Certain bonds are designated as being part of a fair value hedge relationship. In these cases, the bond is carried at amortised cost, adjusted for the fair value of the risk being hedged, with changes in value recognised in the income statement. The fair value adjustment is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on unadjusted market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. Other financial liabilities, excluding derivatives, are subsequently carried at amortised cost. The difference between the initial carrying amount of the financial liabilities and their redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the contractual terms using the effective interest rate method.

169


Table of Contents


Accounting policies of the group (continued)


Derivative financial instruments and hedging

Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value that is calculated using a discounted cash flow technique based on market data applied consistently for similar types of instruments. Gains and losses on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment are taken to the income statement as they arise.

        The group designates and documents certain derivatives as hedging instruments against changes in fair value of recognised assets and liabilities (fair value hedges), highly probable forecast transactions or the cash flow risk from a change in exchange or interest rates (cash flow hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations (net investment hedges). The effectiveness of such hedges is assessed at inception and at least on a quarterly basis, using prospective and retrospective testing.

        Fair value hedges are used to manage the currency and/or interest rate risks to which the fair value of certain assets and liabilities are exposed. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives are recognised in the income statement, along with any changes in the relevant fair value of the underlying hedged asset or liability. If such a hedge relationship is de-designated, fair value movements on the derivative continue to be taken to the income statement while any fair value adjustments made to the underlying hedged item to that date are amortised through the income statement over its remaining life using the effective interest rate method.

        Cash flow hedges are used to hedge the foreign currency risk of highly probable future foreign currency cash flows, as well as the cash flow risk from changes in exchange or interest rates. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income, while any ineffective part is recognised in the income statement. Amounts recorded in other comprehensive income are recycled to the income statement in the same period in which the underlying foreign currency or interest exposure affects the income statement.

        Net investment hedges take the form of either foreign currency borrowings or derivatives. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation of net investments are recorded in other comprehensive income and included in the exchange reserve. Liabilities used as hedging instruments are revalued at closing exchange rates and the resulting gains or losses are also recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that they are effective, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement. Foreign exchange contracts hedging net investments are carried at fair value. Effective fair value movements are recognised in other comprehensive income, with any ineffectiveness taken to the income statement.


Provisions

Provisions are liabilities of uncertain timing or amount. A provision is recognised if, as a result of a past event, the group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated reliably, and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. Provisions are calculated on a discounted basis. The carrying amounts of provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate.

170


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements


1.     New accounting policies

(a)   Adopted by the group    The following accounting amendment, issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), is effective for the first time in the current financial year and has been adopted by the group with no impact on its consolidated results or financial position:

Amendment to IAS 1 – Presentation of items of other comprehensive income requires that items included in other comprehensive income are analysed between items that will not be recycled subsequently to the income statement and items that may be recycled subsequently to the income statement.

(b)   Not adopted by the group    The following standards, amendments and interpretations issued by the IASB and endorsed by the EU unless stated otherwise, have not yet been adopted by the group. The standards or amendments will be adopted by the group in the year ending 30 June 2014, unless stated otherwise. The group does not currently believe the adoption of these standards or amendments will have a material impact on its consolidated results or financial position, unless stated otherwise.

IFRS 9 – Financial instruments (effective in the year ending 30 June 2016, not yet endorsed by the EU) removes the multiple classification and measurement models for financial assets required by IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and measurement and introduces a model that has only two classification categories: amortised cost and fair value. Classification is determined by the business model used to manage the financial assets and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial assets. The accounting and presentation of financial liabilities and for derecognising financial instruments has been transferred from IAS 39 without any significant changes. The amendment to IFRS 7 – Financial instruments: Disclosures requires additional disclosures on transition from IAS 39 to IFRS 9. The group is currently assessing the impact this standard would have on its consolidated results and financial position.

IFRS 10 – Consolidated financial statements replaces the guidance of control and consolidation in IAS 27 and SIC-12 – Consolidation – special purpose entities. The core principle that a consolidated entity presents a parent and its subsidiaries as if they were a single entity remains unchanged, as do the mechanics of consolidation. Application of IFRS 10 will not result in a change to the scope of the consolidation.

IFRS 11 – Joint arrangements requires joint arrangements to be accounted for as a joint operation or as a joint venture depending on the rights and obligations of each party to the arrangement. Proportionate consolidation for joint ventures will be eliminated and equity accounting will be mandatory. If the standard had been adopted by the group for the year ended 30 June 2013, net sales, operating profit and profit for the year would be lower by £130 million, £41 million and £11 million, respectively (2012 – £123 million, £39 million and £10 million, respectively), and net assets, total assets and total liabilities would have reduced by £19 million, £86 million and £67 million, respectively (2012 – £19 million, £81 million and £62 million, respectively). There is no impact on earnings per share.

IFRS 12 – Disclosure of interests in other entities requires enhanced disclosures of the nature, risks and financial effects associated with the group's interests in subsidiaries, associates, joint arrangements and unconsolidated structured entities.

IFRS 13 – Fair value measurement explains how to measure fair value and aims to enhance fair value disclosures. The standard does not materially change the measurement of fair values but codifies it in one place.

Amendments to IAS 19 — Employee benefits changes a number of disclosure requirements for post employment arrangements and restricts the options currently available on how to account for defined

171


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

1.     New accounting policies (continued)

benefit pension plans. The most significant change that will impact the group is that the amendment requires the expected returns on pension plan assets, currently calculated based on management's estimate of expected returns, to be replaced by a credit on the pension plan assets calculated at the liability discount rate. The group estimates the adoption of the revised IAS 19 would result in an additional charge to operating profit of £10 million and to finance charges of £33 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 (2012 – £11 million and £44 million, respectively). The adoption of the amendment to the standard will not impact the group's net assets.

Amendment to IAS 1 – Clarification of the requirements for comparative information

Limited scope amendment to IAS 12 – Income taxes

Amendment to IAS 16 – Classification of servicing equipment

IAS 27 (Revised) – Separate financial statements

IAS 28 (Revised) – Investments in associates and joint ventures

Amendment to IAS 32 – Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities (effective in the year ending 30 June 2015)

Amendment to IAS 32 – Tax effect of distribution to holders of equity instruments

Amendment to IAS 34 – Interim financial reporting

Amendment to IAS 36 – Recoverable amount – Disclosures for non-financial assets (not yet endorsed by the EU)

Amendment to IFRS 7 – Disclosures – Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities

IFRIC 21 – Levies (effective in the year ending 30 June 2015, not yet endorsed by the EU)


2.     Segmental information

        Diageo is an international manufacturer and distributor of premium drinks. The group produces, markets and distributes a wide range of premium brands, including Johnnie Walker, Smirnoff, Baileys, Crown Royal, Captain Morgan and Guinness.

        Diageo also owns a number of investments in unconsolidated associates, the principal investment being a 34% interest in Moët Hennessy, the spirits and wines subsidiary of LVMH Moët Hennessy – Louis Vuitton SA. Moët Hennessy is based in France and is a leading producer and exporter of champagne and cognac.

        Diageo presents segmental information for the manufacture, distribution and selling of premium drinks in operating segments based on the geographical location of third party customers. The information presented is consistent with management reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, which has been identified as the executive committee.

        The executive committee considers the business principally from a geographical perspective and the business analysis is presented by geographical segment. In addition to these geographical selling segments, a further segment reviewed by the executive committee is Global Supply, which manufactures and distributes premium drinks within the group. Continuing operations also include the Corporate function. In view of the focus on the geographical segments in explaining the group's performance in

172


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

the Business review, the results of the Global Supply segment have been allocated to the geographical segments. Corporate revenues and costs are in respect of central costs, including finance, corporate relations, human resources and legal, as well as certain information systems, facilities and employee costs that do not relate to the geographical segments or to Global Supply and hence are not allocated. They also include rents receivable in respect of properties not used by the group in the manufacture, sale or distribution of premium drinks and the results of Gleneagles Hotel.

        In the year ended 30 June 2013 Diageo changed its internal reporting structure to reflect changes made to management responsibilities. As a result of this change, Diageo reports the following geographical segments both for management reporting purposes and in the external financial statements: North America; Western Europe; Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey; Latin America and Caribbean; Asia Pacific and Corporate.

        During the year ended 30 June 2013 changes have been made in the management accounts in respect of the allocation of specific corporate items and the allocation of the operating profit before exceptional items of Global Supply to better reflect the geographical segment to which the cost relates. In addition, certain transaction exchange differences, previously included in Corporate, have been allocated to the geographical segments to better reflect which geographical segment the item is in respect of.

        As a consequence of these changes, the financial information by geographical segments for comparative years has been amended and restated segmental information has been provided in the tables below.

        The segmental information for net sales and operating profit before exceptional items is reported at budgeted exchange rates in line with management reporting. For management reporting purposes the group measures the current year at, and restates the prior year net sales and operating profit to, the current year's budgeted exchange rates. These exchange rates are set prior to the financial year as part of the financial planning process and provide a consistent exchange rate to measure the performance of the business throughout the year. The adjustments required to retranslate the segmental information to actual exchange rates and to reconcile it to the group's reported results are shown in the tables below. The comparative segmental information, prior to retranslation, has not been restated at the current year's budgeted exchange rates but is presented at the budgeted rates for the respective years.

        In addition, for management reporting purposes Diageo excludes the impact of acquisitions and disposals completed in the current and prior year from the results of the geographical segments in order to provide comparable results. The impact of acquisitions and disposals on net sales and operating profit is disclosed under the appropriate geographical segments in the tables below at budgeted exchange rates.

173


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

(a)   Segmental information for the consolidated income statement – continuing operations

 
  North
America
  Western
Europe
  Africa,
Eastern
Europe
and Turkey
  Latin
America
and
Caribbean
  Asia
Pacific
  Global
Supply
  Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
  Total
operating
segments
  Corporate
and
other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                                                             

Sales

    4,272     3,686     3,423     1,745     2,285     2,648     (2,648 )   15,411     76     15,487  
                                           

Net sales

                                                             

At budgeted exchange rates*

    3,713     2,207     2,249     1,416     1,577     2,786     (2,667 )   11,281     76     11,357  

Acquisitions and disposals

        1     62     66     119             248         248  

Global Supply allocation

    40     44     11     15     9     (119 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    (20 )   (32 )   (42 )   (40 )   (38 )   (19 )   19     (172 )       (172 )
                                           

Net sales

    3,733     2,220     2,280     1,457     1,667     2,648     (2,648 )   11,357     76     11,433  
                                           

Operating profit/(loss)

                                                             

At budgeted exchange rates*

    1,450     635     652     482     404     86         3,709     (152 )   3,557  

Acquisitions and disposals

            17         22             39         39  

Global Supply allocation

    47     28     7     1     3     (86 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    (13 )   (7 )   (22 )   (12 )   (15 )           (69 )   3     (66 )
                                           

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

    1,484     656     654     471     414             3,679     (149 )   3,530  

Exceptional items

        (31 )   (5 )       (1 )   (62 )       (99 )       (99 )
                                           

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,484     625     649     471     413     (62 )       3,580     (149 )   3,431  
                                             

Sale of businesses

                                                          (83 )

Net finance charges

                                                          (424 )

Share of associates' profits/(losses) after tax

                                                             

–  Moët Hennessy

                                                          230  

–  Other associates

                                                          (31 )
                                                             

Profit before taxation

                                                          3,123  
                                                             

*
These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and Global Supply segments.

174


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

 
  North
America
  Western
Europe
  Africa,
Eastern
Europe
and Turkey
  Latin
America
and
Caribbean
  Asia
Pacific
  Global
Supply
  Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
  Total
operating
segments
  Corporate
and
other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2012 (restated)

                                                             

Sales

    4,094     3,834     3,001     1,491     2,104     2,652     (2,652 )   14,524     70     14,594  
                                           

Net sales

                                                             

At budgeted exchange rates*

    3,544     2,330     1,762     1,242     1,451     2,792     (2,665 )   10,456     70     10,526  

Acquisitions and disposals

    1     3     366                     370         370  

Global Supply allocation

    56     42     8     11     10     (127 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    (45 )   (30 )   (85 )   (14 )   40     (13 )   13     (134 )       (134 )
                                           

Net sales

    3,556     2,345     2,051     1,239     1,501     2,652     (2,652 )   10,692     70     10,762  
                                           

Operating profit/(loss)

                                                             

At budgeted exchange rates*

    1,311     657     485     387     349     150         3,339     (141 )   3,198  

Acquisitions and disposals

            116     (8 )   (19 )           89     (19 )   70  

Global Supply allocation

    69     60     8     5     8     (150 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    (20 )       (34 )   (15 )   4             (65 )   (5 )   (70 )
                                           

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

    1,360     717     575     369     342             3,363     (165 )   3,198  

Exceptional items

    (11 )   43     (7 )   (2 )   (10 )   (40 )       (27 )   (13 )   (40 )
                                           

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,349     760     568     367     332     (40 )       3,336     (178 )   3,158  
                                             

Sale of businesses

                                                          147  

Net finance charges

                                                          (397 )

Share of associates' profits after tax

                                                             

–  Moët Hennessy

                                                          205  

–  Other associates

                                                          8  
                                                             

Profit before taxation

                                                          3,121  
                                                             

*
These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and Global Supply segments.

175


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

 
  North
America
  Western
Europe
  Africa,
Eastern
Europe
and Turkey
  Latin
America
and
Caribbean
  Asia
Pacific
  Global
Supply
  Eliminate
inter-
segment
sales
  Total
operating
segments
  Corporate
and
other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011 (restated)

                                                             

Net Sales

    3,895     3,918     2,125     1,293     1,931     2,678     (2,678 )   13,162     70     13,232  
                                           

Net sales

                                                             

At budgeted exchange rates*

    3,330     2,391     1,571     1,119     1,270     2,785     (2,682 )   9,784     70     9,854  

Acquisitions and disposals

    27     3     35         1             66         66  

Global Supply allocation

    31     43     6     12     11     (103 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    (22 )   (4 )   15     (68 )   95     (4 )   4     16         16  
                                           

Net sales

    3,366     2,433     1,627     1,063     1,377     2,678     (2,678 )   9,866     70     9,936  
                                           

Operating profit/(loss)

                                                             

At budgeted exchange rates*

    1,215     666     428     354     288     139         3,090     (150 )   2,940  

Acquisitions and disposals

    4     (8 )   (7 )   (3 )   (8 )           (22 )       (22 )

Global Supply allocation

    62     62     5     7     3     (139 )                

Retranslation to actual exchange rates

    (16 )   7     (6 )   (38 )   3             (50 )   16     (34 )
                                           

Operating profit/(loss) before exceptional items

    1,265     727     420     320     286             3,018     (134 )   2,884  

Exceptional items

    (23 )   (64 )   (100 )   (6 )   (50 )   (35 )       (278 )   (11 )   (289 )
                                           

Operating profit/(loss)

    1,242     663     320     314     236     (35 )       2,740     (145 )   2,595  
                                             

Sale of businesses

                                                          (14 )

Net finance charges

                                                          (397 )

Share of associates' profits/(losses) after tax

                                                             

–  Moët Hennessy

                                                          179  

–  Other associates

                                                          (3 )
                                                             

Profit before taxation

                                                          2,360  
                                                             

*
These items represent the IFRS 8 performance measures for the geographical and Global Supply segments.

(i)
The net sales figures for Global Supply reported to the executive committee primarily comprise inter-segment sales and these are eliminated in a separate column in the above segmental analysis. Apart from sales by the Global Supply segment to the other operating segments, inter-segmental sales are not material.

(ii)
The group's net finance charges are managed centrally and are not attributable to individual operating segments.

176


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

(b)   Other segmental information

 
  North
America
  Western
Europe
  Africa,
Eastern
Europe
and Turkey
  Latin
America
and
Caribbean
  Asia
Pacific
  Global
Supply
  Corporate
and
other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                                                 

Capital expenditure

    2     13     192     10     46     313     67     643  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

    (5 )   (15 )   (102 )   (8 )   (23 )   (128 )   (49 )   (330 )

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

                        (23 )       (23 )

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

        (50 )                       (50 )

2012 (restated)

                                                 

Capital expenditure

    2     12     143     15     23     211     78     484  

Depreciation, intangible asset amortisation and impairment

    (16 )   (15 )   (90 )   (4 )   (22 )   (128 )   (48 )   (323 )

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

    (2 )                   (27 )       (29 )

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

        (59 )                       (59 )

2011 (restated)

                                                 

Capital expenditure

    2     18     126     11     24     176     62     419  

Depreciation and intangible asset amortisation

    (3 )   (15 )   (73 )   (4 )   (22 )   (129 )   (40 )   (286 )

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

                        (27 )       (27 )

Exceptional impairment of intangible assets

        (39 )                       (39 )

(c)   Geographical information

 
  Great
Britain
  United
States
  Nether-
lands
  Rest of
World
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                               

Sales

    1,750     3,945     65     9,727     15,487  

Non-current assets

    1,517     3,411     2,255     8,352     15,535  

2012

                               

Sales

    1,666     3,795     57     9,076     14,594  

Non-current assets

    1,392     3,282     2,228     7,339     14,241  

2011

                               

Sales

    1,669     3,581     45     7,937     13,232  

Non-current assets

    1,226     3,150     2,196     5,163     11,735  
(i)
The geographical analysis of sales is based on the location of third party customers.

(ii)
The geographical analysis of non-current assets is based on the geographical location of the assets and comprises intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, biological assets, investments in associates, other investments and non-current other receivables.

177


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

2.     Segmental information (continued)

(d)   Sales by category

 
  Spirits   Beer   Wine   Ready
to drink
  Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

    10,963     2,949     503     902     170     15,487  

2012

    10,051     2,923     507     934     179     14,594  

2011

    8,742     2,829     561     940     160     13,232  

(e)   Foreign exchange rates    The principal foreign exchange rates used in the translation of financial statements for the three years ended 30 June 2013, expressed in US dollars and euros per £1, were as follows:

 
  US dollar   Euro  
 
  2013   2012   2011   2013   2012   2011  
 
  $
  $
  $
 
 
 
 

Weighted average rates used to translate income statements

    1.57     1.58     1.59     1.21     1.18     1.16  

Year end rates used to translate assets and liabilities

    1.52     1.57     1.61     1.17     1.24     1.11  

The group uses foreign exchange transaction hedges to mitigate the effect of exchange rate movements.

(f)    Assets and liabilities    The management information provided to the chief operating decision maker does not include an analysis by geographical segment of assets and liabilities and accordingly no analysis by geographical segment of total assets or total liabilities is disclosed.

178


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


3.     Operating costs

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Excise duties

    4,054     3,832     3,296  

Cost of sales

    4,470     4,259     4,010  

Marketing

    1,787     1,691     1,538  

Other operating expenses

    1,745     1,654     1,793  
               

    12,056     11,436     10,637  
               

Comprising:

                   

Excise duties – Great Britain

    861     863     839  

                       – United States

    534     533     525  

                       – Other

    2,659     2,436     1,932  

Increase in inventories

    (227 )   (431 )   (263 )

Raw materials and consumables

    2,462     2,516     2,227  

Marketing

    1,787     1,691     1,538  

Other external charges (a)

    2,192     2,237     2,164  

Staff costs (note 4)

    1,402     1,224     1,344  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

    403     411     352  

Gains on disposal of properties

    (1 )   (19 )   (20 )

Net foreign exchange (gains)/losses

    (1 )   6     16  

Other operating income

    (15 )   (31 )   (17 )
               

    12,056     11,436     10,637  
               
(a)
Other external charges    Other external charges include operating lease rentals for plant and equipment of £27 million (2012 – £22 million; 2011 – £19 million), other operating lease rentals (mainly properties) of £93 million (2012 – £92 million; 2011 – £87 million), research and development expenditure in respect of new drinks products and package design in the year leading up to product launch of £21 million (2012 – £18 million; 2011 – £17 million) and maintenance and repairs of £89 million (2012 – £90 million; 2011 – £106 million).

(b)
Exceptional operating items    Included in the table above are exceptional operating items as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Other external charges

    8     52     160  

Staff costs

    16     (88 )   64  

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment – Accelerated depreciation

    23     29     27  

                                                                              – Brand impairment

    50     59     39  

Losses/(gains) on disposal of property, plant and equipment

    2     (12 )   (1 )
               

Total exceptional operating costs

    99     40     289  
               

In the year ended 30 June 2013 exceptional operating items included a credit in staff costs of £20 million (2012 – £115 million; 2011 – £nil) in respect of changes in the calculation of future pension

179


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

3.     Operating costs (continued)

increases for the group's principal Irish pension scheme (2012 – United Kingdom and Ireland). See note 5(e).

Of the total exceptional operating costs of £99 million (2012 – £40 million; 2011 – £289 million), £27 million (2012 – £31 million; 2011 – £27 million) is included in cost of sales and £72 million (2012 – £9 million; 2011 – £262 million) in other operating expenses.

(c)
Auditor fees    The fees of the principal auditor of the group, KPMG Audit Plc, and its affiliates were as follows:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Rest of
World
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Audit fees of these financial statements

    1.5     2.0     3.5     3.1     3.8  

Audit of financial statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

    0.2     2.2     2.4     2.7     2.6  

Audit related assurance services(i)

    0.8     0.8     1.6     1.6     1.8  
                       

Total audit fees

    2.5     5.0     7.5     7.4     8.2  

Other services relevant to taxation(ii)

    0.2     0.9     1.1     1.1     0.5  

Other assurance services(iii)

    0.5         0.5     1.0     0.5  

All other non-audit fees(iv)

    0.8     0.3     1.1     1.9     0.9  
                       

    4.0     6.2     10.2     11.4     10.1  
                       

(i)
Audit related assurance services are principally in respect of reporting under section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and for the review of the interim financial statements.

(ii)
Other services relevant to taxation principally comprise tax advice in respect of transactions.

(iii)
Other assurance services comprise the aggregate fees for assurance and related services that are related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements and are not reported under 'total audit fees'.

(iv)
All other non-audit fees are principally in respect of advisory services including due diligence and other services in respect of acquisitions and disposals.

        Under the US disclosure requirements auditor fees are classified as follows:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Rest of
World
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Audit fees

    2.1     5.0     7.1     7.1     7.8  

Tax fees(i)

    0.2     0.9     1.1     1.1     0.5  

Audit related fees(ii)

    0.9         0.9     1.3     0.9  

All other fees(iii)

    0.8     0.3     1.1     1.9     0.9  
                       

    4.0     6.2     10.2     11.4     10.1  
                       

(i)
Tax fees comprise principally tax advice in respect of transactions.

180


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

3.     Operating costs (continued)

(ii)
Audit related fees comprise the aggregate fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements and are not reported under 'audit fees', including services for the review of the interim financial information.

(iii)
All other fees are principally in respect of advisory services including due diligence and other services in respect of acquisitions and disposals.

        In addition to the amounts above, £0.1 million (2012 – £0.1 million; 2011 – £0.1 million) was charged for audit services by firms other than KPMG Audit Plc. KPMG Audit Plc fees for audit services in respect of employee pension plans were £0.4 million (2012 – £0.4 million; 2011 – £0.3 million).


4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits

        The average number of employees on a full time equivalent basis (all numbers excluding employees of associates) was as follows:

 
  2013   2012
(restated)
  2011
(restated)
 

North America

    1,157     1,105     1,229  

Western Europe

    2,323     2,280     2,397  

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey

    7,240     6,638     4,769  

Latin America and Caribbean

    2,556     1,631     1,413  

Asia Pacific

    4,269     2,902     2,639  

Global Supply

    7,853     8,120     8,202  

Corporate and other

    3,012     3,022     3,137  
               

    28,410     25,698     23,786  
               

At 30 June 2013 the group had, on a full time equivalent basis, 28,470 employees. Acquisitions of subsidiary companies made in the years ended 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012 increased the average number of employees by 2,527. The average number of employees of the group, including part time employees, for the year was 28,959 (2012 – 26,090; 2011 – 24,020).

181


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

        Following changes in the group's regional structure the employee information by segment has been restated. Employees of corporate functions whose costs are charged to the operating segments, such as those in shared service operations, are included in 'Corporate and other' in the table above.

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Aggregate remuneration

                   

Wages and salaries

    1,155     1,095     1,122  

Share-based incentive plans

    46     36     34  

Employer's social security

    93     90     85  

Employer's pension

    111     113     104  

Exceptional benefit for UK and Irish post employment plans

    (10 )   (115 )    

Other post employment

    7     5     (1 )
               

    1,402     1,224     1,344  
               

The costs of post employment benefits, excluding the exceptional benefit for the UK and Irish post employment plans, and share-based incentive plans have been included in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 2013 as follows: cost of sales £63 million (2012 – £61 million; 2011 – £60 million) and other operating expenses £101 million (2012 – £93 million; 2011 – £77 million). Included within aggregate remuneration is a £16 million charge (2012 – £88 million gain; 2011 – £64 million charge) in respect of exceptional operating items.

        Employer's pension costs include £13 million (2012 – £13 million; 2011 – £7 million) in respect of defined contribution plans, representing contributions payable to these plans by the group at rates specified in the rules of the plans.

Post employment benefits    The group operates a number of pension plans throughout the world, devised in accordance with local conditions and practices.

        The larger plans are generally of the defined benefit type and are funded by payments to separately administered trusts or insurance companies. The principal plans are in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States where benefits are based on employees' length of service and salary at retirement. All valuations were performed by independent actuaries using the projected unit credit method to determine pension costs. The most recent full valuations of the significant defined benefit pension plans were carried out as follows: United Kingdom on 31 March 2012; Ireland on 31 December 2009; and United States on 1 January 2013. The triennial valuation of the principal plan in Ireland as at 31 December 2012 is in progress. The results of this valuation are expected to be agreed by Diageo and the trustee in calendar year 2013. The measurement dates used to calculate the disclosures in the consolidated financial statements are the respective balance sheet dates. In the United Kingdom, the Diageo Pension Scheme (a final salary defined benefit pension plan) (the UK Scheme) closed to new members in November 2005 and the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme in Ireland (the Irish Scheme) closed to new members in May 2013. Employees who have joined Diageo in the United Kingdom thereafter have been eligible to become members of the Diageo Lifestyle Plan (a cash balance defined benefit pension plan) and in Ireland to become members of the personal retirement savings account.

        The assets of the UK and Irish pension plans are held in separate trusts administered by trustees to meet long term pension liabilities to past and present employees. The trustees are required to act in

182


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

the best interests of the plans' beneficiaries. The two largest pension plans are the UK Scheme in the United Kingdom and the Irish Scheme in Ireland. For the UK Scheme, the trustee is Diageo Pension Trust Limited. The appointment of the directors to the board is determined by the Scheme's trust documentation. As required by legislation, one-third of all directors of the Trust are nominated by members of the UK Scheme. Two member nominated directors have been appointed from the pensioner member community and two from the active member community. For the Irish Scheme, the appointment of trustees is a Diageo Ireland decision. Currently Diageo Ireland makes four nominations and appoints three further candidates nominated by representative groupings.

        The group also operates a number of plans, primarily in the United States, which provide employees with post employment benefits in respect of medical costs. These plans are generally unfunded. In addition, there are a number of other plans which provide post employment benefits other than pensions and medical benefits. These plans are also included in the figures presented below.

(a)   The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine the group's deficit/surplus in the main post employment plans at 30 June in the relevant year. The assumptions used to calculate the charge/credit in the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June are based on the assumptions disclosed as at the previous 30 June.

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland   United States  
 
  2013   2012   2011   2013   2012   2011   2013   2012   2011  
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

Rate of general increase in salaries

    4.4     4.0     4.9     3.1     3.7     4.2              

Rate of increase to pensions in payment

    3.6     3.2     3.8     1.8     1.8     2.3              

Rate of increase to deferred pensions

    2.3     2.0     3.6     1.7     1.7     2.2              

Medical inflation

    n/a     n/a     n/a     8.0     8.0     8.0     8.0     8.0     8.5  

Discount rate for plan liabilities

    4.6     4.5     5.6     3.6     4.1     5.4     4.5     4.1     4.9  

Inflation – CPI

    2.3     2.0         1.7     1.7     2.2     1.8     1.9     2.2  

Inflation – RPI

    3.3     2.9     3.6                          

For the main plans in the United Kingdom and Ireland, the salary increase assumptions include an allowance for age related promotional salary increases. For example in the United Kingdom salary increase assumptions comprise one percentage point above RPI inflation and 0.1 of a percentage point (2012 – 0.1 and 2011 – 0.3 of a percentage point) for age related promotional salary increases. The salary increase assumption in the United States is not a significant assumption as only a minimal amount of members' pension entitlement is dependent on a member's projected final salary. The assumption for medical inflation in the United States and Ireland reduces by 0.5 of a percentage point per year until it reaches 5%.

        In assessing the group's post retirement liabilities, the mortality assumption for the UK Scheme is based on the CMI birth year tables with scaling factors based on the experience of the plan and with suitable future improvements. The mortality assumption for the Irish Scheme is also based on the mortality experience of that plan with suitable future improvements. The mortality assumptions for the other plans around the world are based on relevant standard mortality tables and standard mortality improvements in each country.

183


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

        For the main UK and Irish pension funds, the table below illustrates the expected age at death of an average worker who retires currently at the age of 65, and one who is currently aged 45 and subsequently retires at the age of 65:

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland  
 
  2013   2012   2011   2013   2012   2011  
 
  Age
  Age
  Age
  Age
  Age
  Age
 

Retiring currently at age 65

                                     

Male

    86.3     86.2     86.2     85.7     85.8     85.7  

Female

    88.3     88.2     87.8     88.5     88.4     88.3  

Currently aged 45, retiring at age 65

                                     

Male

    88.3     88.3     88.4     88.6     87.6     87.5  

Female

    90.5     90.5     90.1     91.3     90.2     90.1  

(b)   In respect of defined benefit post employment plans, the net amounts charged to the consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the three years ended 30 June 2013 are set out below:

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United
States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (56 )   (18 )   (32 )   (106 )

Past service exceptional gain

        3         3  

Gains on curtailment

        7     1     8  
                   

Total charge to operating profit

    (56 )   (8 )   (31 )   (95 )

Net credit/(charge) to other finance charges (note 6(b))

    19     (13 )   (11 )   (5 )
                   

Charge before taxation

    (37 )   (21 )   (42 )   (100 )
                   

Other comprehensive income

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    487     99     41     627  

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (233 )   (52 )   (26 )   (311 )
                   

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    254     47     15     316  

Experience gains arising on the plan liabilities

    21     25     25     71  

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    (197 )   (111 )   (2 )   (310 )
                   

Actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    78     (39 )   38     77  

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            (4 )   (4 )
                   

Net actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in other comprehensive income

    78     (39 )   34     73  
                   

184


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United
States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2012

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (61 )   (15 )   (34 )   (110 )

Past service exceptional gain

    86     29         115  

Gains on curtailment

            3     3  

Gains on settlement

        2         2  
                   

Total credit/(charge) to operating profit

    25     16     (31 )   10  

Net credit/(charge) to other finance charges (note 6(b))

    26     (11 )   (8 )   7  
                   

Credit/(charge) before taxation

    51     5     (39 )   17  
                   

Other comprehensive income

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    313     101     9     423  

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (271 )   (68 )   (33 )   (372 )
                   

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    42     33     (24 )   51  

Experience (losses)/gains arising on the plan liabilities

    (5 )   7     4     6  

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    (340 )   (188 )   (36 )   (564 )
                   

Actuarial loss recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    (303 )   (148 )   (56 )   (507 )

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            12     12  
                   

Net actuarial loss recognisable in other comprehensive income

    (303 )   (148 )   (44 )   (495 )
                   

185


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United
States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2011

                         

Operating profit

                         

Current service cost

    (59 )   (19 )   (32 )   (110 )

Past service gain

    2         3     5  

Gains on curtailments

    2     4     3     9  
                   

Total charge to operating profit

    (55 )   (15 )   (26 )   (96 )

Net credit/(charge) to other finance charges (note 6(b))

    14     (4 )   (13 )   (3 )
                   

Charge before taxation

    (41 )   (19 )   (39 )   (99 )
                   

Other comprehensive income

                         

Actual return on post employment plan assets

    575     37     63     675  

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    (242 )   (70 )   (27 )   (339 )
                   

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    333     (33 )   36     336  

Experience losses arising on the plan liabilities

    (49 )   (14 )   (11 )   (74 )

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    (54 )   67     7     20  
                   

Actuarial gain recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    230     20     32     282  

Changes in the recognisable surplus of the plans with a surplus restriction

            (10 )   (10 )
                   

Net actuarial gain recognisable in other comprehensive income

    230     20     22     272  
                   

 

 
  United
Kingdom
  Ireland   United
States
and other
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Total cumulative gain/(loss) recognised in other comprehensive income

                         

At 30 June 2010

    43     (293 )   (215 )   (465 )

Recognised in the year

    230     20     22     272  
                   

At 30 June 2011

    273     (273 )   (193 )   (193 )

Recognised in the year

    (303 )   (148 )   (44 )   (495 )
                   

At 30 June 2012

    (30 )   (421 )   (237 )   (688 )

Recognised in the year

    78     (39 )   34     73  
                   

At 30 June 2013

    48     (460 )   (203 )   (615 )
                   

186


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

(c)   The expected long term rates of return and fair values of the assets of the defined benefit post employment plans were as follows:

 
  United Kingdom   Ireland   United States
and other
  Total  
 
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
  Expected
long term
rates of
return
  Fair
value
 
 
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
  %
  £ million
 

2013

                                                 

Fair value of plan assets

                                                 

Equities

    8.0     1,814     7.2     479     7.6     338     7.8     2,631  

Bonds

    4.0     1,981     3.1     502     3.6     187     3.8     2,670  

Property

    8.0     485     7.2     72     7.0     9     7.9     566  

Other

    5.1     981     3.9     224     4.3     48     4.8     1,253  
                                           

          5,261           1,277           582           7,120  

Present value of funded plan liabilities

          (4,977 )         (1,700 )         (751 )         (7,428 )

Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

          (95 )         (29 )         (115 )         (239 )
                                           

Surplus/(deficit) in post employment plans

          189           (452 )         (284 )         (547 )

Surplus restriction

                              (5 )         (5 )
                                           

Post employment benefit net assets/(liabilities)

          189           (452 )         (289 )         (552 )
                                           

2012

                                                 

Fair value of plan assets

                                                 

Equities

    7.3     1,591     7.3     472     7.2     269     7.3     2,332  

Bonds

    3.5     1,795     3.2     408     3.4     184     3.4     2,387  

Property

    7.3     512     7.3     64     7.0     9     7.3     585  

Other

    3.9     593     3.8     208     3.8     60     3.9     861  
                                           

          4,491           1,152           522           6,165  

Present value of funded plan liabilities

          (4,747 )         (1,552 )         (747 )         (7,046 )

Present value of unfunded plan liabilities

          (90 )         (7 )         (106 )         (203 )
                                           

Deficit in post employment plans

          (346 )         (407 )         (331 )         (1,084 )

Surplus restriction

                              (1 )         (1 )
                                           

Post employment benefit net liabilities

          (346 )         (407 )         (332 )         (1,085 )
                                           

Included in the post employment plan deficit of £547 million (2012 – £1,084 million) are £190 million (2012 – £191 million) in respect of post employment medical benefit liabilities and £41 million (2012 – £32 million) in respect of other non-pension post employment liabilities.

        Within the UK Scheme's and Irish Scheme's plan assets above there are £8 million and £1 million investments in the ordinary shares of Diageo plc, respectively. Included in equities in the UK plans at 30 June 2013 are £209 million (2012 – £248 million) invested in hedge funds and £297 million (2012 – £289 million) invested in private equity. Included in the UK plans, in other assets are interest rate and inflation swaps and repurchase agreements with a fair value gain of £393 million (2012 – £329 million)and £238 million of cash from the £400 million contribution paid in to the UK Scheme in February 2013 that is still awaiting investment. In the Irish plans there are interest rate swaps and repurchase agreements with a fair value gain of £54 million (2012 – £73 million).

187


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

        The asset classes include some cash holdings that are temporary. This cash is likely to be invested imminently and so has been included in the asset class where it is anticipated to be invested in the long term. UK plan assets include temporary cash of £12 million (2012 – £26 million) in 'equities', £54 million (2012 – £102 million) in 'bonds' and £16 million (2012 – £7 million) in 'property'. Irish plan assets include temporary cash of £1 million (2012 – £7 million) in 'equities' and £21 million (2012 – £8 million) in 'bonds'.

        Post employment benefit assets and liabilities are recognised in the consolidated balance sheet, depending on whether an individual plan is in surplus or deficit, as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    312     22  

Non-current liabilities

    (864 )   (1,107 )
           

    (552 )   (1,085 )
           

        The expected long term rates of return for equities have been determined by reference to government bond rates (minimum risk rates) in the countries in which the plans are based. As at 30 June 2012, to reflect the additional risks associated with equities, expected long term rates of return on equities included a risk premium of 4.5% per year in excess of the expected return from government bonds. This risk premium was a long term assumption which is set after taking actuarial advice and considering the assumptions used by other FTSE 100 companies. The expected long term rates of return for other assets were determined in a similar way, by including an appropriate risk premium relative to government bonds in the relevant country. As the accounting for post employment benefits will change from 1 July 2013 (see note 1(b)) it is no longer necessary to estimate an expected long term rate of return on the assets held by the post employment plans.

        The investment strategy for the group's funded post employment plans is decided locally by the trustee of the plan and/or Diageo, as appropriate, and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The objective for the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the movement on the liabilities, while taking an acceptable level of investment risk relative to the liabilities. This objective is implemented by using specific allocations to a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver the target rate of return. Most investment strategies have significant allocations to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the group of the post employment plans being lower over the long term, within acceptable boundaries of risk. Each investment strategy is also designed to control investment risk by managing allocations to asset classes, geographical exposures and individual equity exposures.

        At 30 June 2013, approximately 30% and 77% (2012 – 33% and 57%) of the UK Scheme's liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the use of swaps. At 30 June 2013, approximately 37% and 45% (2012 – 37% and 45%) of the Irish Scheme's liabilities were hedged against future movements in interest rates and inflation, respectively, through the use of swaps.

        The discount rates used are based on the yields of high quality fixed income investments. For the UK plans, which represent approximately 66% of total plan liabilities, the discount rate is determined by reference to the yield curves of AA rated corporate bonds for which the timing and amount of cash

188


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

outflows are similar to those of the plans. A similar process is used to determine the discount rate for the non-UK plans.

(d)   Movements in the present value of plan liabilities and the fair value of plan assets during the two years ended 30 June 2013:

 
  Plan
liabilities
  Plan
assets
  Net
(deficit)
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2011

    (6,859 )   6,035     (824 )

Exchange differences

    174     (132 )   42  

Acquisition of businesses

    (2 )       (2 )

Expected return on plan assets

        372     372  

Current service cost

    (110 )       (110 )

Past service exceptional gain

    115         115  

Interest charge

    (365 )       (365 )

Actuarial (loss)/gain

    (558 )   51     (507 )

Contributions by the group

        190     190  

Employee contributions

    (5 )   5      

Benefits paid

    352     (352 )    

Curtailments

    3         3  

Settlements

    6     (4 )   2  
               

At 30 June 2012

    (7,249 )   6,165     (1,084 )

Exchange differences

    (111 )   79     (32 )

Acquisition of businesses

    (1 )       (1 )

Expected return on plan assets

        311     311  

Current service cost

    (106 )       (106 )

Past service exceptional gain

    3         3  

Interest charge

    (316 )       (316 )

Actuarial (loss)/gain

    (239 )   316     77  

Contributions by the group

        593     593  

Employee contributions

    (4 )   4      

Benefits paid

    339     (339 )    

Curtailments

    8         8  

Settlements

    9     (9 )    
               

At 30 June 2013

    (7,667 )   7,120     (547 )
               

In order to address the deficit on the UK Scheme the group established a Pension Funding Partnership (PFP). During the year ended 30 June 2011 whisky inventory was transferred into the partnership. The group retains control over the partnership which at 30 June 2013 held inventory with a book value of £695 million (2012 – £565 million). The partnership is fully consolidated in the group financial statements. The UK Scheme acquired a limited interest in the partnership, and as a partner, is entitled to a distribution from the profits of the partnership each year from the date the partnership was established until the year ending 30 June 2024. This profit share was £25 million in the year ended 30 June 2013 (2012 – £25 million) and is expected to be approximately the same amount for the next 11 years. In 2024 the group will be required, dependent upon the funding position of the UK Scheme

189


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

at that time, to pay an amount expected to be no greater than the deficit at that time, up to a maximum of £430 million in cash, to the UK Scheme to buy out the UK Scheme's interest in the partnership. If the UK Scheme is in surplus at an actuarial triennial valuation without allowing for the value of the PFP, then Diageo can exit the PFP with the agreement of the trustees. Under IAS 19 – Employee benefits the interest in the partnership does not represent a plan asset for group reporting purposes and therefore the UK Scheme's deficit position presented in these financial statements does not reflect the UK Scheme's interest in the partnership. Accordingly, distributions from the partnership to the UK Scheme are reflected in the consolidated group financial statements on a cash basis as distributions are paid. The group has also agreed to make conditional contributions into escrow if the deficit at the 2015 or 2018 actuarial triennial valuation is in excess of £211 million and £84 million, respectively. The escrow account would be payable to the UK Scheme by 31 March 2019. During the year ended 30 June 2013 the group made an additional one off cash contribution of £400 million to the UK Scheme. In addition to the deficit funding, Diageo continues to make a cash contribution in respect of current service costs based on the UK Scheme trustee's valuation. This contribution is expected to be £55 million to the UK Scheme for the year ending 30 June 2014.

        The group has also agreed a deficit funding arrangement with the trustees of the Irish Scheme under which it contributes to the Irish Scheme €21 million (£18 million) per annum until the year ending 30 June 2029. The agreement also provides for additional cash contributions into escrow of up to €188 million (£161 million) if an equivalent reduction in the deficit is not achieved over the 18 year period from 2010 to 2028. As part of this funding plan, Diageo has granted to the Irish Scheme a contingent asset comprising mortgages over certain land and buildings and fixed and floating charges over certain receivables of the group up to a value of €200 million (£171 million). In addition, the group expects to make cash contributions of up to €97 million (£82 million) to the Irish Scheme in the year ending 30 June 2014.

        The group also expects to make cash contributions of £50 million to all the other UK and Irish post employment plans and a cash contribution of £65 million to all other defined benefit post employment plans in the year ending 30 June 2014.

(e)
History of funded status of plans:

 
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Fair value of plan assets

    7,120     6,165     6,035     5,367     4,592  

Present value of plan liabilities

    (7,667 )   (7,249 )   (6,859 )   (6,569 )   (5,965 )
                       

Deficit in post employment plans

    (547 )   (1,084 )   (824 )   (1,202 )   (1,373 )

Surplus restriction

    (5 )   (1 )   (2 )   (2 )   (9 )

Impact of minimum funding requirement

            (12 )   (1 )   (1 )
                       

Post employment benefit liabilities

    (552 )   (1,085 )   (838 )   (1,205 )   (1,383 )
                       

190


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

(f)
History of experience gains and losses:

 
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Actual return less expected return on post employment plan assets

    316     51     336     435     (946 )

Experience gains/(losses) arising on the plan liabilities

    71     6     (74 )   229     60  

Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities

    (310 )   (564 )   20     (664 )   (127 )
                       

Actuarial gain/(loss) recognisable in the reconciliation of the assets and liabilities

    77     (507 )   282         (1,013 )
                       

(g)   Changes in the assumptions used for determining post employment costs and liabilities may have a material impact on the consolidated income statement and balance sheet. For the significant assumptions, the following sensitivity analyses give an estimate of the potential impacts on the consolidated income statement for the year ended 30 June 2013 and on the consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2013:

 
  Estimated increase/(decrease) in profit for the year  
 
  Operating
profit
  Other
finance
charges
  Profit
before
taxation
  Taxation   Profit for
the year
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                               

Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate

    8     (8 )            

Effect of 1% increase in expected rates of return on plan assets

        58     58     (13 )   45  

Effect of one year increase in life expectancy

    (2 )   (11 )   (13 )   3     (10 )

Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation

    5     18     23     (5 )   18  

Effect of 1% increase in medical inflation

    (1 )   (1 )   (2 )   1     (1 )

Effect of 1% decrease in medical inflation

    1     1     2     (1 )   1  

 
  Estimated increase/(decrease) in net assets  
 
  Post
employment
benefit
liabilities
  Net
deferred
tax assets
  Net
assets
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                   

Effect of 0.5% increase in discount rate

    522     (114 )   408  

Effect of 1% increase in expected rates of return on plan assets

    n/a     n/a     n/a  

Effect of one year increase in life expectancy

    (258 )   57     (201 )

Effect of 0.5% decrease in inflation

    423     (88 )   335  

Effect of 1% increase in medical inflation

    (28 )   9     (19 )

Effect of 1% decrease in medical inflation

    24     (8 )   16  

191


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

4.     Employee costs and post employment benefits (continued)

The estimated effect on the liabilities excludes the impact of any interest rate and inflation swaps entered into by the pension plans.

(h)
Information on transactions between the group and its pension plans is given in note 27.


5.     Exceptional items

IAS1 (Revised) – Presentation of financial statements requires material items of income and expense to be disclosed separately. Exceptional items are items which, in management's judgement need to be disclosed by virtue of their size or incidence in order for the user to obtain a proper understanding of the financial information.

        In the three years ended 30 June 2013, the following exceptional items were recorded:

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Items included in operating profit

                   

Restructuring

                   

Supply excellence review(a)

    (25 )        

Restructuring of Irish brewing operations(b)

    (36 )   (11 )   (10 )

Restructuring of Global Supply operations(c)

    (8 )   (16 )   (24 )

Operating model review(d)

        (69 )   (77 )

Other

                   

Pension changes – past service credits(e)

    20     115      

Brand impairment(f)

    (50 )   (59 )   (39 )

Duty settlements(g)

            (127 )

SEC settlement

            (12 )
               

    (99 )   (40 )   (289 )
               

Sale of businesses

                   

Nuvo(h)

    (83 )        

Step acquisition of SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang(i)

        124      

Tanzania Breweries Limited(j)

        23      

Wine operations

            (12 )

Joint venture in India

            (2 )
               

    (83 )   147     (14 )
               

Exceptional items before taxation

    (182 )   107     (303 )

Items included in taxation

                   

Tax on exceptional operating items

    27     19     51  

Tax on sale of businesses

    28         3  

Loss of future tax amortisation (k)

        (524 )    

Settlements with tax authorities (l)

            66  
               

    55     (505 )   120  

Exceptional items in continuing operations

    (127 )   (398 )   (183 )

Discontinued operations net of taxation (note 9)

        (11 )    
               

Total exceptional items

    (127 )   (409 )   (183 )
               

192


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

5.     Exceptional items (continued)

(a)    In March 2013 the group announced that its Global Supply and procurement operation will be refocused to enhance alignment between supply operations and Diageo's markets. Responsibilities for local operations will be transferred to the markets and central regional structures will be reduced. This is a continuation of the principles implemented by the operating model review announced in 2011. In addition, a number of initiatives have been launched to consolidate and streamline the supply operations to create greater operating efficiencies. Total exceptional operating charges in the three years ending 30 June 2015 in respect of the programme are estimated to be £100 million. The charge for the year ended 30 June 2013 is principally in respect of redundancies in the United Kingdom, North America and Africa.

(b)    The group has announced the centralisation of the group's brewing activities in Ireland at one site. This will result in the closure of the breweries and associated activities at Dundalk, Kilkenny and Waterford by the end of calendar year 2013. The exceptional charge for the year ended 30 June 2013 is principally in respect of redundancy related charges and accelerated depreciation (2012 and 2011 – accelerated depreciation).

(c)    In the year ended 30 June 2010 the group announced a number of initiatives to consolidate and streamline the Global Supply spirits operations in the United Kingdom and North America in order to create greater operating efficiencies. This included the consolidation of distilling, packaging and warehousing activities into fewer sites and resulted in the closure of a distillery, two cooperages and a warehouse in Scotland. The packaging plant at Kilmarnock closed in 2012. It also includes the closure of the Dorval bottling plant in Quebec, Canada and the restructuring of the Daventry distribution centre and the closure of the Menlo Park bottling plant in California and the specialty product building at the Relay plant in Maryland. The costs were primarily in respect of redundancies, additional depreciation and site decommissioning costs.

(d)    In the year ended 30 June 2011 the group reviewed its operating model across its businesses and commenced a restructuring programme. The main objective of the programme was to improve the effectiveness and productivity of its operations and to deploy resources closer to the market and in those geographical regions where the potential for growth is greatest. This review resulted in changes to the group's regional structure and the way it organises its central functions. The charges were principally in respect of staff redundancies, early termination of contracts and lease costs primarily in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States.

(e)    In the year ended 30 June 2013 the members of the Guinness Ireland Group Pension Scheme were notified that future pension increases would be restricted resulting in a past service pension credit to the income statement of €25 million (£20 million) (2012 – £29 million). In the year ended 30 June 2012, following an announcement by the UK government that statutory increases could be changed from the Retail Prices Index (RPI) to the Consumer Prices Index (CPI), members of the UK Diageo Pension Scheme were notified that any future increases for current and deferred members would increase by CPI rather than RPI. Deferred members who have guaranteed RPI increases have their deferred benefits linked to RPI. Pensions in payment remain unaffected. This change resulted in an exceptional credit to operating costs of £86 million in the year ended 30 June 2012.

(f)    In the year ended 30 June 2013 an impairment loss of £50 million (2012-£59 million) was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the Cacique brand. One of the principal markets for Cacique is Spain where the economy continued to suffer a significant downturn. The forecast and long term

193


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

5.     Exceptional items (continued)

growth assumptions for Cacique were reduced due to a fall in demand which has resulted in a further impairment of the brand value.

        In the year ended 30 June 2011 an impairment loss of £39 million was charged to other operating expenses in respect of the Ursus brand, resulting in a full impairment of the brand value.

(g)    In the year ended 30 June 2011, Diageo Turkey settled its dispute with the Turkish customs authorities regarding duty payable on beverage alcohol products sold in the domestic channel in Turkey between 2001 and 2009. The charge incurred with respect to this settlement (including legal fees and other associated costs) was £92 million. In addition, in the year ended 30 June 2011 Diageo settled a dispute with the Thai customs authorities in respect of the price of imported goods between 2002 and 2005. Diageo paid £35 million including legal fees. Both charges represent a full and final settlement of these disputes.

(h)    On 5 June 2013 the group disposed of its 71.25% interest in London Group, the owner of the Nuvo brand and its 20% equity interest in LNJ Group, LLC, the owner of the 22 Marquis brand at a loss of $126 million (£83 million).

(i)    In the year ended 30 June 2012, Diageo acquired an additional 4% equity stake in Sichuan Chengdu Shuijingfang Group Co., Ltd. (SJF Holdco) (formerly Sichuan Chengdu Quanxing Group Company Ltd.). The acquisition of the 4% equity stake brought Diageo's shareholding in SJF Holdco to 53% which became a subsidiary of Diageo. SJF Holdco is a holding company controlling a 39.7% equity stake in Sichuan Shuijingfang Co., Ltd (Shuijingfang) which following the appointment of additional directors in June 2012 also became a subsidiary of Diageo. As a result of SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang becoming subsidiaries of the group, a gain of £124 million arose on the difference between the book value of the equity owned prior to the transactions and their market value on the completion dates which was disclosed as a sale of business. The gain included £30 million of cumulative exchange gains recycled from other comprehensive income less a provision of £16 million for onerous contracts arising on the acquisition.

(j)    In January 2012 Diageo sold its 20% equity interest in Tanzania Breweries Limited (TBL) for a consideration of £47 million. The gain before tax on the disposal was £23 million after transaction costs.

(k)    The group benefits from the availability of tax amortisation on some of its principal brands and other intangible assets. In the year ended 30 June 2012 negotiations with tax authorities were concluded, the outcome of which was a favourable change in taxation basis that replaced the benefit of future amortisation resulting in a write off of the related deferred tax assets of £524 million.

(l)    In the year ended 30 June 2011 a number of legacy tax issues were settled in respect of historic restructuring.

194


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


6.     Interest and other finance income and charges

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

(a) Net interest

                   

Interest receivable

    99     107     183  

Fair value gain on interest rate instruments

    155     155     95  
               

Total interest receivable

    254     262     278  
               

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

    (28 )   (22 )   (21 )

Interest payable on finance leases

    (20 )   (12 )   (5 )

Interest payable on all other borrowings

    (454 )   (459 )   (514 )

Fair value loss on interest rate instruments

    (151 )   (151 )   (107 )
               

Total interest payable

    (653 )   (644 )   (647 )
               

Net interest

    (399 )   (382 )   (369 )
               

(b) Net other finance income and charges

                   

Net finance income in respect of post employment plans

        7      

Other finance income

    5     1      
               

Total other finance income

    5     8      
               

Net finance charge in respect of post employment plans

    (5 )       (3 )

Unwinding of discounts

    (16 )   (17 )   (16 )

Hyperinflation adjustment

    (4 )   (3 )   (9 )

Other finance charges

    (5 )   (3 )    
               

Total other finance charges

    (30 )   (23 )   (28 )
               

Net other finance charges

    (25 )   (15 )   (28 )
               

Interest on post employment plan liabilities

    (316 )   (365 )   (342 )

Expected return on post employment plan assets

    311     372     339  
               

Net finance (charges)/income in respect of post employment plans

    (5 )   7     (3 )
               

The amount of borrowing costs capitalised in the year ended 30 June 2013 was £2 million (2012 – £5 million; 2011 – £4 million).

        Since December 2009 Venezuela has been classified as a hyperinflationary economy. Hyperinflationary accounting requires the restatement of the subsidiary undertaking's income statement to current purchasing power. The index used to calculate the hyperinflationary adjustment was the Indice Nacional de Precios al Consumidor which changed from 285.5 to 398.6 in the year ended 30 June 2013 (2012 – from 235.3 to 285.5; 2011 – from 190.4 to 235.3), an increase of 40% (2012 – 21%; 2011 – 24%).

195


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


7.     Investments in associates

 
  Moët Hennessy   Other associates   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost less provisions

                   

At 30 June 2011

    2,084     301     2,385  

Exchange differences

    (199 )   (11 )   (210 )

Additions

        48     48  

Share of profit after tax

    205     8     213  

Dividends

    (158 )   (8 )   (166 )

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

    62         62  

Share of movements in other comprehensive income and equity

    (9 )       (9 )

Step acquisition of SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang

        (125 )   (125 )
               

At 30 June 2012

    1,985     213     2,198  

Exchange differences

    111     (7 )   104  

Additions

        77     77  

Disposals

        (3 )   (3 )

Share of profit/(loss) after tax

    230     (31 )   199  

Dividends

    (193 )   (10 )   (203 )

Share of tax attributable to shareholders

    78         78  

Share of movements in other comprehensive income and equity

    (7 )       (7 )
               

At 30 June 2013

    2,204     239     2,443  
               

Investments in associates comprise the cost of shares, less goodwill written off on acquisitions prior to 1 July 1998 of £1,374 million (2012 – £1,238 million), plus the group's share of post acquisition reserves of £1,069 million (2012 – £960 million).

        The share of loss after tax from other associates contains a deferred tax asset write off of £23 million (2012 – £nil) in respect of DHN Drinks (Pty) Ltd.

(a)    Moët Hennessy prepares its financial statements under IFRS in euros to 31 December each year. Summary income statement for the three years ended 30 June 2013 after adjustment to align Moët Hennessy's accounting policies and accounting periods with those of the group, translated at £1 = €1.21 (2012 – £1 = €1.18; 2011 – £1 = €1.16), is set out below:

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million
 

Sales

    4,190     3,463     3,797     3,218     3,353     2,891  

Profit for the year

    819     677     711     603     610     526  

Profit for the year is after deducting amounts in respect of non-controlling interests.

196


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

7.     Investments in associates (continued)

        A summary of Moët Hennessy's consolidated balance sheet as at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, including acquisition fair value adjustments principally in respect of Moët Hennessy's brands and translated at £1 = €1.17 (2012 – £1 = €1.24), is set out below:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  € million
  £ million
  € million
  £ million
 

Non-current assets

    4,333     3,703     4,247     3,425  

Current assets

    6,623     5,661     5,860     4,726  
                   

Total assets

    10,956     9,364     10,107     8,151  
                   

Current liabilities

    (2,173 )   (1,857 )   (1,586 )   (1,279 )

Non-current liabilities

    (1,199 )   (1,025 )   (1,281 )   (1,033 )
                   

Total liabilities

    (3,372 )   (2,882 )   (2,867 )   (2,312 )
                   

Net assets

    7,584     6,482     7,240     5,839  
                   

(b)    Information on transactions between the group and its associates is given in note 27.


8.     Taxation

(a)   Analysis of taxation charge in the year

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Current tax

                   

Current year

    433     312     450  

Adjustments in respect of prior years

    12     51     (5 )
               

    445     363     445  
               

Deferred tax

                   

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

    58     126     (13 )

Changes in tax rates

    7     15     9  

Adjustments in respect of prior years (note 8(c))

    19     534     (98 )
               

    84     675     (102 )
               

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

    529     1,038     343  
               

197


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

8.     Taxation (continued)

Adjustments in respect of prior years for current tax comprise a UK tax charge of £3 million (2012 – £13 million charge; 2011 – £2 million charge) and an overseas tax charge of £9 million (2012 – £38 million charge; 2011 – £7 million credit).

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Current tax

                   

United Kingdom

    66     31     94  

Overseas

    379     332     351  
               

    445     363     445  
               

Deferred tax

                   

United Kingdom

    (2 )   16     (141 )

Overseas

    86     659     39  
               

    84     675     (102 )
               

Taxation on profit from continuing operations

    529     1,038     343  
               

(b)   Exceptional tax (credits)/charges

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Tax on exceptional operating items

    (27 )   (19 )   (51 )

Tax on sale of businesses

    (28 )       (3 )

Loss of future tax amortisation (note 8(c))

        524      

Settlements agreed with tax authorities

            (66 )
               

    (55 )   505     (120 )
               

In the year ended 30 June 2012 a settlement was agreed with tax authorities resulting in a deferred tax asset write off of £524 million. See note 8(c) for further information. In the year ended 30 June 2011 the tax settlement comprised a current tax credit of £66 million.

198


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

8.     Taxation (continued)

(c)   Factors affecting tax charge for the year

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Profit from continuing operations before taxation

    3,123     3,121     2,360  
               

Notional charge at UK corporation tax rate of 23.75% (2012 – 25.5%; 2011 – 27.5%)

    742     796     649  

Elimination of notional tax on share of associates' profits after tax

    (46 )   (52 )   (48 )

Differences in effective overseas tax rates

    2     (13 )   (16 )

Items not chargeable

    (332 )   (393 )   (197 )

Items not deductible

    125     100     164  

Benefit of previously unrecognised other deferred tax assets

            (115 )

Changes in tax rates

    7     15     9  

Adjustments in respect of prior years

    31     585     (103 )
               

Tax charge for the year

    529     1,038     343  
               

The group benefits from the availability of tax amortisation on many of its principal brands and other intangible assets. During the year ended 30 June 2012 negotiations with tax authorities were concluded, the outcome of which was a favourable change in taxation basis of certain overseas profits that replaced the benefit of future amortisation. This resulted in a write off of deferred tax assets of £524 million. In the year ended 30 June 2011 a combination of strong performance and positive forward outlook led to the recognition of an increase in the deferred tax assets of £115 million in respect of future amortisation.

(d)    Factors that may affect future tax charges    As a group involved in worldwide operations, Diageo is subject to several factors which may affect future tax charges, principally the levels and mix of profitability in different jurisdictions, transfer pricing policies, tax rates imposed and settlements or agreements with tax authorities.

(e)    Corporate tax payable    The current corporate tax liability of £225 million (2012 – £317 million) represents the amount of taxes payable in respect of current and prior years that exceed payments made, and includes any interest and penalties payable thereon included in the corporation tax charge.

(f)    Material tax liabilities    As the group operates throughout the world, it faces potential transfer pricing issues in many jurisdictions relating to goods, services and financing. Acquisitions, disposals and restructuring activities may also give rise to potential tax exposures. The group has a number of tax audits ongoing worldwide but does not currently expect material additional tax exposures to arise, above the amounts provided, as and when audits are concluded.


9.     Discontinued operations

Discontinued operations in the year ended 30 June 2012 comprised a charge of £11 million in respect of the discounted value of anticipated future payments to additional thalidomide claimants.

199


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


10.   Earnings per share

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Profit attributable to equity shareholders

                   

Continuing operations

    2,485     1,953     1,900  

Discontinued operations

        (11 )    
               

    2,485     1,942     1,900  
               

 

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  million
  million
  million
 

Weighted average number of shares

                   

Shares in issue excluding own shares held

    2,502     2,495     2,493  

Dilutive potential ordinary shares

    15     14     8  
               

    2,517     2,509     2,501  
               

Pence per share

                   

Continuing operations

                   

– basic earnings

    99.3p     78.2p     76.2p  

– diluted earnings

    98.7p     77.8p     76.0p  

Continuing and discontinued operations

                   

– basic earnings

    99.3p     77.8p     76.2p  

– diluted earnings

    98.7p     77.4p     76.0p  

200


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


11.   Intangible assets

 
  Brands   Goodwill   Other
intangibles
  Computer
software
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost

                               

At 30 June 2011

    4,882     437     1,186     373     6,878  

Exchange differences

    33     1     32     (7 )   59  

Acquisition of businesses

    1,358     891         1     2,250  

Other additions

            4     59     63  

Disposals

            (2 )   (2 )   (4 )
                       

At 30 June 2012

    6,273     1,329     1,220     424     9,246  

Exchange differences

    111     (2 )   38     1     148  

Acquisition of businesses

    109     83             192  

Other additions

                56     56  

Disposals

    (62 )   (15 )   (3 )   (4 )   (84 )
                       

At 30 June 2013

    6,431     1,395     1,255     477     9,558  
                       

Amortisation and impairment loss

                               

At 30 June 2011

    77     19     48     189     333  

Exchange differences

    (9 )   (2 )       (4 )   (15 )

Amortisation for the year

            5     34     39  

Impairment

    72                 72  

Disposals

            (2 )   (2 )   (4 )
                       

At 30 June 2012

    140     17     51     217     425  

Exchange differences

    10     1     1     1     13  

Amortisation for the year

            4     35     39  

Exceptional impairment

    50                 50  

Disposals

    (13 )       (1 )   (3 )   (17 )
                       

At 30 June 2013

    187     18     55     250     510  
                       

Carrying amount

                               

At 30 June 2013

    6,244     1,377     1,200     227     9,048  
                       

At 30 June 2012

    6,133     1,312     1,169     207     8,821  
                       

At 30 June 2011

    4,805     418     1,138     184     6,545  
                       

201


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets (continued)

(a)    Brands are stated at fair value on acquisition less any impairment. At 30 June 2013, the principal acquired brands, all of which are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives, are as follows:

 
  Principal markets   2013   2012  
 
   
  £ million
  £ million
 

Carrying amount of acquired brands

                 

Crown Royal whisky

  United States     963     932  

Captain Morgan

  Global     790     765  

Johnnie Walker whisky

  Global     625     625  

Yenì Raki

  Turkey     580     598  

Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit

  Greater China     536     538  

Smirnoff vodka

  Global     542     525  

Windsor Premier whisky

  Korea     499     484  

Bell's whisky

  South Africa     179     179  

Ypióca cachaça

  Brazil     135      

Bushmills whiskey

  United States     144     144  

Seagram's 7 Crown whiskey

  United States     147     142  

Zacapa rum

  Global     126     122  

Seagram's VO whisky

  United States     125     121  

Gordon's gin

  Great Britain     119     119  

Old Parr whisky

  Venezuela     99     113  

Bundaberg rum

  Australia     81     88  

Tanqueray gin

  United States     78     76  

Cacique rum

  Spain     68     112  

Romana Sambuca liqueur

  United States     57     54  

White Horse whisky

  Russia     53     53  

Meta beer

  Ethiopia     51     52  

Other brands

        247     291  
               

        6,244     6,133  
               

Brands are regarded as having indefinite useful economic lives and are therefore not amortised. These brands are protected by trademarks, which are renewable indefinitely, in all of the major markets where they are sold. There are not believed to be any legal, regulatory or contractual provisions that limit the useful lives of these brands. The nature of the premium drinks industry is that obsolescence is not a common issue, with indefinite brand lives being commonplace, and Diageo has a number of brands that were originally created more than 100 years ago. Accordingly, the directors believe that it is appropriate that the brands are treated as having indefinite lives for accounting purposes.

202


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets (continued)

(b)    For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill has been attributed to cash-generating units as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

North America – United States

    209     223  

Western Europe

    174     163  

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey – East Africa

    33     34  

                                                                – Africa Regional Markets

    98     97  

                                                                – Russia and Eastern Europe

    42     41  

                                                                – Turkey

    588     607  

Latin America and Caribbean – Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil

    74      

Asia Pacific – Greater China

    122     105  

Other cash-generating units

    37     42  
           

    1,377     1,312  
           

Goodwill has arisen on acquisitions of businesses and distribution rights and includes synergies arising from cost savings and the opportunity to utilise the group's distribution network to leverage marketing of the acquired products and the extension of the group's portfolio of brands in other markets around the world.

(c)    Other intangibles comprise principally distribution rights. Diageo owns the global distribution rights in perpetuity for Ketel One vodka products, and the directors believe that it is appropriate to treat these rights as having an indefinite life for accounting purposes. The carrying value at 30 June 2013 was £1,184 million (2012 – £1,146 million). All other distribution rights are amortised on a straight-line basis over the length of the distribution arrangements, generally between 10 and 20 years, unless there is an indication that the asset may be impaired, in which case, if necessary, the asset is written down or the amortisation period is reassessed and changed. Amortisation of other intangible assets is recognised in other operating expenses in the income statement.

(d)    Computer software includes £10 million (2012 – £51 million) in respect of projects in the course of development. Amortisation of computer software is recognised in other operating expenses in the income statement.

        Net book value of computer software includes £7 million (2012 – £9 million) in respect of assets held under finance leases; depreciation for the year on these assets was £2 million (2012 – £nil).

Impairment testing    To ensure that brands, goodwill and other intangibles with indefinite useful lives are not carried at above their recoverable amount, impairment reviews are performed comparing the net carrying value with the recoverable amount using value in use calculations. For goodwill the recoverable amount is calculated in respect of the cash-generating unit including the attributed goodwill. These calculations are performed annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The value in use calculations are based on discounted forecast cash flows and terminal values calculated on the assumption that cash flows continue in perpetuity at the long term growth rate of each country or region.

203


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets (continued)

        Cash flows are forecast for each brand, other intangible and cash-generating unit for the financial year, which is approved by management and reflects expectations of sales growth, operating costs and margin, based on past experience and external sources of information.

        The discount rates used are the weighted average cost of capital which reflects the returns on government bonds specific to the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is attributed or returns on government bonds issued by triple 'A' rated countries with a maturity of 10 years, and an equity risk premium adjusted for specific industry. Further risk premiums are applied according to management's assessment of the risks in respect of the individual cash flows. The group applies post-tax discount rates to post-tax cash flows as the valuation calculated using this method closely approximates to applying pre-tax discount rates to pre-tax cash flows. The long term growth rates applied at the end of the forecast period are the long term annual inflation rate of the country obtained from external sources. For goodwill, these assumptions are based on the cash-generating unit or group of units to which the goodwill is attributed. For brands, they are based on a weighted average taking into account the country or countries where sales are made.

        For some intangible assets, management expects to achieve growth, driven by Diageo's sales, marketing and distribution expertise, which is significantly in excess of the long term growth rates for the applicable countries or regions. In these circumstances, the recoverable amount is calculated based on a five-year detailed plan and extended by up to an additional five to ten years using the annual growth rate of the real gross domestic product (GDP) of the country or region aggregated with its inflation rate, adjusted to take into account circumstances specific to the group. In the calculation of the terminal recoverable amount, the long term annual inflation rate of the country is used as the growth rate. For certain intangible assets more conservative long term assumptions are applied to calculate the recoverable amount.

        The pre-tax discount rates and long term growth rates used for impairment testing are as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Pre-tax
discount
rate
  Long term
growth
rate
  Pre-tax
discount
rate
  Long term
growth
rate
 
 
  %
  %
  %
  %
 

North America – United States

    9     2     9     2  

Western Europe – Western Europe

    12     2     12     2  

                             – Great Britain

    8     2     8     2  

                             – Spain

    13     1     13     2  

Africa, Eastern Europe and Turkey – East Africa

    21     5     20     5  

                                                                – Africa Regional Markets

    22     5     21     5  

                                                                – South Africa

    14     5     13     5  

                                                                – Russia and Eastern Europe

    13     5     12     5  

                                                                – Turkey

    15     5     17     5  

Latin America and Caribbean – Paraguay, Uruguay and Brazil

    17     5     15     5  

Asia Pacific – South East Asia

    14     4     11     3  

                     – Korea

    10     3     10     3  

                     – Australia

    10     2     10     3  

                     – Greater China

    12     3     10     3  

204


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

11.   Intangible assets (continued)

Any impairment write downs identified are charged to other operating expenses in the income statement. In the year ended 30 June 2013, an exceptional impairment of £50 million was charged in respect of the Cacique brand. One of the principal markets for Cacique is Spain where the economy continued to suffer a significant downturn. The forecast and long term growth assumptions for Cacique were further reduced due to a fall in demand which has resulted in an impairment of the brand value. In the year ended 30 June 2012 the total impairment charge of £72 million included an exceptional impairment charge of £59 million in respect of Cacique. In the year ended 30 June 2011 the exceptional impairment charge of £39 million was in respect of Ursus.

Sensitivity to change in key assumptions    Impairment testing is dependent on management's estimates and judgements, particularly in respect of the forecasting of future cash flows, discount rates applied to those cash flows and expected long term growth rates.

        The Cacique brand would be impaired further in case of an increase in discount rate of 1ppt, a decrease in long term growth rate of 2ppts and a decrease in forecast annual cash flows of 10% by £4 million, £3 million and £6 million against its current carrying value, respectively.

        The impairment testing for the year ended 30 June 2013 has identified the Windsor Premier brand as being sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions as the impairment model has been updated to reflect the challenging whisky market in Korea. The brand would be impaired by less than £3 million if there was an increase in discount rate of 1ppt, a decrease in long term growth rates of 2ppts or a reduction in forecast annual cash flows of 10%. An impairment charge of approximately £50 million would be required if forecast annual cash flows decreased by 20%.

        Diageo has recently acquired Shui Jing Fang and Ypióca brands in the emerging markets of China and Brazil, respectively. Management recognises that a reasonable possible change in the key assumptions may cause carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts. Without mitigation, the Shui Jing Fang and Ypióca brands could be impaired if there was a decrease of 10% in forecast annual cash flows by approximately £50 million and £15 million, respectively.

        It remains possible that changes in assumptions in case of Cacique, Windsor Premier, Shui Jing Fang and Ypióca brands could arise in excess of those indicated above.

        For all intangibles with an indefinite life, other than those mentioned above, management has concluded that no reasonable possible change in the key assumptions on which it has determined the recoverable amounts would cause their carrying values to exceed their recoverable amounts.

205


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


12.   Property, plant and equipment

 
  Land and
buildings
  Plant and
equipment
  Fixtures
and
fittings
  Returnable
bottles and
crates
  Under
construction
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost

                                     

At 30 June 2011

    1,093     2,533     184     402     314     4,526  

Exchange differences

    (21 )   (86 )   (4 )   (25 )   (4 )   (140 )

Acquisition of businesses

    100     67     3         16     186  

Other additions

    21     100     10     30     454     615  

Disposals

    (45 )   (134 )   (17 )   (20 )   (3 )   (219 )

Transfers

    75     305     (50 )   21     (351 )    
                           

At 30 June 2012

    1,223     2,785     126     408     426     4,968  

Exchange differences

    14     47     3     13     8     85  

Acquisition of businesses

    26     17                 43  

Other additions

    35     263     10     42     417     767  

Disposals

    (13 )   (97 )   (5 )   (17 )   (4 )   (136 )

Transfers

    50     376     (9 )   53     (470 )    
                           

At 30 June 2013

    1,335     3,391     125     499     377     5,727  
                           

Depreciation

                                     

At 30 June 2011

    359     1,244     125     246         1,974  

Exchange differences

    (11 )   (58 )   (4 )   (17 )       (90 )

Depreciation charge for the year

    36     188     11     36         271  

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

    8     21                 29  

Disposals

    (43 )   (114 )   (17 )   (14 )       (188 )

Transfers

    (3 )   33     (31 )   1          
                           

At 30 June 2012

    346     1,314     84     252         1,996  

Exchange differences

    8     30     1     9         48  

Depreciation charge for the year

    45     198     10     38         291  

Exceptional accelerated depreciation

        23                 23  

Disposals

    (10 )   (76 )   (5 )   (8 )       (99 )

Transfers

    1         (1 )            
                           

At 30 June 2013

    390     1,489     89     291         2,259  
                           

Carrying amount

                                     

At 30 June 2013

    945     1,902     36     208     377     3,468  
                           

At 30 June 2012

    877     1,471     42     156     426     2,972  
                           

At 30 June 2011

    734     1,289     59     156     314     2,552  
                           

(a)    The net book value of land and buildings comprises freeholds of £857 million (2012 – £780 million), long leaseholds of £36 million (2012 – £47 million) and short leaseholds of £52 million (2012 – £50 million). Depreciation was not charged on £144 million (2012 – £118 million) of land.

206


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

12.   Property, plant and equipment (continued)

(b)    Included in the net book value of property, plant and equipment are the following amounts held under finance leases:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Land and buildings

    32     33  

Plant and equipment

    248     92  

Fixtures and fittings

    2     3  

Assets under construction

    4     95  
           

    286     223  
           

Depreciation for the year on these assets was £21 million (2012 – £9 million).

(c)    Transfers primarily represent assets brought into use during the year.

(d)    As at 30 June 2013 the group has received government grants from the United States Virgin Islands government of £121 million (2012 – £116 million) which have been netted against the capital expenditure incurred on the construction of a new rum distillery in the United States Virgin Islands.


13.   Other investments

 
  United
Spirits
Limited
  Loans   Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cost less provisions or fair value

                         

At 30 June 2011

        92     10     102  

Exchange differences

        (13 )       (13 )

Acquisition of businesses

        8         8  

Additions

        27         27  

Repayments

        (27 )       (27 )
                   

At 30 June 2012

        87     10     97  

Exchange differences

    (18 )   (10 )   2     (26 )

Additions

    283     20         303  

Repayments

        (41 )       (41 )

Fair value adjustment

    85             85  

Provisions charged during the year

        (6 )       (6 )
                   

At 30 June 2013

    350     50     12     412  
                   

On 27 May 2013 the group completed the acquisition of a 10% equity interest through a preferential allotment of shares by United Spirits Limited (USL), the leading spirits company in India, at a cost of INR 20.9 billion (£249 million) at INR 1440 per share. In addition, on 13 May 2013, the group acquired a 0.04% equity interest on the closing of a mandatory tender offer to the other USL shareholders at a cost of £1 million (INR 1440 per share). Directly attributable transaction costs of £33 million were included within the initial investment cost.

        On 30 June 2013 the USL share price was INR 2168 per share and a £85 million gain arose on the remeasurement of the investment to fair value. The gain was recognised in other comprehensive income in the year ended 30 June 2013.

207


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

        USL prepares its financial statements to 31 March each year. The financial statements of USL, prepared under Indian GAAP, for the year ended 31 March 2013 disclosed net sales of INR 106 billion (£1,173 million) and operating profit of INR 10.6 billion (£117 million). Total assets disclosed as at 31 March 2013 were INR 163.8 billion (£1,813 million) and total liabilities were INR 115.9 billion (£1,282 million).

        Loans comprise £29 million (2012 – £57 million; 2011 – £63 million) of loans to associates in South Africa and £21 million (2012 – £30 million; 2011 – £29 million) of loans to customers and other third parties, after provisions of £27 million (2012 – £28 million; 2011 – £28 million).


14.   Inventories

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

    352     334  

Work in progress

    66     66  

Maturing inventories

    3,184     2,953  

Finished goods and goods for resale

    620     602  
           

    4,222     3,955  
           

Maturing inventories include whisky, rum, wines and Chinese white spirits. The following amounts of inventories are expected to be utilised after more than one year:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Raw materials and consumables

    51     49  

Maturing inventories

    2,670     2,479  
           

    2,721     2,528  
           

Inventories are disclosed net of provisions for obsolescence, an analysis of which is as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

    52     57  

Exchange differences

        (1 )

Income statement charge

    20     4  

Utilised

    (8 )   (8 )
           

    64     52  
           

208


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


15.   Trade and other receivables

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Current
assets
  Non-current
assets
  Current
assets
  Non-current
assets
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Trade receivables

    2,057         1,749      

Interest receivable

    19         19      

Other receivables

    241     103     165     108  

Prepayments

    129     25     142     11  

Accrued income

    38         28      
                   

    2,484     128     2,103     119  
                   

As at 30 June 2013 non-current other receivables includes £87 million (2012 – £84 million) in respect of the assessment of excise duties made by the Korean customs authorities (see note 26(c)).

        At 30 June 2013, approximately 11% and 21% of the group's trade receivables of £2,057 million are due from counterparties based in the United Kingdom and in the United States, respectively.

        The aged analysis of trade receivables, net of provisions, is as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million   £ million  

Not overdue

    1,972     1,681  

Overdue 1 – 30 days

    45     34  

Overdue 31 – 60 days

    11     8  

Overdue 61 – 90 days

    5     8  

Overdue 91 – 180 days

    7     11  

Overdue more than 180 days

    17     7  
           

    2,057     1,749  
           

Trade and other receivables are disclosed net of provisions for bad and doubtful debts, an analysis of which is as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Balance at beginning of the year

    58     61  

Exchange differences

    1     (4 )

Income statement charge

    13     12  

Written off

    (7 )   (11 )
           

    65     58  
           


16.   Cash and cash equivalents

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Cash at bank

    773     548  

Cash equivalents

    999     528  
           

    1,772     1,076  
           

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand, money market and term deposits which are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have an original maturity of three months or less.

209


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


17.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts

 
  Repayment
date
  Currency   Year end
interest
rates
  2013   2012  
 
   
   
  %
  £ million
  £ million
 

Bank overdrafts

    On demand   Various     Various     111     38  

Commercial paper

      US dollar     Various         23  

Bank and other loans

    Various   Various     Various     163     165  

Credit support obligations

    2013   Various     Various     72     130  

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   US dollar     5.2         478  

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   US dollar     5.5         382  

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   Euro     5.5     983      

Guaranteed bonds 2014

    2014   US dollar     7.375     529      

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

                  14  
                           

Borrowings due within one year and bank overdrafts

                    1,858     1,230  
                           

Guaranteed bonds 2013

    2013   Euro     5.5         926  

Guaranteed bonds 2014

    2014   US dollar     7.375         514  

Guaranteed bonds 2014

    2014   Euro     6.625     853     805  

Guaranteed bonds 2015

    2015   US dollar     5.3     493     477  

Guaranteed bonds 2015

    2015   US dollar     3.25     328     318  

Guaranteed bonds 2016

    2016   US dollar     5.5     394     381  

Guaranteed bonds 2016

    2016   US dollar     0.625     492      

Guaranteed bonds 2017

    2017   US dollar     5.75     820     794  

Guaranteed bonds 2017

    2017   US dollar     1.5     655     633  

Guaranteed bonds 2018

    2018   US dollar     1.125     424      

Guaranteed bonds 2020

    2020   US dollar     4.828     400     379  

Guaranteed bonds 2022

    2022   US dollar     2.875     653     631  

Guaranteed bonds 2022

    2022   US dollar     8.0     196     189  

Guaranteed bonds 2023

    2023   US dollar     2.625     883      

Guaranteed bonds 2035

    2035   US dollar     7.45     264     255  

Guaranteed bonds 2036

    2036   US dollar     5.875     391     377  

Guaranteed bonds 2042

    2042   US dollar     4.25     325     314  

Guaranteed bonds 2043

    2043   US dollar     3.875     322      

Medium term notes

    2018   US dollar     4.85     132     127  

Bank and other loans

    Various   Various     Various     21     44  

Fair value adjustment to borrowings

              187     235  
                           

Borrowings due after one year

                    8,233     7,399  
                           

Total borrowings before derivative financial instruments

                    10,091     8,629  

Fair value of foreign currency forwards and swaps

              (205 )   (210 )

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

                  (3 )
                           

Total borrowings after derivative financial instruments

                    9,886     8,416  
                           

210


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

17.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

Bank overdrafts form an integral part of the group's cash management and are included as a component of net cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statement of cash flows. All bonds, medium term notes and commercial paper are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Diageo plc.

        Included in borrowings due within one year are credit support obligations. When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, the group may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold. At 30 June 2013, the collateral held under these agreements amounted to $74 million (£49 million) and €27 million (£23 million) (2012 – $135 million (£86 million) and €54 million (£44 million)).

        The interest rates shown in the table above are those contracted on the underlying borrowings before taking into account any interest rate hedges (see note 19). The average monthly net borrowings for the year were £8,270 million (2012 – £8,293 million; 2011 – £7,227 million). Based on average monthly net borrowings and net interest charge, taking into account interest rate hedges, the effective interest rate for the year was 4.9% (2012 – 4.7%; 2011 – 4.9%). For this calculation, net interest charge excludes fair value adjustments to derivative financial instruments and borrowings and average monthly net borrowings include the impact of interest rate swaps that are no longer in a hedge relationship but exclude the market value adjustment for cross currency interest rate swaps. The loans above are stated net of unamortised finance costs of £100 million (2012 – £92 million; 2011 – £78 million).

        The weighted average interest rate, before interest rate hedges, for short term borrowings at 30 June 2013 was 6.5% (2012 – 6.1%; 2011 – 4.3%). The weighted average interest rate, before interest rate hedges, for bonds, medium term notes and bank loans included within borrowings due after one year at 30 June 2013 was 4.2% (2012 – 5.1%; 2011 – 5.8%).

        Certain borrowings are reported in the table above at amortised cost with a fair value adjustment shown separately.

(a)   Analysis of net borrowings

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Borrowings due within one year and bank overdrafts

    (1,858 )   (1,230 )

Borrowings due after one year

    (8,233 )   (7,399 )

Fair value of foreign currency forwards and swaps(i)

    205     210  

Fair value of interest rate hedging instruments

        3  

Finance lease liabilities

    (289 )   (230 )
           

Gross borrowings

    (10,175 )   (8,646 )

Offset by:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,772     1,076  
           

Net borrowings

    (8,403 )   (7,570 )
           

(i)
Includes derivative financial instruments designated in net investment hedges or designated to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated borrowings.

211


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

17.   Borrowings and bank overdrafts (continued)

        Foreign currency forwards and swaps, interest rate hedging instruments and finance lease liabilities are included as appropriate in other financial assets and other financial liabilities.

(b)   Reconciliation of movement in net borrowings

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Net borrowings at beginning of the year

    (7,570 )   (6,450 )
           

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents before exchange

    587     (507 )

Net increase in loans

    (1,234 )   (512 )
           

Change in net borrowings from cash flows

    (647 )   (1,019 )

Exchange differences on net borrowings

    (116 )   152  

Borrowings acquired through acquisition of businesses

        (5 )

Other non-cash items

    (70 )   (248 )
           

Net borrowings at end of the year

    (8,403 )   (7,570 )
           

In the year ended 30 June 2013, the group repaid bonds of $750 million (£475 million) and $600 million (£394 million). The group borrowed $3,250 million (£2,100 million), consisting of $750 million (£485 million) of 0.625% bonds due April 2016, $650 million (£420 million) of 1.125% bonds due April 2018, $1,350 million (£872 million) of 2.625% bonds due April 2023 and $500 million (£323 million) of 3.875% bonds due April 2043. On 1 July 2013 the group repaid bonds of €1,150 million (£983 million) as scheduled.

        In the year ended 30 June 2012, the group repaid bonds of $900 million (£566 million) and €750 million (£605 million). The group borrowed $2,500 million (£1,548 million), consisting of $1,000 million of 1.5% bonds due May 2017, $1,000 million of 2.875% bonds due May 2022, and $500 million of 4.25% bonds due May 2042.

        The group has been issuing short term commercial paper regularly to finance its day-to-day operations.

212


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


18.   Other financial assets and liabilities

 
  Non-current
assets
  Current
assets
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                               

Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                               

Designated in a cash flow hedge

    206     14     (39 )   (15 )   166  

Designated in a net investment hedge

        40     (25 )       15  

Not designated in a hedge relationship

    187     11     (22 )   (90 )   86  
                       

    393     65     (86 )   (105 )   267  
                       

Non-derivative liabilities

                               

Deferred consideration payable

            (6 )   (109 )   (115 )

Finance lease liabilities

            (30 )   (259 )   (289 )
                       

            (36 )   (368 )   (404 )
                       

Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

    393     65     (122 )   (473 )   (137 )
                       

2012

                               

Derivative assets/(liabilities)

                               

Designated in a cash flow hedge

    235     28     (32 )   (8 )   223  

Designated in a fair value hedge

        3             3  

Designated in a net investment hedge

        1     (23 )       (22 )

Not designated in a hedge relationship

    270     10     (18 )   (148 )   114  
                       

    505     42     (73 )   (156 )   318  
                       

Non-derivative liabilities

                               

Deferred consideration payable

            (17 )   (103 )   (120 )

Finance lease liabilities

            (23 )   (207 )   (230 )
                       

            (40 )   (310 )   (350 )
                       

Total other financial assets/(liabilities)

    505     42     (113 )   (466 )   (32 )
                       

Finance lease liabilities are payable as follows:

 
   
   
   
  2012  
 
  2013  
 
   
   
  Present
value of
minimum
lease
payments
 
 
  Future
minimum
lease
payments
  Future
finance
charges
  Present
value of
minimum
lease payments
  Future
minimum
lease
payments
  Future
finance
charges
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Less than one year

    (48 )   18     (30 )   (39 )   16     (23 )

Between one and five years

    (153 )   49     (104 )   (129 )   45     (84 )

More than five years

    (195 )   40     (155 )   (165 )   42     (123 )
                           

    (396 )   107     (289 )   (333 )   103     (230 )
                           

213


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


19.   Financial instruments and risk management

Derivative financial instruments are used to hedge exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity price movements that arise in the normal course of the group's business.

        The group's funding, liquidity and exposure to foreign currency and interest rate risks are managed by the group's treasury department. The treasury department uses a range of financial instruments to manage these underlying risks.

        Treasury operations are conducted within a framework of board-approved policies and guidelines, which are recommended and subsequently monitored by the finance committee. This committee is described in the Corporate governance report. The policies and guidelines include benchmark exposure and/or hedge cover levels for key areas of treasury risk. The benchmarks, hedge cover levels and overall appropriateness of Diageo's risk management policies are reviewed by the board following, for example, significant business, strategic or accounting changes. The framework provides for limited defined levels of flexibility in execution to allow for the optimal application of the board-approved strategies. Transactions arising on the application of this flexibility may give rise to exposures different from the defined benchmark levels that are separately monitored on a daily basis using Value at Risk analysis. These transactions are carried at fair value and gains or losses are taken to the income statement as they arise. In the year ended 30 June 2013 gains and losses on these transactions were not material.

        The group purchases insurance for commercial or, where required, for legal or contractual reasons. In addition, the group retains insurable risk where external insurance is not considered an economic means of mitigating these risks.

        The finance committee receives monthly reports on the activities of the treasury department, including any exposures different from the defined benchmarks.

(a)    Currency risk    The group presents its consolidated financial statements in sterling and conducts business in many foreign currencies. As a result, it is subject to foreign currency risk due to exchange rate movements, which will affect the group's transactions and the translation of the results and underlying net assets of its foreign operations. To manage the foreign currency risk the group uses certain financial instruments. Where hedge accounting is applied, hedges are documented and tested for effectiveness on an ongoing basis. Diageo expects hedges entered into to continue to be effective and therefore does not expect the impact of ineffectiveness on the consolidated income statement to be material.

Hedge of net investment in foreign operations    The group hedges a substantial portion of its exposure to fluctuations in the sterling value of its foreign operations by designating net borrowings held in foreign currencies and using foreign currency spots, forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives. The group's policy is to maintain total net investment Value at Risk below £1 billion with additional limits for individual currencies, where Value at Risk is defined as the maximum amount of loss not exceeded over a one year period with a 95% probability confidence level.

        Exchange differences arising on the retranslation of foreign currency borrowings (including foreign currency forwards, swaps and other financial derivatives), to the extent that they are in an effective hedge relationship, are recognised in other comprehensive income to offset exchange differences on net investments in foreign operations. Exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings not in a hedge relationship and any ineffectiveness are taken to the income statement.

214


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

Transaction exposure hedging    The group's policy is to hedge up to 24 months forecasted transactional foreign currency risk in the three major currency pairs (US dollar/sterling, euro/sterling and euro/US dollar) targeting 75% coverage of the current financial year and up to 18 months for other currency pairs. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

Hedge of foreign currency debt    The group uses cross currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk associated with certain foreign currency denominated borrowings. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedge is recognised in other comprehensive income and recycled into the income statement at the same time as the underlying hedged transaction affects the income statement. Any ineffectiveness is taken to the income statement.

(b)    Interest rate risk    The group has an exposure to interest rate risk, arising principally on changes in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates. To manage interest rate risk, the group manages its proportion of fixed to floating rate borrowings within limits approved by the board, primarily through issuing fixed and floating rate borrowing and commercial paper, and by utilising interest rate derivatives. These practices aim to minimise the group's net finance charges with acceptable year on year volatility. To facilitate operational efficiency and effective hedge accounting, the group's policy is to maintain fixed rate borrowings within a band of 40% to 60% of forecast net borrowings. Due to the exceptionally low interest rate environment, the board has approved an exception to this policy, permitting fixed rate debt to reach up to 100% of forecast net debt. For these calculations, net borrowings exclude interest rate related fair value adjustments. The majority of Diageo's existing interest rate derivatives are legacy fair value hedges that have locked in positive market values. These instruments are no longer involved in hedge relationships and the fair value change is recognised in the income statement which is partially offset by the net interest earned on these derivatives.

(c)    Commodity price risk    The group is exposed to commodity price risk. Commodity price risk is managed in line with principles approved by the board either through long term purchase contracts with suppliers or, where appropriate, derivative contracts. Commodity price risk exposure is normally hedged up to 18 months forecast volume usage with a target of 80% coverage. Where derivative contracts are used the group manages exposures principally through exchange-traded futures, forwards, swaps and options.

(d)    Market risk sensitivity analysis    The group is using a sensitivity analysis technique that measures the estimated impacts on the consolidated income statement and other comprehensive income of either an instantaneous increase or decrease of 0.5% (50 basis points) in market interest rates or a 10% strengthening or weakening in sterling against all other currencies, from the rates applicable at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, for each class of financial instruments with all other variables remaining constant. The sensitivity analysis excludes the impact of market risks on the net post employment benefit liability and corporate tax payable. This analysis is for illustrative purposes only, as in practice interest and foreign exchange rates rarely change in isolation.

        The sensitivity analysis is based on the following:

215


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        The sensitivity analysis estimates the impact of changes in interest and foreign exchange rates. Actual results in the future may differ from these results materially due to developments in the global financial markets which may cause fluctuations in interest and exchange rates to vary from the hypothetical amounts disclosed in the table below, which therefore should not be considered as projections of likely future events, gains or losses.

        Reasonably possible hypothetical changes in other risk variables would not significantly affect the fair value of financial instruments at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012.


Analysis of sensitivities

 
  0.5%
decrease
in interest
rates
  0.5%
increase
in interest
rates
  10%
weakening
of sterling
  10%
strengthening
of sterling
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                         

Impact on income statement – gain/(loss)

    7     (7 )   (44 )   35  

Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income – gain/(loss)(i)(ii)

    14     (14 )   (796 )   650  

2012

                         

Impact on income statement – gain/(loss)

    5     (5 )   (26 )   21  

Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income – gain/(loss)(i)(ii)

    19     (18 )   (786 )   643  

(i)
The group's foreign currency debt is used to hedge the net investments in foreign operations and as such the translation of foreign net investments mainly offsets the foreign currency gains or losses on financial instruments recognised in other comprehensive income.

(ii)
Impact on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income includes the impact on the income statement.

        The above analysis considers the impact of all financial instruments including financial derivatives, cash and cash equivalents, borrowings and other financial assets and liabilities.

216


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

(e)    Credit risk    Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the group. Credit risk arises from cash balances (including bank deposits and cash and cash equivalents), derivative financial instruments and credit exposures to customers, including outstanding loans, trade and other receivables, financial guarantees and committed transactions.

        The carrying amount of financial assets represents the group's exposure to credit risk at the reporting date as disclosed in note 19(i), excluding the impact of any collateral held or other credit enhancements.

        Credit risk is managed separately for financial and business related credit exposures.


Financial credit risk

Diageo aims to minimise its financial credit risk through the application of risk management policies approved and monitored by the board. Counterparties are limited to major banks and financial institutions, primarily with a long term credit rating within the A band or better, and the policy restricts the exposure to any one counterparty by setting credit limits taking into account the credit quality of the counterparty. The group's policy is designed to ensure that individual counterparty limits are adhered to and that there are no significant concentrations of credit risk. The board also defines the types of financial instruments which may be transacted. The credit risk arising through the use of financial instruments for currency and interest rate risk management is estimated with reference to the fair value of contracts with a positive value, rather than the notional amount of the instruments themselves.

        When derivative transactions are undertaken with bank counterparties, the group may, where appropriate, enter into certain agreements with such bank counterparties whereby the parties agree to post cash collateral for the benefit of the other if the net valuations of the derivatives are above a pre-determined threshold.

        Diageo annually reviews the credit limits applied and regularly monitors the counterparties' credit quality reflecting market credit conditions.


Business related credit risk

Loan, trade and other receivables exposures are managed locally in the operating units where they arise and credit limits are set as deemed appropriate for the customer. There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to loans, trade and other receivables as the group has a large number of customers which are internationally dispersed.

(f)    Liquidity risk    Liquidity risk is the risk that Diageo may encounter difficulties in meeting its obligations associated with financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or other financial assets. The group's policy with regard to the expected maturity profile of borrowings is to limit the amount of such borrowings maturing within 12 months to 50% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits, and the level of commercial paper to 30% of gross borrowings less money market demand deposits. In addition, it is group policy to maintain backstop facilities with relationship banks to support commercial paper obligations.

        The following tables provide an analysis of the anticipated contractual cash flows including interest payable for the group's financial liabilities and derivative instruments on an undiscounted basis. Where

217


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

interest payments are on a floating rate basis, rates of each cash flow until maturity of the instruments are calculated based on the forward yield curve prevailing at 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012. Cash flows are presented on a net or gross basis in accordance with the settlement arrangements of the instruments.


Non-derivative financial liabilities

 
  Borrowings(i)   Interest on
borrowings(i)(iii)
  Finance
lease capital
repayments(i)
  Finance
lease
interest(i)
  Other(ii)   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

2013

                                     

After five years

    (3,518 )   (1,735 )   (155 )   (40 )   (5 )   (5,453 )

From four to five years

    (1,383 )   (184 )   (19 )   (9 )   (2 )   (1,597 )

From three to four years

    (1,053 )   (229 )   (19 )   (10 )   (17 )   (1,328 )

From two to three years

    (994 )   (257 )   (35 )   (14 )   (149 )   (1,449 )

From one to two years

    (1,198 )   (339 )   (31 )   (16 )   (66 )   (1,650 )
                           

Due after one year

    (8,146 )   (2,744 )   (259 )   (89 )   (239 )   (11,477 )

Due within one year

    (1,858 )   (452 )   (30 )   (18 )   (2,333 )   (4,691 )
                           

Total gross contractual cash flows

    (10,004 )   (3,196 )   (289 )   (107 )   (2,572 )   (16,168 )
                           

Net carrying amount(iii)

    (10,091 )   (168 )   (289 )       (2,542 )   (13,090 )
                           

2012

                                     

After five years

    (3,155 )   (1,399 )   (123 )   (42 )   (9 )   (4,728 )

From four to five years

    (1,027 )   (184 )   (11 )   (8 )   (13 )   (1,243 )

From three to four years

    (484 )   (208 )   (27 )   (11 )   (133 )   (863 )

From two to three years

    (1,142 )   (287 )   (22 )   (12 )   (21 )   (1,484 )

From one to two years

    (1,448 )   (376 )   (24 )   (14 )   (25 )   (1,887 )
                           

Due after one year

    (7,256 )   (2,454 )   (207 )   (87 )   (201 )   (10,205 )

Due within one year

    (1,216 )   (442 )   (23 )   (16 )   (2,128 )   (3,825 )
                           

Total gross contractual cash flows

    (8,472 )   (2,896 )   (230 )   (103 )   (2,329 )   (14,030 )
                           

Net carrying amount

    (8,629 )   (168 )   (230 )       (2,290 )   (11,317 )
                           

(i)
For the purpose of these tables above, borrowings are defined as total borrowings before derivative financial instruments as presented in note 17.

(ii)
This category primarily consists of trade and other payables that meet the definition of financial liabilities under IAS 32.

(iii)
Carrying amount of interest on borrowings is included within accruals in note 20.

218


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)


Derivative instruments

 
  2013   2012  
Derivative assets
  Inflow   Outflow   Inflow   Outflow  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

After five years

    684     (507 )   700     (520 )

From four to five years

    26     (13 )   432     (348 )

From three to four years

    454     (348 )   52     (30 )

From two to three years

    77     (31 )   56     (31 )

From one to two years

    105     (31 )   61     (31 )
                   

Due after one year

    1,346     (930 )   1,301     (960 )

Due within one year

    173     (31 )   98     (31 )
                   

Total gross contractual cash flows

    1,519     (961 )   1,399     (991 )
                   

Derivative liabilities

 

 


 

 


 

 


 

 


 

After five years

    137     (117 )   139     (136 )

From four to five years

    4     (4 )   4     (4 )

From three to four years

    4     (12 )   5     (4 )

From two to three years

    4     (26 )   6     (4 )

From one to two years

    4     (50 )   4     (14 )
                   

Due after one year

    153     (209 )   158     (162 )

Due within one year

    4     (137 )   4     (71 )
                   

Total gross contractual cash flows

    157     (346 )   162     (233 )
                   

The group had available undrawn committed bank facilities as follows:

 
  2013  
 
  £ million
 

Expiring within one year

     

Expiring between one and two years

    411  

Expiring after two years

    1,891  
       

    2,302  
       

Commitment fees are paid on the undrawn portion of these facilities and accounted for on an accruals basis. Borrowings under these facilities will be at prevailing LIBOR rates (dependent on the period of drawdown) plus an agreed margin. These facilities can be used for general corporate purposes and, together with cash and cash equivalents, support the group's commercial paper programmes.

        There are no financial covenants on the group's short and long term borrowings. Certain of these borrowings contain cross default provisions and negative pledges.

        The committed bank facilities are subject to a single financial covenant, being minimum interest cover ratio of two times (defined as the ratio of operating profit before exceptional items, aggregated with share of associates' profits after tax, to net interest). They are also subject to pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants.

219


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        Any non-compliance with covenants underlying Diageo's financing arrangements could, if not waived, constitute an event of default with respect to any such arrangements, and any non-compliance with covenants may, in particular circumstances, lead to an acceleration of maturity on certain borrowings and the inability to access committed facilities. Diageo was in full compliance with its financial, pari passu ranking and negative pledge covenants throughout each of the years presented.

(g)    Hedging instruments    The group designates derivatives which qualify for hedge accounting as either: (i) a hedge of the fair value of a recognised asset or liability (fair value hedge); (ii) a hedge of a forecast transaction or the cash flow risk from a change in foreign exchange or interest rates (cash flow hedge); or (iii) a hedge of a net investment in foreign operations. The accounting treatment for hedges is disclosed in 'Accounting policies of the group'.

        The group tests effectiveness on a prospective and retrospective basis. Methods for testing effectiveness include dollar offset, critical terms, regression analysis and hypothetical derivative method.

        Loss on fair value hedging instruments for the year was £3 million (2012 – £84 million gain; 2011 – £8 million loss) and the gain on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risks was £3 million (2012 – £86 million loss; 2011 – £19 million gain).

        In respect of cash flow hedging instruments, a loss of £41 million (2012 – £29 million gain; 2011 – £25 million gain) has been recognised in other comprehensive income due to changes in fair value. A gain of £8 million and £25 million have been transferred out of other comprehensive income to other operating expenses and to other finance charges, respectively, in the year (2012 – a loss of £4 million and a gain of £19 million; 2011 – a loss of £2 million and £54 million, respectively).

        For cash flow hedges of forecast transactions at 30 June 2013, based on year end interest and foreign exchange rates, there is expected to be a charge to the income statement of £24 million in 2014 and £7 million in 2015. With respect to hedges of the cash flow risk from a change in forward foreign exchange rates using cross currency interest rate swaps, the retranslation of the related bond principal to closing foreign exchange rates and recognition of interest on the related bonds will affect the income statement in each year until the related bonds mature in 2016 and 2036. Foreign exchange retranslation and the interest on the hedged bonds in the income statement are expected to offset those on the cross currency swaps in each of the years.

        Net borrowings designated in net investment hedge relationships amounted to £5,539 million as at 30 June 2013 (2012 – £4,249 million).

(h)    Fair value measurements    Fair value measurements of financial instruments are presented through the use of a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritises the valuation techniques used in fair value calculations. The levels can be broadly described as follows:

220


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        The group maintains policies and procedures to value instruments using the most relevant data available. If multiple inputs that fall into different levels of the hierarchy are used in the valuation of an instrument, the instrument is categorised on the basis of the most subjective input.


Derivatives and other financial liabilities at fair value

Foreign currency forwards and swaps, cross currency swaps and interest rate swaps are valued using discounted cash flow techniques. These techniques incorporate inputs at levels 1 and 2, such as foreign exchange rates and interest rates. These market inputs are used in the discounted cash flow calculation incorporating the instrument's term, notional amount and discount rate, and taking credit risk into account. As significant inputs to the valuation are observable in active markets, these instruments are categorised as level 2 in the hierarchy.

        Other financial liabilities include an option held by Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala to sell the remaining 50% equity stake in Rum Creation and Products Inc, the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, to Diageo, with changes in fair value included in retained earnings. As the valuation of this option uses assumptions not observable in the market, it is categorised as level 3 in the hierarchy.

        The group's financial assets and liabilities, excluding finance lease liabilities, measured at fair value are categorised as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Assets

                                                 

Derivative assets

        458         458         547         547  

Available-for-sale investments

    350             350                  
                                   

Total assets

    350     458         808         547         547  
                                   

Liabilities

                                                 

Derivative liabilities

        (191 )       (191 )       (221 )   (8 )   (229 )

Other financial liabilities

            (115 )   (115 )           (120 )   (120 )
                                   

Total liabilities

        (191 )   (115 )   (306 )       (221 )   (128 )   (349 )
                                   

221


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

The movements in level 3 instruments, measured on a recurring basis, are as follows:

 
  Derivative
liabilities
  Other
financial
liabilities
  Total
level 3
instruments
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2011

    (15 )   (25 )   (40 )

Financial liabilities arising on acquisitions

        (97 )   (97 )

Net gains included in the income statement

    7     10     17  

Net losses included in exchange in other comprehensive income

        (4 )   (4 )

Net losses included in retained earnings

        (6 )   (6 )

Settlement of liabilities

        2     2  
               

At 30 June 2012

    (8 )   (120 )   (128 )

Net gains/(losses) included in the income statement

    8     (1 )   7  

Net losses included in exchange in other comprehensive income

        (7 )   (7 )

Net losses included in retained earnings

        (7 )   (7 )

Settlement of liabilities

        20     20  
               

At 30 June 2013

        (115 )   (115 )
               

222


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

(i)    Total financial assets and liabilities    The table below sets out the group's accounting classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their fair values.

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Total
carrying
value
  Fair
value
  Total
carrying
value
  Fair
value
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Financial assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,772     1,772     1,076     1,076  
                   

Available-for-sale investments

    350     350     4     4  

Trade receivables

    2,057     2,057     1,749     1,749  

Interest receivable

    19     19     19     19  

Accrued income

    38     38     28     28  

Other receivables(ii)

    271     271     87     87  

Other investments

    62     62     93     93  
                   

Loans and receivables

    2,447     2,447     1,976     1,976  
                   

Derivatives in a hedge relationship

    260     260     267     267  

Other instruments at fair value

    198     198     280     280  
                   

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

    458     458     547     547  
                   

Total financial assets

    5,027     5,027     3,603     3,603  
                   

Financial liabilities

                         

Finance leases

    289     289     230     230  
                   

Borrowings not in a hedge relationship(i)

    10,091     10,458     8,308     9,131  

Borrowings in a hedge relationship(i)

            321     327  

Trade payables

    1,099     1,099     1,078     1,078  

Interest payable

    178     178     177     177  

Other payables(ii)

    325     325     217     217  

Accruals

    1,003     1,003     875     875  
                   

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

    12,696     13,063     10,976     11,805  
                   

Derivatives in a hedge relationship

    79     79     63     63  

Other instruments at fair value

    227     227     286     286  
                   

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

    306     306     349     349  
                   

Total financial liabilities

    13,291     13,658     11,555     12,384  
                   

(i)
For the purpose of this table, borrowings are defined as total borrowings before derivative financial instruments as presented in note 17 and borrowings in hedge relationships are defined as borrowings that are the hedged item in a hedge relationship.

(ii)
Only receivables and payables that meet the definition of financial instruments under IAS 32 are included in this line.

        All derivative financial instruments not in a hedge relationship are classified as trading derivatives with fair value changes recorded in the income statement. The group does not use derivatives for

223


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

speculative purposes. All transactions in derivative financial instruments are initially undertaken to manage the risks arising from underlying business activities.

        The fair values of borrowings are based on market data. The fair values of derivatives and financial instruments are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using the appropriate yield curves prevailing at 30 June each year. At 30 June 2013 and 30 June 2012, the carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, other financial assets and liabilities were considered to approximate fair values.

(j)    Analysis of cash and cash equivalents by currency    

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million   %   £ million   %  

US dollar

    1,026     58     551     52  

Euro

    67     4     46     4  

Sterling

    78     4     23     2  

Korean won

    180     10     111     10  

Venezuelan bolivar

    143     8     13     1  

Chinese yuan

    53     3     88     8  

Other

    225     13     244     23  
                   

Cash and cash equivalents

    1,772     100     1,076     100  
                   

(k)    Analysis of gross borrowings by currency    

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million   %   £ million   %  

US dollar

    (3,919 )   38     (3,524 )   41  

Euro

    (2,194 )   22     (1,951 )   23  

Sterling

    (3,388 )   33     (2,893 )   33  

Korean won

    (268 )   3     (109 )   1  

Turkish lira

    (298 )   3          

Other

    (108 )   1     (169 )   2  
                   

Gross borrowings

    (10,175 )   100     (8,646 )   100  
                   

        The analysis of group's gross borrowings above includes the impact of foreign currency forwards and swaps.

(l)    Analysis of net borrowings by interest rate profile    

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million   %   £ million   %  

Fixed rate

    (9,376 )   111     (7,528 )   99  

Floating rate

    1,114     (13 )   127     (2 )

Impact of financial derivatives and fair value adjustments

    (141 )   2     (169 )   3  
                   

Net borrowings

    (8,403 )   100     (7,570 )   100  
                   

224


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

19.   Financial instruments and risk management (continued)

        The floating rate portion of net borrowings contains cash and cash equivalents, collaterals, floating rate loans and bonds, bank overdrafts and finance lease obligations. The analysis above also includes the impact of interest rate hedging instruments.

(m)    Capital management    Diageo considers the following components of its balance sheet to be capital: borrowings and equity.

        The group's management is committed to enhancing shareholder value in the long term, both by investing in the businesses and brands so as to deliver continued improvement in the return from those investments and by managing the capital structure. Diageo manages its capital structure to achieve capital efficiency, maximise flexibility and give the appropriate level of access to debt markets at attractive cost levels. This is achieved by targeting a range of ratios which are currently broadly consistent with an A band credit rating. Diageo would consider modifying these ratios in order to effect strategic initiatives within its stated goals, which could have an impact on its rating. If Diageo's ratings were to be negatively impacted by the financing of an acquisition, it would seek over time to return to such ratios that are consistent with an A band credit rating.

        The group regularly assesses its debt and equity capital levels against its stated policy for capital structure.


20.   Trade and other payables

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
  Current
liabilities
  Non-current
liabilities
 
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Trade payables

    1,099         1,078      

Interest payable

    178         177      

Tax and social security excluding income tax

    533         496      

Other payables

    398     104     354     72  

Accruals

    1,003         875      

Deferred income

    19     14     17     13  
                   

    3,230     118     2,997     85  
                   

Interest payable at 30 June 2013 includes interest on non-derivative financial instruments of £168 million (2012 – £168 million).

225


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


21.   Provisions

 
  Thalidomide   Restructuring   Other   Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2012

    178     80     143     401  

Exchange differences

    (1 )   3     3     5  

Provisions charged during the year

        19     32     51  

Provisions utilised during the year

    (23 )   (31 )   (49 )   (103 )

Unwinding of discounts

    10         1     11  
                   

At 30 June 2013

    164     71     130     365  
                   

Included in current liabilities

    13     49     47     109  

Included in non-current liabilities

    151     22     83     256  
                   

    164     71     130     365  
                   

Provisions by their nature are subject to uncertainties with respect to the timing and outcomes of future events.

(a)   A provision was established in the year ended 30 June 2005 in respect of the discounted value of the group's commitment to the UK Thalidomide Trust, and will be utilised over the period of the commitment up to 2037. Additional provisions were made in the years ended 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2010 in respect of anticipated future payments to additional thalidomide claimants and these will be utilised up to 2030.

(b)   The group is engaged in a number of restructuring programmes, which involve the rationalisation of certain operations around the world. Employee charges, incremental costs in respect of service contract and information systems infrastructure charges in connection with the programmes are recognised in the restructuring provision, which is expected to be substantially utilised by 30 June 2015 (see note 5(a)-(d)).

(c)   The largest item in other provisions is £52 million (2012 – £46 million) in respect of employee deferred compensation plans which will be utilised when employees leave the company.

226


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


22.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities

        The amounts of deferred tax accounted for in the consolidated balance sheet comprise the following net deferred tax assets/(liabilities):

 
  Property,
plant and
equipment
  Intangible
assets
  Post
employment
plans
  Tax losses   Other
temporary
differences
  Total  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2011

    (156 )   (613 )   162     113     233     (261 )

Exchange differences

    3     (16 )   (4 )   (3 )   (2 )   (22 )

Recognised in income – continuing operations

    1     (542 )   (45 )   17     (106 )   (675 )

Recognised in income – discontinued operations

                    5     5  

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

            74     34     33     141  

Acquisition of businesses

    (14 )   (278 )           9     (283 )
                           

At 30 June 2012

    (166 )   (1,449 )   187     161     172     (1,095 )

Exchange differences

    (4 )   (40 )   6         (2 )   (40 )

Recognised in income – continuing operations

    3     (48 )   (19 )   17     (37 )   (84 )

Recognised in other comprehensive income and equity

            (65 )   (70 )   105     (30 )

Acquisition of businesses

                    10     10  
                           

At 30 June 2013

    (167 )   (1,537 )   109     108     248     (1,239 )
                           

        Deferred tax on other temporary differences includes items such as the thalidomide provision, restructuring provisions, share-based payments and intra group sales of products.

        After offsetting deferred tax assets and liabilities where appropriate within territories, the net deferred tax liability comprises:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Deferred tax assets

    243     329  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (1,482 )   (1,424 )
           

    (1,239 )   (1,095 )
           

        The net deferred tax liability of £1,537 million (2012 – £1,449 million) in respect of intangible assets comprises deferred tax assets of £2 million (2012 – £39 million) less deferred tax liabilities of £1,539 million (2012 – £1,488 million). The group benefits from the availability of tax amortisation on some of its principal brands and other intangible assets. During the year ended 30 June 2012 negotiations with tax authorities were concluded, the outcome of which was a favourable change in taxation basis of certain overseas profits that replaced the benefit of some future amortisation. This resulted in a write off of the related deferred tax assets of £524 million. This was accounted for as an exceptional item. Deferred tax assets of £84 million (2012 – £153 million) have been recognised in jurisdictions with prior year taxable losses. It is considered more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable profits to support recognition of these deferred tax assets.

227


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

22.   Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)

Unrecognised deferred tax assets    Deferred tax assets have been recognised to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that there will be sufficient taxable profits from which the future reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. Where this is not the case, deferred tax assets have not been recognised, as set out below:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  Tax losses   Tax losses  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Gross deferred tax assets

    305     319  

Amounts not recognised

    (197 )   (158 )
           

    108     161  
           

        Of the amounts recognised in respect of tax losses, £6 million has expiration dates through to 2023 (2012 – £19 million through to 2022) and £102 million can be carried forward indefinitely (2012 – £142 million). Of the amounts unrecognised in respect of tax losses, £2 million has expiration dates through to 2023 (2012 – £7 million through to 2022) and £195 million (2012 – £151 million) can be carried forward indefinitely.

Unrecognised deferred tax liabilities    No deferred tax liability is provided in respect of any future remittance of earnings of foreign subsidiaries where the group is able to control the remittance of earnings and it is probable that such earnings will not be remitted in the foreseeable future, or where no liability would arise on the remittance. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of unrecognised deferred tax liabilities in respect of these unremitted earnings.

        The aggregate amount of temporary difference associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches interests in joint ventures and associates for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised is £19.1 billion (2012 – £16.6 billion). This has been calculated based upon the temporary differences arising between the carrying value in the consolidated financial statements and the tax basis of each investment.


23.   Share capital and reserves

(a)   Allotted and fully paid share capital – ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

 
  Number
of shares
  Nominal
value
 
 
  million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2013, 30 June 2012 and 30 June 2011

    2,754     797  
           

(b)   Share premium    During the year ended 30 June 2013, 0.1 million ordinary shares with an aggregate nominal value of less than £0.1 million were allotted under employee share option schemes for a total consideration of £0.3 million (2012 – 0.1 million shares with an aggregate nominal value of less than £0.1 million were allotted under employee share option schemes for a total consideration of £1 million; 2011 – 0.1 million shares, nominal value less than £0.1 million, consideration £0.4 million).

(c)   Hedging and exchange reserve    At 30 June 2013 the hedging reserve and exchange reserve comprised a credit of £17 million and a deficit of £9 million, respectively (2012 – a credit of £74 million and a deficit of £7 million, respectively; 2011 – a credit of £64 million and £90 million, respectively).

228


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Share capital and reserves (continued)

(d)   Own shares    Own shares comprise shares in the company held by employee share trusts, shares repurchased as part of the company's share buyback programmes and held as treasury shares, shares held as treasury shares and call options held for hedging share scheme grants provided to employees. Movements in own shares are as follows:

 
  Own shares and
options held by
employee share trusts
  Treasury shares
repurchased under
buyback programmes
  Treasury shares for
hedging share scheme
grants to employees
  Total own shares  
 
  Number
of shares
  Purchase/
(sale)
consideration
  Number
of shares
  Purchase
consideration
  Number
of shares
  Purchase/
(sale) consideration
  Number
of shares
  Purchase/
(sale)
consideration
 
 
  million
  £ million
  million
  £ million
  million
  £ million
  million
  £ million
 

At 30 June 2010

    15     153     223     1,841     26     259     264     2,253  

Share trust arrangements

    (4 )   (24 )                   (4 )   (24 )

Shares purchased

                    6     67     6     67  

Shares used to satisfy options

                    (4 )   (39 )   (4 )   (39 )
                                   

At 30 June 2011

    11     129     223     1,841     28     287     262     2,257  

Share trust arrangements

    (4 )   (26 )                   (4 )   (26 )

Shares transferred

    2     23             (2 )   (23 )        

Shares purchased

                    9     114     9     114  

Shares sold to employees

                        (2 )       (2 )

Shares used to satisfy options

                    (8 )   (86 )   (8 )   (86 )
                                   

At 30 June 2012

    9     126     223     1,841     27     290     259     2,257  

Share trust arrangements

    (6 )   (50 )                   (6 )   (50 )

Shares call options exercised

    2     13                     2     13  

Shares transferred

    2     22             (2 )   (22 )        

Shares purchased

                    6     125     6     125  

Shares sold to employees

                        (1 )       (1 )

Shares used to satisfy options

                    (10 )   (112 )   (10 )   (112 )
                                   

At 30 June 2013

    7     111     223     1,841     21     280     251     2,232  
                                   

At 30 June 2013, employee share trusts funded by the group held 7 million ordinary shares in the company with a market value of £126 million (2012 – 9 million shares, market value of £153 million; 2011 – 11 million shares, market value of £144 million). Dividends are waived on all shares in the company owned by the employee share trusts.

        During the year ended 30 June 2013, the call options purchased in the year ended 30 June 2010, to satisfy share grants awarded to Diageo employees, were partially exercised; 2 million shares were purchased with an aggregate nominal value of £0.6 million for a consideration of £13 million (2012 – nil; 2011 – nil).

        During the year ended 30 June 2013, 2 million ordinary shares, with a nominal value of £0.6 million (2012 – 2 million ordinary shares, with a nominal value of £0.6 million; 2011 – nil) were transferred from treasury shares to share trusts to ensure that sufficient level of shares are held within the share trusts to satisfy grants and awards made under the group's employee share schemes.

        During the year ended 30 June 2013, the company purchased 6 million ordinary shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £2 million (2012 – 9 million ordinary shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £3 million; 2011 – 6 million ordinary shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £2 million), representing approximately 0.2% (2012 – 0.4%; 2011 – 0.3%) of the issued ordinary share capital

229


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

23.   Share capital and reserves (continued)

(excluding treasury shares), to be held as treasury shares. These shares have not been cancelled but are deducted from shareholders' equity. Dividends are waived on these shares.

        During the year ended 30 June 2013, the company sold 0.1 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares with an aggregate nominal value of less than £0.1 million, to employees under the International sharematch plan (2012 – 0.1 million ordinary shares, aggregate nominal value of less than £0.1 million; 2011 – nil).

        The company utilised 10 million ordinary shares held as treasury shares, with an aggregate nominal value of £3 million, to satisfy options exercised by employees during the year (2012 – 8 million shares, nominal value of £2 million; 2011 – 4 million shares, nominal value of £1 million).

(e)   Dividends

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year

                   

Final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2012

                   

26.9 pence per share (2011 – 24.9 pence; 2010 – 23.5 pence)

    673     621     586  

Interim dividend for the year ended 30 June 2013

                   

18.1 pence per share (2012 – 16.6 pence; 2011 – 15.5 pence)

    452     415     387  
               

    1,125     1,036     973  
               

Proposed final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2013

                   

29.3 pence per share (2012 – 26.9 pence; 2011 – 24.9 pence)

    733     671     621  
               

The proposed final dividend was approved by the board of directors on 30 July 2013. As this was after the balance sheet date and the dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting, this dividend has not been included as a liability in these consolidated financial statements. There are no corporate tax consequences arising from this treatment.

(f)    Non-controlling interests    In the year ended 30 June 2013 a transfer of £65 million between other retained earnings and non-controlling interests was made to reflect the 50% non-controlling interests in East African Breweries Limited (EABL) in respect of the purchase of a 20% equity interest in Kenya Breweries Limited.

230


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


24.   Cash generated from operations

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Profit for the year

    2,594           2,072           2,017        

Discontinued operations

              11                  

Taxation

    529           1,038           343        

Share of associates' profits after tax

    (199 )         (213 )         (176 )      

Net interest and net other finance charges

    424           397           397        

Loss/(gain) on sale of businesses

    83           (147 )         14        
                                 

Operating profit

          3,431           3,158           2,595  

Increase in inventories

    (266 )         (338 )         (204 )      

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

    (360 )         (218 )         62        

Increase in trade and other payables and provisions

    73           27           32        
                                 

Net increase in working capital

          (553 )         (529 )         (110 )

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

          403           411           352  

Dividends received

          203           166           138  

Post employment payments less amounts included in operating profit

          (498 )         (200 )         (119 )

Other items

          45           (1 )         3  
                                 

Cash generated from operations

          3,031           3,005           2,859  
                                 

Cash generated from operations is stated after £61 million (2012 – £158 million; 2011 – £259 million) of cash outflows in respect of exceptional operating items.

        Other items include the fair value charge in respect of share-based incentive plans of £46 million (2012 – £36 million; 2011 – £34 million).

231


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


25.   Acquisition of businesses and purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

 
  Net assets acquired and consideration  
 
  Ypióca   Other   2013 Total   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Brands and computer software

    145     (36 )   109     1,359     6  

Property, plant and equipment

    43         43     186     64  

Biological assets

    1         1          

Investments

        25     25     36     40  

Inventories

    16         16     135     3  

Assets and liabilities held for sale

                58      

Other working capital

        (5 )   (5 )   (49 )   (14 )

Taxation

        10     10     (300 )   (10 )

Cash

                97      

Borrowings

                (5 )   (22 )

Post employment benefit liabilities

        (1 )   (1 )   (2 )    
                       

Fair value of assets and liabilities

    205     (7 )   198     1,515     67  

Goodwill arising on acquisition

    79     4     83     891     31  

Non-controlling interests

        21     21     (452 )   (20 )

Step acquisition

                (219 )    
                       

Consideration payable

    284     18     302     1,735     78  
                       

Satisfied by:

                               

Cash consideration paid

    284     25     309     1,605     73  

Deferred/contingent consideration payable

        (7 )   (7 )   33     6  

Financial liabilities

                97     (1 )
                       

    284     18     302     1,735     78  
                       

Cash consideration paid for investments in subsidiaries

    284         284     1,577     33  

Cash consideration paid for investments in associates

        25     25     28     40  

Cash consideration paid for other investments

        274     274          

Capital injection in associates

        52     52     20     18  

Cash paid in respect of prior year acquisitions

        9     9     7     6  

Cash acquired

                (97 )    

Deposit received

                (115 )    
                       

Net cash outflow on acquisition of businesses

    284     360     644     1,420     97  
                       

Purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

SJF Holdco

    200      

Kenya Breweries

        140  

Philippines

        15  
           

    200     155  
           

232


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

25.   Acquisition of businesses and purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (continued)


2013 acquisitions

Ypióca    On 9 August 2012, Diageo completed the acquisition of 100% of the equity of Ypióca Bebidas S.A. (Ypióca) from Ypióca Agroindustrial Limitada for a cash consideration of BRL 900 million (£284 million). Ypióca is a leading producer and distributor of a cachaça brand, Ypióca in Brazil. Ypióca has been consolidated for the period since acquisition to 30 June 2013, and contributed net sales of £58 million and operating profit of £3 million. Directly attributable integration costs of £3 million (2012 – £7 million transaction costs) have been included in other external charges in the year.

Other    Net cash outflow on acquisition of other businesses of £360 million includes £274 million paid (including £24 million of directly attributable transaction costs) in respect of the acquisition of 10.04% equity interest in USL (see note 13). Cash consideration paid for investments in associates of £25 million is primarily in respect of the acquisition of a 50% indirect equity interest in United National Breweries, a traditional sorghum beer business in South Africa. In addition, 'other' includes fair value adjustments made to provisional fair values in respect of acquisitions completed in the year ended 30 June 2012 and are primarily in respect of Shuijingfang.


2013 purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

SJF Holdco    On 7 June 2013, Diageo completed the acquisition of an additional 40% equity stake in SJF Holdco from Chengdu Yinsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. for a cash consideration of RMB 1,862 million (£198 million (excluding transaction costs of £2 million)). The acquisition of the additional 40% equity stake brought Diageo's shareholding to 93% in SJF Holdco and increased its effective interest in Shuijingfang from 21% to 37%.

        Subsequent to 30 June 2013, an agreement was reached to purchase the remaining 7% of the equity in SJF Holdco for a consideration of RMB 326 million (£35 million).


2012 acquisitions

Mey Içki    In August 2011, Diageo completed the acquisition of 100% of Mey Içki Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S. (Mey Içki) from TPG Capital and the Actera group for $2,122 million (£1,294 million). Mey Içki is the leading producer and distributor of raki in Turkey and also owns vodka and wine brands. The fair value of Mey Içki brands and other net assets on the date of acquisition were £646 million and £59 million, respectively. Goodwill arising on the acquisition was £590 million. Directly attributable transaction and integration costs of £11 million were charged to other external charges in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Zacapa    In July 2011, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 50% equity controlling stake in Rum Creation and Products Inc (RCP), the owner of the Zacapa rum brand, from Industrias Licoreras de Guatemala (ILG), for a cash consideration of $240 million (£150 million) (including deferred and contingent consideration of $48 million (£30 million)). ILG has a put option to sell the remaining 50% equity stake exercisable from 2016 calculated on a profit multiple. The net present value of this financial liability was $155 million (£97 million) at acquisition. In addition, the transaction provided Diageo with perpetual global distribution rights for Zacapa rum, excluding those for Guatemala and the domestic markets of El Salvador, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Belize and Panama. Diageo consolidates the results of RCP and on the date of acquisition the fair value of brands and other net assets were £119 million and £31 million, respectively. Goodwill arising on the acquisition was £

233


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

25.   Acquisition of businesses and purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (continued)

97 million. Directly attributable transaction costs of £1 million were charged to other external charges in the year ended 30 June 2012.

SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang    In July 2011, Diageo acquired an additional 4% equity stake in SJF Holdco from Chengdu Yingsheng Investment Holding Co., Ltd. The consideration for the additional 4% equity stake was CNY 140 million (£14 million). The acquisition of the 4% equity stake brought Diageo's shareholding in SJF Holdco to 53%. SJF Holdco was accounted for as an associate but following the acquisition of the additional 4% equity stake it became a subsidiary with a 47% non-controlling interest. SJF Holdco is primarily a holding company controlling a 39.7% equity stake in Shuijingfang, a super premium Chinese white spirits company listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange. In the year ended 30 June 2012, Diageo launched and settled a mandatory tender offer to all the other shareholders of Shuijingfang. A nominal amount of shares of Shuijingfang were tendered into the offer and the deposit of £115 million made in the year ended 30 June 2010 was returned to Diageo.

        In June 2012 additional Diageo directors were appointed to the board of Shuijingfang which gave Diageo control over the board and the operating and financial policies of the company. Diageo accounted for Shuijingfang as an associate and following the change in control it became a subsidiary. As a result of SJF Holdco and Shuijingfang becoming subsidiaries of the group, a gain of £124 million arose on the difference between the book value of the equity owned prior to the transactions and the market values on the completion dates which was disclosed as a sale of businesses in the consolidated income statement in the year ended 30 June 2012. The non-controlling interest in Shuijingfang was calculated as 79% of the fair value of the net assets of the company and the non-controlling interest in SJF Holdco was valued at 47% of the fair value of its net assets. The Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit brand was initially, at 30 June 2012, fair valued at £538 million, other net assets at £41 million with a non-controlling interest of £451 million. Goodwill arising on the transaction was initially estimated at £105 million. During the year ended 30 June 2013 the fair values were finalised resulting in a reduction of the Shui Jing Fang Chinese white spirit brand value of £36 million, an increase in other net assets of £5 million and goodwill of £10 million and a reduction in non-controlling interests of £21 million. The fair values of the net assets acquired were estimated by Diageo based on information obtained in accordance with all relevant Chinese laws and regulations.

        The goodwill arising on the transaction represents the strategic premium in respect of entering the Chinese white spirits market and the synergies arising from combining operations. Directly attributable transaction and integration costs of £16 million were charged to other external charges in the year ended 30 June 2012.

Meta    In January 2012, Diageo completed the acquisition of Meta Abo Brewery Share Company SC (Meta) from the government of Ethiopia for a cash consideration of $225 million (£148 million). Meta produces and distributes the Meta beer brand. Directly attributable transaction and integration costs of £3 million were charged to other external charges in the year ended 30 June 2012.

        The fair value of the net assets acquired of £148 million includes £55 million for the fair value of the Meta brand and £99 million of goodwill.

Halico    During the year ended 30 June 2012 Diageo completed in tranches the acquisition of an additional 20.6% (2011 - 24.9%) equity stake in Hanoi Joint Stock Company (Halico), the largest domestic branded spirits producer in Vietnam for a consideration of £28 million (2011 - £32 million).

234


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

25.   Acquisition of businesses and purchase of shares of non-controlling interests (continued)

As a consequence Diageo owns 45.5% of the equity of Halico and equity accounts for this investment. Transaction costs on the acquisition were not material (2011- £2 million).


2012 purchase of shares of non-controlling interests

Kenya Breweries    In November 2011, Diageo completed the acquisition of SAB Miller Africa BV's 20% non-controlling equity stake in Kenya Breweries Limited (Kenya Breweries), through its subsidiary undertaking, East African Breweries Limited, of which Diageo owns 50.03%, for a cash consideration of £134 million. Transaction costs of £6 million were incurred and charged to other retained earnings. As a result, East African Breweries Limited owns 100% of Kenya Breweries.

Philippines    In December 2011, Diageo completed the acquisition of Carlos Palanca Group's 49% non-controlling equity stake in Diageo Philippines Inc (DPI) for £15 million and became the sole shareholder. DPI produces, imports, exports and distributes Diageo's brands throughout the Philippines. Transaction costs were not material.


2011 acquisitions

Serengeti Breweries    In October 2010, Diageo completed the acquisition of a 51% equity stake in Serengeti Breweries Limited (SBL), a beer business based in Tanzania, through its subsidiary undertaking, East African Breweries Limited of which Diageo owns 50.03%. The fair value of purchase consideration payable was £60 million, including borrowings acquired of £22 million. Transaction costs of £2 million in respect of the acquisition were charged to operating profit. Diageo consolidates 100% of SBL with a 75% non-controlling interest and obtained a call option for the remaining 49% of equity exercisable in June 2013, calculated on a profit multiple of SBL. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. In the year ended 30 June 2013 the call option has been extended to December 2015.

22 Marquis    In September 2010, Diageo acquired a 20% equity stake in LNJ Group, LLC, owner of the 22 Marquis brand, a sparkling liqueur, for a consideration of £6 million. Depending on the performance of the brand in the first three years following the acquisition Diageo had a contractual right to increase its ownership to 50% without additional consideration. Diageo also had an option to purchase the remaining 50% equity stake in 2014 at a pre-agreed profit multiple reflecting fair value. Diageo equity accounted for this investment. On 5 June 2013, the investment was sold, see note 5(h).

        The goodwill acquired in respect of the above acquisitions represents synergies arising from combining operations, intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition and the extension of the group's portfolio in other markets around the world. None of the goodwill recognised is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

        For all of the above acquisitions the non-controlling interests were recognised at the proportionate share of net assets acquired.


26.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings

(a)    Guarantees    As of 30 June 2013 the group has no material performance guarantees or indemnities to third parties.

(b)    Colombian litigation    An action was filed on 8 October 2004 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York by the Republic of Colombia and a number of its local

235


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings (continued)

government entities against Diageo and other spirits companies, alleging several causes of action, including violations of the Federal RICO Act. This claim was dismissed in November 2012. The dismissal was without prejudice and as such, plaintiffs are not barred from bringing a similar action in future. Diageo cannot meaningfully quantify the possible loss or range of loss in the event of any future litigation. Diageo remains committed to continued dialogue with the Colombian governmental entities to address the underlying issues.

(c)    Korean customs dispute    Litigation is ongoing in Korea in connection with the application of the methodology used in transfer pricing on spirits imports since 2004. In December 2009, Diageo Korea received a final customs audit assessment notice from the Korean customs authorities, covering the period from 1 February 2004 to 30 June 2007, for Korean won 194 billion or £112 million (including £14 million of value added tax), which was paid in full and appealed to the Korean Tax Tribunal.

        On 18 May 2011, the Tax Tribunal made a determination that the statute of limitations had run for part of the assessment period, ordered a partial penalty refund and instructed the Korean customs authorities to reinvestigate the remaining assessments. Accordingly, a refund of Korean won 43 billion or £25 million (including £2 million of value added tax) was made to Diageo Korea in the year ended 30 June 2012.

        However, post the completion of the reinvestigation, the Korean customs authorities have concluded that they will continue to pursue the application of the same methodology and on 18 October 2011 a further final imposition notice was issued for Korean won 217 billion or £125 million (including £14 million of value added tax) in respect of the period from 29 February 2008 to 31 October 2010.

        In response Diageo Korea filed a claim with the Seoul Administrative Court (Court) along with a petition for preliminary injunction to stay the final imposition notice. The Court granted Diageo Korea's request for preliminary injunction and has stayed the final imposition until the decision of the Court on the underlying matter. On 31 October 2012, the Court instructed the Korean customs authorities to reinvestigate the second imposition notice per the instructions of the Tax Tribunal and stayed the Court hearings until the completion of the re-audit. The re-audit was completed in February 2013 and the Court hearings resumed in June 2013.

        The underlying matter remains in progress with the Court and Diageo Korea is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible loss or range of loss to which these claims may give rise. Diageo Korea continues to defend its position vigorously.

(d)    Thalidomide litigation    In Australia, a class action claim alleging product liability and negligence for injuries arising from the consumption of the drug thalidomide has been filed in the Supreme Court of Victoria against Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited, its parent Diageo Scotland Limited (formerly Distillers Company Limited), as well as against Grünenthal GmbH, the developer of the drug (not a member of the group). On 18 July 2012 Diageo settled the claim of the lead claimant Lynette Rowe and agreed a process to consider the remaining claimants in the class. To enable this process to occur, Ms Rowe and her legal representatives have agreed not to take any step toward a trial of any issue in the litigation before 31 August 2013. Pursuant to orders made by the Supreme Court of Victoria the class has now been closed. 124 claimants have filed registration forms in the Rowe class action. In the United Kingdom, proceedings have twice been commenced but lapsed for lack of service. Distillers Company (Biochemicals) Limited distributed the drug in Australia and the United Kingdom for a period in the late 1950s and early 1960s. Diageo is unable to quantify meaningfully the possible

236


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

26.   Contingent liabilities and legal proceedings (continued)

loss or range of loss to which these lawsuits may give rise. The group has worked voluntarily for many years with various thalidomide organisations and has provided significant financial support.

(e)    Other    The group has extensive international operations and is defendant in a number of legal, customs and tax proceedings incidental to these operations, the outcome of which cannot at present be foreseen. In particular, the group is currently the defendant in customs proceedings in India and in Brazil that challenge the declared customs value of products imported by Diageo India and Diageo Brazil. Diageo continues to defend its position vigorously in these proceedings.

        Save as disclosed above, neither Diageo, nor any member of the Diageo group, is or has been engaged in, nor (so far as Diageo is aware) is there pending or threatened by or against it, any legal or arbitration proceedings which may have a significant effect on the financial position of the Diageo group.


27.   Related party transactions

Transactions between the group and its related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm's length transactions.

Subsidiaries    Transactions between the company and its subsidiaries are eliminated on consolidation and therefore are not disclosed. Details of the principal group companies are given after these financial statements.

Associates and joint ventures    Sales and purchases to and from associates and joint ventures are principally in respect of premium drinks products but also include the provision of management services. All transactions are on terms equivalent to those in an arm's length transaction.

237


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

27.   Related party transactions (continued)

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Income statement items

                   

Sales to associates

    56     37     46  

Purchases from associates*

    11     22     26  

Sales to joint ventures

    6     5     5  

Purchases from joint ventures

    30     41     21  

Balance sheet items

                   

Group payables to associates

    2     1     8  

Group receivables from associates

    5     2      

Loans payable to associates

    3          

Loans receivable from associates

    29     57     63  

Group payables to joint ventures

    1     1     3  

Group receivables from joint ventures

    3     3     7  

Cash flow items

                   

Loans and equity contributions to associates, net

    32     27     22  
*
Including purchase of maturing inventories from Moët Hennessy of £4 million (2012 – £9 million; 2011 – £9 million).

        Other disclosures in respect of associates are included in note 7.

Key management personnel    The key management of the group comprises the executive and non-executive directors, the members of the executive committee and the Company Secretary. They are listed under 'Board of directors and executive committee'.

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Salaries and short term employee benefits

    17     18     20  

Non-executive directors' fees

    1     1     1  

Share-based payments

    16     9     10  

Post employment benefits

    1     1     4  

Termination benefits

            1  
               

    35     29     36  
               

Non-executive directors do not receive share-based payments or post employment benefits. Details are given in the directors' remuneration report of the individual directors' remuneration and transactions between the group and key management personnel.

Pension plans    The Diageo pension plans are recharged with the cost of administration services provided by the group to the pension plans and with professional fees paid by the group on behalf of the pension plans. The total amount recharged for the year was £11 million (2012 – £10 million; 2011 – £18 million).

238


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)


28.   Commitments

Capital expenditure    Commitments for expenditure on intangibles and property, plant and equipment not provided for in these consolidated financial statements are estimated at £232 million (2012 – £145 million).

Operating lease commitments    The minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable leases, principally in respect of properties, are as follows:

 
  2013   2012  
 
  £ million
  £ million
 

Payments falling due:

             

Within one year

    119     94  

Between one and two years

    90     86  

Between two and three years

    66     70  

Between three and four years

    50     53  

Between four and five years

    43     47  

After five years

    277     325  
           

    645     675  
           

There are no significant leases for which contingent rent is payable, nor any that have purchase options, escalation clauses or restrictions. Certain of the operating leases have renewal clauses which are at fair market value. In respect of property not currently utilised, the group has entered into sub-leases for which the minimum amount receivable is £26 million (2012 – £39 million), of which £4 million (2012 – £7 million) falls due within one year of the balance sheet date. The amount received under these leases is included in sales in the income statement.


29.   Employee share compensation

The group uses a number of equity settled and cash settled share plans to grant options and share awards to its directors and employees.

        The annual fair value charge for the three years ended 30 June 2013 by principal plan is as follows:

 
  2013   2012   2011  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Executive share option plans

                   

Diageo executive long term incentive plan

    4     3     2  

Diageo senior executive share option plan

    4     2     2  

Diageo executive share option plan

        2     4  

Savings plans

    6     4     4  

Executive share award plans

                   

Diageo executive long term incentive plan

    13     9     7  

Performance share plan

    13     11     11  

Discretionary incentive plan

    5     4     4  

Cash settled

    1     1      
               

    46     36     34  
               

239


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29.   Employee share compensation (continued)

The fair value charge in the year ended 30 June 2011 included operating exceptional items of £4 million.

The principal plans are as follows:


Executive share option plans

(a)    Diageo executive long term incentive plan (DELTIP)    Awards made to executives under the plan are in the form of shares and share options at the market value at the time of grant. Executives are given the opportunity to elect to have their awards in the form of share options or shares or a combination of both. Share awards vest/are released on the third anniversary of the grant date. Share options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and ten years after the grant date. There are no performance conditions to be satisfied, although the top 70 senior executives are required to hold a minimum number of shares in Diageo plc. Executives in North America and Latin America and Caribbean are granted awards over the company's ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to four ordinary shares).

(b)    Diageo senior executive share option plan 2008 (SESOP 2008)    Options granted under this scheme may normally be exercised between three and ten years after the grant date but only to the extent that a performance condition is satisfied. The current performance condition is based on the increase in Diageo's adjusted earnings per share (eps) over a three year period. Growth targets are set annually by the remuneration committee. For the 2013 grant, targets have been set at 7% to 11% (2012 – 8% to 12%; 2011 – 6% to 10%) compound annual growth in adjusted eps. The proportion of options that can be exercised depends on the extent to which the adjusted eps growth targets have been met. For the grants, the exercise range is 25% for threshold performance up to 100% for achieving 11% (2012 – 12%; 2011 – 10%) or more compound annual growth in adjusted eps, respectively. Retesting of the performance condition is not permitted. US executives are granted options over the company's ADSs.

(c)    Diageo associated companies share incentive plan (DACSIP)    This scheme was introduced in the year ended 30 June 2012 and enables the company to grant shares and share options at the market value at the time of grant to executives in a number of associated companies. The main terms of the scheme are the same as for DELTIP.


Savings plans

(a)    UK savings-related share option scheme (SRSOS)    The UK savings-related share option scheme is an HM Revenue & Customs approved scheme available to all UK employees. The scheme provides a long term savings opportunity for employees who can use their savings to pay the exercise price of a share option. Options may normally be exercised after three or five years, according to the length of the option period chosen by the employee, at a price that is not less than 80% of the market value of the shares at grant date.

(b)    ROI savings-related share option scheme (ISRSOS)    The ROI savings-related share option scheme operates on a similar basis to the equivalent UK scheme (described above) for employees based in the Republic of Ireland.

(c)    US employee stock purchase plan (USESPP)    This plan provides a long term savings and investment opportunity for US employees who can use their savings to pay the exercise price of a share

240


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29.   Employee share compensation (continued)

option. Options may normally be exercised after 12 months at a price equivalent to 85% of the market value of the ADSs at the grant date.

(d)    International sharematch plan (ISMP)    Employees outside the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States are offered the opportunity to purchase Diageo shares or share units and receive matching shares or share units subject to continued employment. Plan rules permit flexibility for Diageo to set the matching amount annually based on corporate performance and to vary this by country. Target matching for the majority of the countries is buy three shares and receive one free.


Executive share award plans

(a)    Performance share plan (PSP 2008)    Under the PSP, share awards can take a number of different forms. No payment is made for awards. To date, participants have been granted conditional rights to receive shares. Awards normally vest after a three year period, the 'performance cycle', subject to achievement of performance tests.

        For awards up to and including September 2010, the primary performance test is a comparison of Diageo's three year total shareholder return (TSR), the percentage growth in Diageo's share price (assuming all dividends and capital distributions are re-invested), with the TSR of a peer group of 16 companies including Diageo. The vesting range is 25% if Diageo's TSR produces a median ranking compared with the TSR of the peer group companies, up to 100% if Diageo is ranked first or second in the peer group. The second performance test requires the remuneration committee to consider that there has been an underlying improvement in Diageo's three year financial performance, typically measured by an improvement in adjusted eps.

        For awards made from September 2011, three equally weighted performance tests apply: 1) a comparison of Diageo's three year TSR (as described above) with a peer group of 17 companies including Diageo. The vesting range is 25% if Diageo's TSR produces a median ranking compared with the TSR of the peer group companies, up to 100% if Diageo is ranked first, second or third in the peer group; 2) compound annual growth in organic net sales over three years; 3) total organic operating margin improvement over three years. Targets for net sales and operating margin are set annually by the remuneration committee. The vesting range is 25% for achieving minimum performance targets, up to 100% for achieving the maximum target level.

        Retesting of the performance condition is not permitted. Dividends are accrued on awards and are given to participants to the extent that the awards actually vest at the end of the performance cycle. Dividends can be paid in the form of cash or shares.

(b)    Discretionary incentive plan 2009 (DIP 2009)    Awards over shares or ADSs are granted under the plan, normally in the form of conditional rights to receive shares or ADSs. No payment is made for awards. Awards vest over a three to five-year period with performance criteria varying by employee.

        In certain markets DELTIP, DACSIP, ISMP and PSP work as cash alternative plans where due to legislation and tax rules it is prohibitive to grant share options or shares settled directly in equity. From the employee's perspective it works in the same way as a normal share option or share except that employees do not have the right to own a share when they exercise their share options or their shares vests.

241


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29.   Employee share compensation (continued)

        For the three years ended 30 June 2013, the calculation of the fair value of each option and share award used the binominal (share option and savings plans) and Monte Carlo (share award plans) option pricing models and the following weighted average assumptions:

 
  Executive
share option
plans
  Savings
plans
  Executive
share award
plans
 

2013

                   

Risk free interest rate

    0.8%     0.4%     0.3%  

Expected life of the options

    60 months     34 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    15%     12%      

Dividend yield

    2.7%     2.6%     2.7%  

Weighted average exercise price

    1725p     1393p      

Weighted average share price

    1745p     1794p     1760p  

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    99p     272p     916p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    4.3 million     1.4 million     3.1 million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £4 million     £4 million     £28 million  

2012

                   

Risk free interest rate

    1.3%     0.9%     0.8%  

Expected life of the options

    60 months     35 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    15%     13%      

Dividend yield

    3.3%     3.3%     3.3%  

Weighted average exercise price

    1257p     987p      

Weighted average share price

    1226p     1319p     1253p  

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    86p     193p     869p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    5.9 million     1.8 million     4.9 million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £5 million     £3 million     £43 million  

2011

                   

Risk free interest rate

    2.0%     1.1%     1.3%  

Expected life of the options

    60 months     34 months     36 months  

Expected volatility

    23%     16%      

Dividend yield

    3.3%     3.3%     3.3%  

Weighted average exercise price

    1087p     908p      

Weighted average share price

    1098p     1162p     1214p  

Weighted average fair value of options/awards granted in the year

    171p     247p     652p  

Number of options/awards granted in the year

    5.3 million     2.0 million     4.3 million  

Fair value of all options/awards granted in the year

    £9 million     £5 million     £28 million  

The risk free interest rate is based on UK government bond rates in effect at the time of the grant, for the expected life of the option. The expected life of the options represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The group uses historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the valuation model. Expected volatility is based on implied volatilities from traded options on the group's shares, historical volatility of the group's shares and other factors.

242


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29.   Employee share compensation (continued)

        Option holdings in the following tables are stated as ordinary share equivalents in pence. Options prices are translated at the following exchange rates: grants at actual exchange rates; exercises and cancellations at average exchange rates; and closing balances at year end exchange rates.

(a)    Outstanding options    Options over ordinary shares and over ADSs (US schemes only) outstanding at 30 June 2013 are as follows:

 
  Range of
exercise
prices
pence
  Number at
30 June
2013
  Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
life
months
 

Executive share option plans

    600-699     249,421     2  

    700-799     476,623     20  

    800-899     742,467     29  

    900-999     3,232,658     62  

    1000-1099     5,349,789     74  

    1100-1199     2,383,098     75  

    1200-1299     6,131,532     92  

    1300-1399     858,700     50  

    1500-1599     387,678     104  

    1700-1799     2,642,701     111  

    1800-1899     1,495,676     111  

    1900-1999     79,740     116  
                   

          24,030,083     80  
                   

Savings plans

    700-799     525,297     20  

    800-899     631,427     9  

    900-999     1,930,127     26  

    1300-1399     919,056     43  

    1500-1599     486,308     6  
                   

          4,492,215     24  
                   

243


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

29.   Employee share compensation (continued)

(b)    Transactions on schemes    Transactions on the share option and share award plans and the weighted average grant date fair value for options and shares for the three years ended 30 June 2013 were as follows:

 
  Executive share
option plans
  Savings plans   Executive
share
award
plans
 
 
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
  Number of
options
  Weighted
average
exercise
price
pence
  Number of
awards
 

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2010

    41,333,401     1009     7,159,343     817     9,236,791  

Granted

    5,331,223     1087     2,029,288     940     4,259,304  

Exercised/awarded

    (5,994,282 )   901     (2,033,630 )   806     (343,334 )

Forfeited/expired

    (1,593,508 )   965     (558,879 )   847     (1,888,630 )
                           

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2011

    39,076,834     996     6,596,122     865     11,264,131  

Granted

    5,903,500     1257     1,794,909     987     4,881,856  

Exercised/awarded

    (9,271,422 )   974     (1,992,376 )   854     (660,353 )

Forfeited/expired

    (3,687,949 )   1049     (604,436 )   910     (3,488,448 )
                           

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2012

    32,020,963     1065     5,794,219     884     11,997,186  

Granted

    4,313,863     1725     1,426,761     1393     3,119,298  

Exercised/awarded

    (10,386,039 )   1016     (2,053,050 )   854     (2,618,170 )

Forfeited/expired

    (1,918,704 )   1058     (675,715 )   915     (1,236,088 )
                           

Balance outstanding at 30 June 2013

    24,030,083     1224     4,492,215     1063     11,262,226  
                           

Number of options exercisable at:

                               

30 June 2013

    10,167,829     1031     21,877     785        
                             

30 June 2012

    15,112,388     1025     201,613     933        
                             

30 June 2011

    17,194,922     967     136,758     1069        
                             

(c)    Employee share trusts, potential issues of ordinary shares and voting rights    In order to hedge its obligations under the share option and share award plans, the group either issues new shares, or purchases own shares directly and holds them as treasury shares, or it funds trusts to acquire shares in the company on the open market. The shares held are accounted for as a deduction in arriving at shareholders' equity. Call options are also used to manage some of the group's obligations. Dividends receivable by the employee share trusts on the shares are waived.

        Where shares held by employee share trusts have been allocated to employee share plan participants, they may exercise their voting rights. Where shares are held by employee share trusts and have not been allocated to participants, the trustee abstains from voting.


30.   Post balance sheet events

On 4 July 2013 Diageo purchased an additional 14.98% equity interest (21.76 million shares) in United Spirits Limited (USL) at a cost of INR 1440 per share totalling INR 31.3 billion (£344 million) from United Breweries (Holdings) Limited (UBHL), subsidiaries of UBHL and USL and SWEW Benefit

244


Table of Contents


Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)

30.   Post balance sheet events (continued)

Company (a company established for the benefit of certain USL employees) on completion of the share purchase agreement of 9 November 2012 (the SPA). This has taken the group's equity interest in USL to 25.02%. With the completion of this purchase, the shareholders' agreement between Diageo, UBHL and Kingfisher Finvest India Limited (a subsidiary of UBHL) has become effective. Diageo's 25.02% shareholding in USL, together with the voting and other governance arrangements agreed with the UBHL group including Dr Mallya's continued role as Chairman of USL, will enable Diageo to reflect the results of USL in its consolidated accounts.

        As previously announced by Diageo on 4 July, the High Court of Karnataka (the High Court) had granted leave under sections 536 and 537 of the Indian Companies Act in respect of five winding-up petitions (the Original Petitions) against UBHL that were pending on the date of the SPA, to enable the sale by UBHL to Diageo to take place notwithstanding the continued existence of those winding-up petitions. Two additional winding-up petitions were brought against UBHL after 9 November 2012, and the leave granted by the High Court does not extend to them. It is possible that the decision of the High Court in respect of the Original Petitions could be reviewed on appeal, and appeals against the grant of leave have been filed by certain petitioners. As also previously announced, it was considered unlikely that any appeal process in respect of the leave decision on the Original Petitions would definitively conclude on a timely basis and, accordingly, Diageo waived the conditionality under the SPA relating to the absence of insolvency proceedings in relation to UBHL and acquired 10.14 million USL shares from UBHL as part of the completion on 4 July 2013. In the event that a winding-up order is passed in respect of UBHL, the sale of these USL shares by UBHL to Diageo would, as a matter of Indian company law, be treated as automatically void unless leave of the court in respect of all relevant winding-up petitions had been or were obtained for that sale. Accordingly, it is possible that, if a winding-up order were to be passed in respect of UBHL, title to these 10.14 million USL shares acquired from UBHL could be lost. If, following any such winding-up order, the sale of these USL shares by UBHL were to be treated as automatically void, it would remain open for retrospective leave to be sought for that sale in respect of any relevant winding-up petition, though there can be no certainty as to the outcome of any such application or the timeframe within which it would be concluded. Adverse results for Diageo in any such proceedings could harm the value of Diageo's investment in USL and Diageo's future financial results.

        In addition on 4 July 2013, Diageo Holdings Netherlands B.V. (DHN), a wholly owned subsidiary of Diageo plc, agreed to issue a conditional back-stop guarantee to Standard Chartered Bank (Standard Chartered) in respect of the liabilities of Watson Limited (Watson), a company affiliated with Dr Mallya, under a $135 million (£89 million) facility that Standard Chartered, subject to agreement of full documentation and implementation of a security package, would advance to Watson. The terms require that any right of Standard Chartered to call on the guarantee from DHN will be subject to Standard Chartered having first taken certain agreed steps to recover from Watson, including defined steps towards enforcement of its expected security package. In addition, the terms require that DHN would have, in respect of its potential liability under this guarantee, the benefit of counter-indemnities from Watson and Dr Mallya as well as the security package put in place for the Standard Chartered facility.

245


Table of Contents

Principal group companies

        This section on principal group companies forms part of the audited financial statements.

 
  Country of
incorporation
  Country of
operation
  Percentage of
equity owned
  Business description

Subsidiaries

                 

Diageo Ireland

  Ireland   Worldwide     100%   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Great Britain Limited

  England   Worldwide     100%   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Scotland Limited

  Scotland   Worldwide     100%   Production, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Brands BV

  Netherlands   Worldwide     100%   Marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo North America, Inc

  United States   Worldwide     100%   Production, importing, marketing and distribution of premium drinks

Diageo Capital plc*

  Scotland   United Kingdom     100%   Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance plc*

  England   United Kingdom     100%   Financing company for the group

Diageo Capital BV

  Netherlands   Netherlands     100%   Financing company for the group

Diageo Finance BV

  Netherlands   Netherlands     100%   Financing company for the group

Diageo Investment Corporation

  United States   United States     100%   Financing company for the US group

Associate

                 

Moët Hennessy, SNC**

  France   France     34%   Production and distribution of premium drinks

*
Directly owned by Diageo plc.

**
French partnership.

All percentages, unless otherwise stated, are in respect of holdings of ordinary share capital and are equivalent to the percentages of voting rights held by the group.

246


Table of Contents


Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls

The board of directors and shareholders
Diageo plc:

        We have audited Diageo plc's internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Diageo plc's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, appearing in the Corporate Governance Report in Diageo plc's Annual Report on Form 20-F. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, Diageo plc maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Diageo plc and subsidiaries on pages 159 to 245 which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of 30 June 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 June 2013, including the disclosures identified as 'part of the audited financial statements' within the 'Critical accounting policies' section on pages 82 to 83, the

247


Table of Contents


Report of independent registered public accounting firm – internal controls (continued)

'Share and other interests' on pages 134 to 135, the 'Key management personnel related party transactions' on pages 135 to 136 and the 'Principal group companies' on page 246 and our report dated 30 July 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

KPMG Audit Plc
London, England
30 July 2013

248


Table of Contents


Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges

 
  Year ended 30 June  
 
  2013   2012   2011   2010   2009  
 
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
  £ million
 

Earnings

                               

Income before taxes on income, non-controlling interests and discontinued operations

    3,123     3,121     2,360     2,239     1,990  

Less: Capitalised interest

    (2 )   (5 )   (4 )   (5 )   (4 )

Less: Share of associates' income

    (199 )   (213 )   (176 )   (142 )   (164 )

Add: Dividends received from associates

    203     166     138     111     179  

Add: Fixed charges

    725     710     714     970     869  
                       

    3,850     3,779     3,032     3,173     2,870  
                       

Fixed charges

                               

Interest payable and other finance charges (note)

    683     667     675     935     836  

Add: Interest capitalised

    2     5     4     5     4  

Add: One third of rental expense

    40     38     35     30     29  
                       

    725     710     714     970     869  
                       

 

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

ratio

 

Ratio

    5.3     5.3     4.2     3.3     3.3  
                       

Note

In the year ended 30 June 2009, the impact of foreign exchange movements on net borrowings not in a hedge relationship and therefore recognised in the income statement was £11 million. In the year ended 30 June 2010 an additional £10 million charge was recognised (2009 – £33 million charge) in respect of exchange rate translation differences on inter-company funding arrangements where hedge accounting was not applicable.

249


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders


Legal proceedings

Information on legal proceedings is set out in note 26 to the consolidated financial statements.


Related party transactions

Transactions with directors are disclosed in the directors' remuneration report (see 'Directors' remuneration report – Additional information') and transactions with other related parties are disclosed in note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.


Share capital

Major shareholders    At 2 August 2013, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the company's ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the company.

Shareholder
  Number of
ordinary
shares
  Percentage of issued
ordinary share capital
(excluding treasury shares)
  Date of
notification
of interest
 

BlackRock Investment Management (UK) Limited (indirect holding)

    147,296,928     5.89%     3 December 2009  

Capital Research and Management Company (indirect holding)

    124,653,096     4.99%     28 April 2009  

The company has not been notified of any other substantial interests in its securities. The company's substantial shareholders do not have different voting rights. Diageo, so far as is known by the company, is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or by any government. Diageo knows of no arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the company.

        As at the close of business on 2 August 2013, 423,121,081 ordinary shares, including those held through ADSs, were held by approximately 2,739 holders (including ADR holders) with registered addresses in the United States, representing approximately 16.8% of the outstanding ordinary shares (excluding treasury shares). At such date, 105,629,959 ADSs were held by 2,122 registered ADR holders. Since certain of such ordinary shares and ADSs are held by nominees or former GrandMet or Guinness Group ADR holders who have not re-registered their ADSs, the number of holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners in the United States or the ordinary shares held by them.

Trading market for shares    Diageo plc ordinary shares are listed on the Exchange and on the Dublin and Paris Stock Exchanges. Diageo ADSs, representing four Diageo ordinary shares each, are listed on the NYSE.

        The principal trading market for the ordinary shares is the Exchange. Diageo shares are traded on the Exchange's electronic order book. Orders placed on the order book are displayed on-screen through a central electronic system and trades are automatically executed, in price and then time priority, when orders match with corresponding buy or sell orders.

        Only member firms of the Exchange, or the Exchange itself if requested by the member firm, can enter or delete orders on behalf of clients or on their own account. All orders are anonymous. Although use of the order book is not mandatory, all trades, whether or not executed through the order book and regardless of size, must be published immediately after execution unless they are large trades eligible for deferred publication.

250


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Share capital (continued)

        The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) allows for delayed reporting of large trades with a sliding scale requirement based on qualifying minimum thresholds for the amount of consideration to be paid/the proportion of average daily turnover (ADT) of a stock represented by a trade. Provided that a trade/consideration equals or exceeds the qualifying minimum size, it will be eligible for deferred publication ranging from 60 minutes from time of trade to three trading days after time of trade.

        Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the pound sterling and the US dollar will affect the US dollar equivalent of the pound sterling price of the ordinary shares on the Exchange and, as a result, will affect the market price of the ADSs on the NYSE. In addition, such fluctuations will affect the US dollar amounts received by holders of ADSs on conversion of cash dividends paid in pounds sterling on the underlying ordinary shares.

        The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low middle market quotations (which represent an average of bid and asked prices) for the ordinary shares on the Exchange, taken from its Daily Official List, and the highest and lowest sales prices for ADSs as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

 
  Per ordinary share   Per ADS  
 
  High   Low   High   Low  
 
  pence
  pence
  $
  $
 

Year ended 30 June

                         

2009

    1065     733     76.65     41.14  

2010

    1160     867     71.99     56.42  

2011

    1301     1033     85.43     63.08  

2012

    1642     1112     104.00     72.77  

2013

    2085     1649     126.40     102.48  

Three months ended

                         

September 2011

    1308     1112     83.65     72.77  

December 2011

    1408     1209     87.39     75.16  

March 2012

    1553     1381     98.09     85.32  

June 2012

    1642     1478     104.00     93.38  

September 2012

    1764     1649     113.13     102.48  

December 2012

    1886     1747     121.13     111.75  

March 2013

    2074     1788     125.84     115.36  

June 2013

    2085     1823     126.40     113.62  

2013 monthly

                         

January

    1877     1788     119.34     115.36  

February

    1980     1877     120.94     117.36  

March

    2074     1972     125.84     118.65  

April

    2085     1948     126.40     120.10  

May

    2069     1951     125.78     118.30  

June

    1956     1823     121.62     113.62  

July

    2053     1898     125.32     115.84  

August (to 2 August 2013)

    2077     2074     127.08     125.79  

At close of business on 2 August 2013, the market prices for ordinary shares and ADSs were 2075 pence and $127.02 respectively.

251


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)


American depositary shares

Fees and charges payable by ADR holders

Citibank N.A. serves as the depositary (the 'Depositary') for Diageo's ADS programme having replaced the Bank of New York Mellon, the predecessor depositary, on 14 February 2013. Pursuant to the deposit agreement between Diageo, the Depositary and owners and holders of ADSs (the 'Deposit Agreement'), ADR holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid. In particular, the Depositary, under the terms of the Deposit Agreement, shall charge (i) a fee of $5.00 or less per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs) relating to the issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of ordinary shares, rights or other property or the cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the Deposit Agreement terminates and (ii) in connection with the distribution of other securities to ADR holders, a fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable, if securities distributed by Diageo had been ordinary shares and such ordinary shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs.

        In addition, ADR holders may be required under the Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary (i) any tax, duty, governmental charge or fee or stock transfer or registration fee arising in connection with the foregoing transactions or otherwise, (ii) any expense resulting from the conversion of a foreign currency into US dollars and (iii) the expense of certain communications made, at the request of the ADR holder, by cable, telex or facsimile. The Depositary may (i) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge and (ii) deduct from any cash distribution any tax payable thereon or the cost of any currency conversion.


Direct and indirect payments by the Depositary

The Depositary reimburses Diageo for certain expenses it incurs in connection with the ADR programme, subject to a ceiling set out in the Depositary Agreement pursuant to which the Depositary provides services to Diageo. The Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the programme. Diageo had a similar arrangement with the Bank of New York Mellon.

        Under the contractual arrangements with the Depositary, the Company will receive $1,000,000 each year; with the first such payment due during the course of the financial year ending 30 June 2014. The Depositary also agreed to reimburse the company for up to $37,500 in legal fees associated with the cost of transition of the ADR program. The company's previous contractual arrangements with the Bank of New York Mellon entitled Diageo to payments of $1,200,000 each year, including during the year ended 30 June 2013. These payments are received for continuing annual stock exchange listing fees, routine reporting and programme maintenance, standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADSs (consisting of the expenses of postage and envelopes for mailing annual financial reports, printing and distributing dividend checks, electronic filing of US Federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile, and telephone calls), legal fees and certain investor relationship programmes and investor relations promotional activities.


Articles of association

Diageo is incorporated under the name Diageo plc, and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 23307.

252


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)

        The following description summarises certain provisions of Diageo's articles of association (as adopted by special resolution at the Annual General Meeting on 14 October 2009) and applicable English law concerning companies (the Companies Acts), in each case as at 2 August 2013. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Acts and Diageo's articles of association.

        Information on where investors can obtain copies of Diageo's articles of association is provided under 'Additional information for shareholders – Documents on display' below.

        All of Diageo's ordinary shares are fully paid. Accordingly, no further contribution of capital may be required by Diageo from the holders of such shares.

        Any amendment to the articles of association of the company may be made in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, by way of special resolution.

Directors    Diageo's articles of association provide for a board of directors, consisting (unless otherwise determined by an ordinary resolution of shareholders) of not fewer than three directors and not more than 25 directors, in which all powers to manage the business and affairs of Diageo are vested. Directors may be elected by the members in a general meeting or appointed by the board of directors. At each annual general meeting, the following are required to retire and are then reconsidered for re-election, assuming they wish to stand for re-election: any director who has been appointed by the board of directors since the last annual general meeting; any director who has been in office during the two previous general meetings and did not retire at either of them; and any director who has been in office, other than in an executive position, for a continuous period of nine years or more at the date of the meeting. There is no age limit requirement in respect of directors. Directors may also be removed before the expiration of their term of office in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Acts.

        Under Diageo's articles of association, a director cannot vote in respect of any proposal in which the director has an interest. However, this restriction on voting does not apply where the interest cannot reasonably be regarded as giving rise to a conflict of interest, nor to resolutions (a) giving the director any guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of obligations or liabilities incurred for the benefit of Diageo, (b) giving any guarantee, security or indemnity to a third party in respect of obligations of Diageo for which the director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee or by the giving of security, (c) relating to an offer of securities of Diageo in which the director participates or may participate as a holder of shares or other securities or in the underwriting, (d) relating to any contract in which the director is interested by virtue of the director's interest in securities of Diageo or by reason of any other interest in or through Diageo, (e) concerning any other company in which the director is directly or indirectly interested, provided that the director does not have a relevant interest in that company, (f) relating to the arrangement of any employee benefit (including any retirement benefit plan) in which the director will share equally with other employees, (g) relating to any insurance that Diageo purchases or maintains for its directors or any group of people, including directors, (h) giving the director an indemnity where all the other directors are being offered indemnities on substantially the same terms, and (i) for the funding by Diageo of the director's expenditure on defending proceedings or the doing by Diageo of anything to enable the director to avoid incurring such expenditure where all the other directors are being offered substantially the same arrangements. A director cannot vote in relation to any resolution of the board concerning his own appointment, or the settlement or variation of the terms or the termination of his own appointment, as the holder of any office or place of profit with Diageo or any company in which Diageo is interested.

253


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)

        Under Diageo's articles of association, compensation awarded to directors may be decided by the board or any authorised committee of the board. The remuneration committee is responsible for making recommendations to the board concerning matters relating to remuneration policy. It is comprised of all the non-executive directors except for the chairman.

        The directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of Diageo to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all net external borrowings of the group outstanding at any time shall not exceed an amount equal to twice the aggregate of the group's adjusted capital and reserves calculated in the manner prescribed in Diageo's articles of association, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of Diageo's shareholders.

        Directors are not required to hold any shares of Diageo as a qualification to act as a director.

Dividend rights    Holders of Diageo's ordinary shares may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but may not declare dividends in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors may also pay interim dividends or fixed rate dividends. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution. All of Diageo's ordinary shares rank equally for dividends, but the board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other monies payable in respect of Diageo's shares from a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts. Dividends may be paid in currencies other than pounds sterling and such dividends will be calculated using an appropriate market exchange rate as determined by the directors in accordance with Diageo's articles of association.

        If a dividend has not been claimed, the directors may invest the dividend or use it in some other way for the benefit of Diageo until the dividend is claimed. If the dividend remains unclaimed for 12 years after the date such dividend was declared or became due for payment, it will be forfeited and will revert to Diageo (unless the directors decide otherwise). Diageo may stop sending cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments in payment of dividends by post in respect of any shares or may cease to employ any other means for payment of dividends if either (a) at least two consecutive payments have remained uncashed or are returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed, or (b) one payment remains uncashed or is returned undelivered or that means of payment has failed and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new postal address or account of the holder. Diageo must resume sending dividend cheques, warrants or similar financial instruments or employing that means of payment if the holder requests such resumption in writing.

        Diageo's articles of association permit payment or satisfaction of a dividend wholly or partly by distribution of specific assets, including fully paid shares or debentures of any other company. Such action must be directed by the general meeting which declared the dividend and upon the recommendation of the directors.

Voting rights    Voting on any resolution at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded. On a show of hands, (a) every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting, and every proxy appointed by any one shareholder and present at a general meeting, has/have one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder (or, subject to (b), represented by the proxy), and (b) every proxy present at a general meeting who has been appointed by more than one shareholder has one vote regardless of the number of shareholders who have appointed him or the number of shares held by those shareholders, unless he has been instructed to vote for a

254


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)

resolution by one or more shareholders and to vote against the resolution by one or more shareholders, in which case he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution. On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder, but a shareholder or proxy entitled to more than one vote need not cast all his votes or cast them all in the same way (the deadline for exercising voting rights by proxy is set out in the form of proxy).

        A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

        Diageo's articles of association and the Companies Acts provide for matters to be transacted at general meetings of Diageo by the proposing and passing of two kinds of resolutions:

        An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast by those entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum in order to be passed. The necessary quorum for a meeting of Diageo is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote.

        A shareholder is not entitled to vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of any share held by him if he has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts.

Liquidation rights    In the event of the liquidation of Diageo, after payment of all liabilities and deductions taking priority in accordance with English law, the balance of assets available for distribution will be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them.

Pre-emptive rights and new issues of shares    While holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under Diageo's articles of association, the ability of the directors to cause Diageo to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted. Under the Companies Acts, the directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained

255


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)

in a company's articles of association or given by its shareholders in general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years. Under the Companies Acts, Diageo may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders.

Disclosure of interests in Diageo's shares    There are no provisions in Diageo's articles of association whereby persons acquiring, holding or disposing of a certain percentage of Diageo's shares are required to make disclosure of their ownership percentage, although there are such requirements under the Companies Acts. The basic disclosure requirement under Part 6 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 and Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules made by the Financial Conduct Authority (successor to the UK Financial Services Authority) imposes a statutory obligation on a person to notify Diageo and the Financial Conduct Authority of the percentage of the voting rights in Diageo he directly or indirectly holds or controls, or has rights over, through his direct or indirect holding of certain financial instruments, if the percentage of those voting rights:

        The Disclosure and Transparency Rules set out in detail the circumstances in which an obligation of disclosure will arise, as well as certain exemptions from those obligations for specified persons.

        Under section 793 of the Companies Act 2006, Diageo may, by notice in writing, require a person that Diageo knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or was during the three years preceding the date of notice interested in Diageo's shares to indicate whether or not that is the case and, if that person does or did hold an interest in Diageo's shares, to provide certain information as set out in that Act.

        Rule 3 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules further requires persons discharging managerial responsibilities within Diageo (and their connected persons) to notify Diageo of transactions conducted on their own account in Diageo shares or derivatives or certain financial instruments relating to Diageo shares.

        The City Code on Takeovers and Mergers also imposes strict disclosure requirements with regard to dealings in the securities of an offeror or offeree company on all parties to a takeover and also on their respective associates during the course of an offer period.

General meetings and notices    At least 21 clear days' written notice of an annual general meeting is required. Any general meeting which is not an annual general meeting is called a 'general meeting'. The minimum notice period for general meetings is 21 clear days. This can, however, be reduced to 14 clear days, subject to shareholder approval, and offering shareholders the facility to vote electronically. Diageo already offers shareholders the facility to vote by electronic means (via its online proxy service), and intends to put the necessary resolution to the forthcoming Annual General Meeting, as it did in 2012, to approve the holding of subsequent general meetings on not less than 14 clear days' notice. This approval will expire at the next Annual General Meeting.

256


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)

        An annual general meeting of shareholders must be held within six months of Diageo's accounting reference date and at a time and place determined by the directors.

        The chairman of any general meeting is entitled to refuse admission to (or eject from) that general meeting any person who fails to comply with any security arrangements or restrictions that the board may impose.

Variation of rights    If, at any time, Diageo's share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class of shares may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

        At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of Diageo's articles of association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that (a) the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be at least two) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or, if such quorum is not present on an adjourned meeting, one person who holds shares of the class regardless of the number of shares he holds, (b) any holder of shares of the class who is present in person or by proxy may demand a poll, and (c) each shareholder present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote will have one vote per share held in that particular class in the event a poll is taken.

        Class rights are deemed not to have been varied by the creation or issue of new shares ranking equally with or subsequent to that class of shares in all respects or by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the purchase or redemption by Diageo of its own shares, in each case in accordance with the Companies Acts and Diageo's articles of association.

Repurchase of shares    Subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, Diageo may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Acts. Any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of Diageo's issued share capital. Diageo currently has shareholder authority to buy back up to 251 million ordinary shares during the period up to the next Annual General Meeting. The minimum price which must be paid for such shares is 28101/108 pence and the maximum price is the higher of (a) an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle market quotations for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five preceding business days and (b) the higher of the price of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange at the time the purchase is carried out.

Restrictions on transfers of shares    The board may decline to register a transfer of a certificated Diageo share unless the instrument of transfer (a) is duly stamped or certified or otherwise shown to the satisfaction of the board to be exempt from stamp duty and is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the right to transfer as the board may reasonably require, (b) is in respect of only one class of share and (c) if to joint transferees, is in favour of not more than four such transferees.

        Registration of a transfer of an uncertificated share may be refused in the circumstances set out in the uncertificated securities rules (as defined in the articles of association) and where, in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the uncertificated share is to be transferred exceeds four.

257


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Articles of association (continued)

        The board may decline to register a transfer of any of Diageo's certificated shares by a person with a 0.25% interest (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) if such a person has been served with a restriction notice (as defined in Diageo's articles of association) after failure to provide Diageo with information concerning interests in those shares required to be provided under the Companies Acts, unless the transfer is shown to the board to be pursuant to an arm's length sale (as defined in the articles of association).


Exchange controls

There are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the payment of dividends to US persons on Diageo's ordinary shares or on the conduct of Diageo's operations.

        There are no restrictions under the company's articles of association or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the company's ordinary shares.

        Please refer to the 'Taxation' section below for details relating to the taxation of dividend payments.


Documents on display

The Form 20-F and any other documents filed by the company with the US Securities Exchange Commission may be inspected at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or on the SEC's website (www.sec.gov). Information on the operation of the public reference room can be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1 800 SEC 0330.


Taxation

This section provides a descriptive summary of certain US federal income tax and UK tax consequences that are likely to be material to the holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs, but only those who hold their ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes.

        It does not purport to be a complete technical analysis or a listing of all potential tax effects relevant to the ownership of the ordinary shares and ADSs. This section does not apply to any holder who is subject to special rules, including:

258


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)

        If a partnership holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their tax advisor with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in ordinary shares or ADSs.

        For UK tax purposes, this section applies only to persons who are the absolute beneficial owners of their shares or ADSs and who hold their shares or ADSs as investments. It assumes that holders of ADSs will be treated as holders of the underlying ordinary shares. In addition to those persons mentioned above, this section does not apply to holders that are banks, regulated investment companies, other financial institutions or to persons who have or are deemed to have acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs in the course of an employment or trade. This summary does not apply to persons who are treated as non-domiciled and resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom for the purposes of UK tax law. This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, the laws of the United Kingdom and the practice of Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs, all as currently in effect, as well as on the Convention Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Tax on Income and Capital Gains (the Treaty). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

        In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. In general, and taking into account this assumption, for US federal income tax purposes and for the purposes of the Treaty, holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADSs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK tax on profits or gains.

        A US holder is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for US federal income tax purposes:

        This section is not intended to provide specific advice and no action should be taken or omitted in reliance upon it. This section addresses only certain aspects of US federal income tax and UK income tax, corporation tax, capital gains tax, inheritance tax and stamp taxes. Holders of the ordinary shares or ADSs are urged to consult their own tax adviser regarding the US federal, state and local, and UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of the shares or ADSs in their respective circumstances. In particular, holders are encouraged to confirm with their adviser whether they are a US holder eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.

Dividends UK taxation    There is no UK withholding tax on dividends. A shareholder who is an individual resident for UK tax purposes in the United Kingdom that receives a dividend from the

259


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)

company will generally be entitled to a tax credit equal to one-ninth of the dividend. The individual will be taxable on the total of the dividend and the related credit, known as the gross dividend, which will be regarded as the top slice of the individual's income. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the basic rate, the tax credit will be treated as discharging the individual's liability to income tax in respect of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the higher rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 32.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the higher rate of income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual's income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual's liability to income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 22.5% of the gross dividend. In the case of a shareholder who is liable to income tax at the additional rate, the individual will be subject to tax on the gross dividend at the rate of 37.5%, to the extent that the gross dividend falls above the threshold for the additional rate of income tax when it is treated (as mentioned above) as the top slice of the individual's income. This means that the tax credit will satisfy only part of the individual's liability to income tax on the gross dividend, so that the individual will have to account for income tax equal to 27.5% of the gross dividend. Shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax which are small companies (for the purposes of the UK taxation of dividends) will not generally be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo. Other shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will not be subject to tax on dividends from Diageo so long as the dividends fall within an exempt class and certain conditions are met. In general, dividends paid on shares that are ordinary share capital for UK tax purposes and are not redeemable and dividends paid to a person holding less than 10% of the issued share capital of the payer (or any class of that share capital) are examples of dividends that fall within an exempt class. A shareholder who is not liable for tax on dividends received on the shares will not be entitled to claim payment of the tax credit in respect of those dividends.

        Eligible US holders will not normally be entitled to a tax credit under the Treaty, nor will they be subject to a withholding tax by the United Kingdom.

US taxation    Under the US federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company (PFIC), rules discussed below, the gross amount of any dividend paid to a US holder by Diageo in respect of its ordinary shares or ADSs out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes) is subject to US federal income taxation.

        Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxed at the preferential rates applicable to long term capital gains, provided that the ordinary shares or ADSs are held for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and the holder meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by Diageo with respect to its ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income to US holders that meet the holding period requirement. Under UK law, dividends are not subject to UK withholding tax. Therefore, the US holder will include in income for US federal income tax purposes the amount of the dividend received, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.

        The dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receives the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and, depending on the US holder's circumstances, will generally either be 'passive' or

260


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)

'general' income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit, if allowable, to a US holder. The amount of the dividend distribution that must be included in income of a US holder will be the US dollar value of the pence payments made, determined at the spot pounds sterling/US dollar foreign exchange rate on the date the dividend distribution is included in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is included in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the holder's basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.

Taxation of capital gains UK taxation    A citizen or resident (for tax purposes) of the United States who has at no time been either resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom will not be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are held in connection with a trade or business carried on by the holder in the United Kingdom through a UK branch, agency or a permanent establishment. A disposal (or deemed disposal) of shares or ADSs by a holder who is resident or (in the case of an individual) resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom may, depending on the holder's particular circumstances, and subject to any available exemption or relief, give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK taxation of chargeable gains.

US taxation    Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount that is realised and the tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the property is held for more than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

PFIC rules    Diageo believes that ordinary shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If treated as a PFIC, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, US holders would be treated as if the holder had realised such gain and certain 'excess distributions' pro-rated over the holder's holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain or distribution was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. With certain exceptions, a holder's ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if Diageo were a PFIC at any time during the holding period in a holder's ordinary shares or ADSs. In addition, dividends received from Diageo will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if Diageo is a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.

UK inheritance tax    Subject to certain provisions relating to trusts or settlements, an ordinary share or ADS held by an individual shareholder who is domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the

261


Table of Contents


Additional information for shareholders (continued)

Taxation (continued)

Convention between the United States and the United Kingdom relating to estate and gift taxes (the Convention) and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual's death (whether held on the date of death or gifted during the individual's lifetime) except where the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of the individual or pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual who performs independent personal services. In a case where an ordinary share or ADS is subject both to UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for inheritance tax paid in the United Kingdom to be credited against federal gift or estate tax payable in the United States, or for federal gift or estate tax paid in the United States to be credited against any inheritance tax payable in the United Kingdom, based on priority rules set forth in the Convention.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax    Stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) arises upon the deposit of an underlying ordinary share with the Depositary, generally at the higher rate of 1.5% of its issue price or, as the case may be, of the consideration for transfer. The Depositary will pay the SDRT but will recover an amount in respect of such tax from the initial holders of ADSs. No UK stamp duty will be payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs in practice, provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the United Kingdom and remains at all times outside the United Kingdom. Furthermore, an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs will not give rise to a liability to SDRT.

        Purchases of ordinary shares will be subject to UK stamp duty, or SDRT as the case may be, at the rate of 0.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer. However, where ordinary shares being acquired are transferred direct to the Depositary's nominee, the only charge will generally be the higher SDRT charge of 1.5% of the price payable for the ordinary shares so acquired.


Warning to shareholders – share fraud

        Please beware share fraud of 'boiler room' scams, where shareholders are called 'out of the blue' by fraudsters (sometimes claiming to represent Diageo) attempting to obtain money or property dishonestly. Further information is available in the investor section of the company's website (www.diageo.com) but in short, if in doubt, take proper professional advice before making any investment decision.

262


Table of Contents


Signature

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorised.

  DIAGEO plc
(REGISTRANT)

 

/s/ DA MAHLAN

Name: DA Mahlan
Title: Chief financial officer

12 August 2013

263


Table of Contents


Exhibits

1.1   Articles of Association of Diageo plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 October 2009).

2.1

 

Indenture, dated as of 3 August 1998, among Diageo Capital plc, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-8874) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 24 July 1998 (pages 365 to 504 of paper filing)).*

2.2

 

Indenture, dated as of 1 June 1999, among Diageo Investment Corporation, Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 November 2001 (pages 241 to 317 of paper filing)).*

2.3

 

Indenture, dated as of 8 December 2003, among Diageo Finance B.V., Diageo plc and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Report on Form 6-K (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 9 December 2003).*

4.1

 

Service Agreement, dated 1 July 2010, between Diageo plc and Deirdre A. Mahlan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 September 2010).

4.2

 

Service Agreement, dated 7 May 2013, between Diageo plc, Diageo North America, Inc. and Ivan Menezes.

4.3

 

Letter of Agreement, dated 19 July 2007, between Diageo plc and Dr Franz B. Humer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.4

 

Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United Kingdom, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).

4.5

 

Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United States, dated as of 1 July 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 17 September 2007).

4.6

 

Diageo 2010 Sharesave Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.7

 

Diageo 2001 Share Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.8

 

Rules of the Diageo plc 2009 International Share Match Plan, dated 14 October 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-169934) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 14 October 2010).

4.9

 

Diageo plc 2009 Executive Long Term Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).

264


Table of Contents

4.10   Diageo plc 2009 Discretionary Incentive Plan, dated 14 October 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-162490) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2009).

4.11

 

Diageo plc 2008 Performance Share Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).

4.12

 

Diageo plc 2008 Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 15 October 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-154338) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 16 October 2008).

4.13

 

Diageo plc Senior Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.14

 

Diageo plc Executive Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.15

 

Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Option Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.16

 

Diageo plc Long Term Incentive Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.17

 

Diageo plc 1998 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.18

 

Diageo plc 2007 United States Employee Stock Purchase Plan, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.19

 

Diageo plc UK Sharesave Scheme 2000, dated as of 26 August 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.20

 

Addendum to Form of Service Agreement for Diageo plc's executives in the United States (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 15 September 2008).

4.21

 

Diageo plc Associated Companies Share Incentive Plan, dated as of 23 August 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.22 to the Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 001-10691) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on 5 September 2012).

6.1

 

Description of earnings per share (included in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements on page 200 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

7.1

 

Description of unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges (included on page 249 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).

8.1

 

Principal group companies (included on page 246 of this Annual Report on Form 20-F).

12.1

 

Certification of Ivan Menezes filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).

12.2

 

Certification of Deirdre A. Mahlan filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(a).

265


Table of Contents

13.1   Certification of Ivan Menezes furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).

13.2

 

Certification of Deirdre A. Mahlan furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350(a) and (b).

15.1

 

Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.

*
Pursuant to an Agreement of Resignation, Appointment and Acceptance dated 16 October 2007 by and among Diageo plc, Diageo Capital plc, Diageo Finance BV, Diageo Investment Corporation, The Bank of New York and Citibank NA, The Bank of New York Mellon has become the successor trustee to Citibank NA under Diageo's indentures dated 3 August 1998, 8 December 2003 and 1 June 1999.

266


Table of Contents


Cross reference to Form 20-F

Item
  Required item in 20-F   Page(s)

Part I

       

1.

  Identity of directors, senior management and advisers   Not applicable

2.

 

Offer statistics and expected timetable

 

Not applicable

3.

 

Key information

   

  A. Selected financial data   1-4

  B. Capitalisation and indebtedness   Not applicable

  C. Reason for the offer and use of proceeds   Not applicable

  D. Risk factors   24-31

4.

 

Information on the company

   

  A. History and development of the company   5, 23-24, 232-235, 246

  B. Business overview   7-24, 34, 91-93, 172-178

  C. Organizational structure   246

  D. Property, plant and equipment   10-13, 16, 206-207

4A.

 

Unresolved staff comments

 

Not applicable

5.

 

Operating and financial review and prospects

   

  A. Operating results   21-22, 34-74, 178, 214-215

  B. Liquidity and capital resources   75-81, 210-212, 217-220, 224, 235-237, 239

  C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.   20-21

  D. Trend information   34

  E. Off-balance sheet arrangements   81

  F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations   79

  G. Safe harbor   32-33

6.

 

Directors, senior management and employees

   

  A. Directors and senior management   96-100, 126-130

  B. Compensation   102-108, 113-136, 239-243

  C. Board practices   96-98, 107-109, 122-126, 141-146

  D. Employees   19-20, 181

  E. Share ownership   122, 129-136, 239-244

7.

 

Major shareholders and related party transactions

   

  A. Major shareholders   250

  B. Related party transactions   135, 237-238

  C. Interests of experts and counsel   Not applicable

8.

 

Financial information

   

  A. Consolidated statements and other financial information   157-246

  B. Significant changes   244

9.

 

The offer and listing

   

  A. Offer and listing details   250-251

  B. Plan of distribution   Not applicable

  C. Markets   250

  D. Selling shareholders   Not applicable

  E. Dilution   Not applicable

  F. Expenses of the issue   Not applicable

267


Table of Contents

Item
  Required item in 20-F   Page(s)

10.

 

Additional information

   

  A. Share capital   Not applicable

  B. Memorandum and articles of association   252-258

  C. Material contracts   122-123, 240-244

  D. Exchange controls   258

  E. Taxation   259-262

  F. Dividends and paying agents   Not applicable

  G. Statement by experts   Not applicable

  H. Documents on display   258

  I. Subsidiary information   Not applicable

11.

 

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

 

80-82, 214-225

12.

 

Description of securities other than equity securities

   

  A. Debt securities   Not applicable

  B. Warrants and rights   Not applicable

  C. Other securities   Not applicable

  D. American depositary shares   252

Part II

       

13.

 

Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies

 

Not applicable

14.

 

Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds

 

Not applicable

15.

 

Controls and procedures

   

  A. Disclosure controls and procedures   146-147

  B. Management's report on internal control over financial reporting   150

  C. Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm   158

  D. Changes in internal control over financial reporting   150

16A.

 

Audit committee financial expert

 

141

16B.

 

Code of ethics

 

147-148

16C.

 

Principal accountant fees and services

 

141-143, 180

16D.

 

Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees

 

Not applicable

16E.

 

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

 

78, 228-230

16F.

 

Change in registrant's certifying accountant

 

Not applicable

16G.

 

Corporate governance

 

152-153

16H.

 

Mine safety disclosure

 

Not applicable

Part III

       

17.

 

Financial statements

 

Not applicable

18.

 

Financial statements

 

See Item 8

19.

 

Exhibits

 

264-266

 

268


Table of Contents

 
  Page(s)
Additional information    
Unaudited computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges   249
Glossary of terms and US equivalents   270

It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Diageo plc with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at the SEC's public reference room, located at 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room and their copy charges. Filings with the SEC are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and on the web site maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

269


Table of Contents


Glossary of terms and US equivalents

In this document the following words and expressions shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

Term used in UK annual report
  US equivalent or definition

Associates

  Entities accounted for under the equity method

American Depositary Receipt (ADR)

  Receipt evidencing ownership of an ADS

American Depositary Share (ADS)

  Registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing four Diageo plc ordinary shares of 28101/108 pence each

Called up share capital

  Common stock

Capital redemption reserve

  Other additional capital

Company

  Diageo plc

CPI

  Consumer price index

Creditors

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Debtors

  Accounts receivable

Employee share schemes

  Employee stock benefit plans

Employment or staff costs

  Payroll costs

Equivalent units`

  An equivalent unit represents one nine-litre case of spirits, which is approximately 272 servings. A serving comprises 33ml of spirits, 165ml of wine, or 330ml of ready to drink or beer. To convert volume of products other than spirits to equivalent units: beer in hectolitres divide by 0.9, wine in nine-litre cases divide by five, ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by 10, and certain pre-mixed products classified as ready to drink in nine-litre cases divide by five

Euro, €, ¢

  Euro currency

Exceptional items

  Items that, in management's judgement, need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or incidence

Excise duty

  Tax charged by a sovereign territory on the production, manufacture, sale or distribution of selected goods (including imported goods) within that territory. It is generally based on the quantity or alcohol content of goods, rather than their value, and is typically applied to alcohol products and fuels

Finance lease

  Capital lease

Financial year

  Fiscal year

Free cash flow

  Net cash flow from operating activities aggregated with net purchase and disposal of property, plant and equipment and computer software and with movements in loans

Freehold

  Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity

GAAP

  Generally accepted accounting principles

Group and Diageo

  Diageo plc and its consolidated subsidiaries

IFRS

  International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted for use in the European Union and International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

Impact Databank

  An international data resource for the beverage alcohol industry that is independent from industry participants

LIBOR

  London Interbank Offered Rate

Net sales

  Sales after deducting excise duties

Noon buying rate

  Buying rate at noon in New York City for cable transfers in pounds sterling as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

Operating profit

  Net operating income

Organic movement

  At level foreign exchange rates and after adjusting for exceptional items, acquisitions and disposals for continuing operations

Own shares

  Treasury stock

Pound sterling, sterling, £, pence, p

  UK currency

Price/mix

  Price/mix is the number of percentage points by which the organic movement in net sales exceeds the organic movement in volume. The difference arises because of changes in the composition of sales between higher and lower priced variants or as price changes are implemented

Profit

  Earnings

Profit for the year

  Net income

Provisions

  Accruals for losses/contingencies

Reserves

  Accumulated earnings, other comprehensive income and additional paid in capital

RPI

  Retail price index

RTD

  Ready to drink products. Ready to drink also include ready to serve products, such as pre mix cans in some markets, and progressive adult beverages in the United States and certain markets supplied by the United States

SEC

  US Securities and Exchange Commission

Share premiums

  Additional paid in capital or paid in surplus

Shareholders' funds

  Shareholders' equity

Shares

  Common stock

Shares and ordinary shares

  Diageo plc's ordinary shares

Shares in issue

  Shares issued and outstanding

Trade and other payables

  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Trade and other receivables

  Accounts receivable

US dollar, US$, $, ¢

  US currency

270